An essay of the meanes hovv to make our trauailes, into forraine countries, the more profitable and honourable
         Palmer, Thomas, Sir, 1540-1626.
      
       
         
           1606
        
      
       Approx. 268 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 76 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2005-10 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A08874
         STC 19156
         ESTC S113921
         99849149
         99849149
         14285
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A08874)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 14285)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 1075:17)
      
       
         
           
             An essay of the meanes hovv to make our trauailes, into forraine countries, the more profitable and honourable
             Palmer, Thomas, Sir, 1540-1626.
             Zwinger, Theodor, 1533-1588. Methodus apodemica.
          
           [8], 131, [1] p., [4] folded tables
           
             Imprinted, by H[umphrey] L[ownes] for Mathew Lownes,
             At London :
             1606.
          
           
             Dedication signed: Tho. Pal., i.e. Sir Thomas Palmer.
             An imitation of: Zwinger, Theodor. Methodus apodemica.
             Printer's name from STC.
             The folded tables contain abstracts of the contents.
             Running title reads: The trauailer.
             Reproduction of the original in the British Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Travel -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2004-11 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-12 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2005-01 Mona Logarbo
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2005-01 Mona Logarbo
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2005-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
         
           AN
           ESSAY
           OF
           the
           Meanes
           hovv
           to
           
             make
             our
             Trauailes
             ,
             into
             forraine
          
           Countries
           ,
           the
           more
           profitable
           and
           honourable
           .
        
         
           
             VERITAS
             TVA
             ET
             VSQVE
             AD
             NVBES
          
           printer's or publisher's device
        
         
           At
           London
           Imprinted
           ,
           by
           
             H.
             L.
          
           for
           
             Mathew
             Lownes
          
           .
           1606.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           HAuing
           framed
           this
           discourse
           long
           since
           for
           mine
           owne
           aduertisement
           ,
           what
           might
           and
           ought
           to
           be
           done
           by
           Trauaile
           ;
           and
           now
           considering
           the
           manifould
           errors
           and
           misprisions
           ,
           that
           the
           greater
           sort
           of
           such
           as
           trauaile
           into
           forraine
           Countries
           ,
           haue
           heretofore
           committed
           (
           because
           these
           dayes
           wherein
           we
           now
           liue
           are
           no
           lesse
           disordered
           ,
           then
           when
           pilgrimages
           were
           on
           foote
           )
           and
           how
           few
           haue
           arriued
           vnto
           that
           perfectiō
           which
           was
           requirable
           ,
           for
           the
           wāt
           of
           a
           Guide
           or
           Counsellor
           ,
           to
           aduise
           &
           aduertise
           them
           of
           the
           fairer
           and
           more
           readie
           way
           ,
           to
           make
           their
           trauailes
           somewhat
           more
           profitable
           and
           honorable
           :
           I
           haue
           been
           encouraged
           (
           worthy
           Reader
           )
           vpō
           the
           vertue
           of
           the
           yonger
           sort
           of
           such
           noble
           gentlemen
           as
           intend
           so
           recōmendable
           a
           course
           ,
           to
           prepare
           and
           addresse
           the
           same
           ,
           by
           way
           of
           Essay
           ;
           the
           rather
           also
           for
           that
           ,
           in
           other
           languages
           ,
           I
           haue
           suruayed
           some
           of
           like
           proiect
           ,
           for
           other
           Nations
           ,
           who
           I
           am
           sure
           stand
           not
           more
           in
           neede
           then
           wee
           in
           this
           State
           doe
           .
           Protesting
           (
           as
           in
           the
           inferiornesse
           of
           the
           stile
           may
           well
           appeare
           ,
           that
           neither
           vanitie
           of
           glorie
           ,
           nor
           selfe
           presumption
           (
           being
           of
           many
           the
           most
           vnworthie
           to
           haue
           enterprised
           this
           taske
           )
           nor
           other
           priuate
           respect
           then
           dutie
           to
           my
           good
           friends
           (
           that
           haue
           requested
           this
           at
           my
           hands
           )
           and
           Zeale
           to
           my
           louing
           Countriemen
           ,
           hath
           made
           me
           publish
           it
           .
           For
           ,
           considering
           of
           all
           voluntarie
           Commendable
           actions
           ,
           that
           of
           trauailing
           into
           forraine
           States
           (
           vndertaken
           and
           performed
           Regularly
           )
           is
           the
           most
           behoueable
           &
           to
           be
           regarded
           in
           this
           Common-weale
           ,
           both
           for
           the
           publike
           and
           priuate
           good
           thereof
           ,
           singularly
           also
           for
           that
           the
           same
           is
           not
           vndergone
           with
           ordinarie
           charge
           ,
           care
           ,
           hazard
           ,
           or
           taking
           of
           paines
           ,
           but
           of
           most
           vncertaine
           issue
           and
           commoditie
           to
           Trauailers
           :
           It
           seemeth
           vnto
           mee
           (
           vertuous
           Reader
           )
           a
           faire
           dutie
           (
           where
           other
           worthie
           men
           haue
           beene
           so
           long
           silent
           ,
           in
           giuing
           a
           perfect
           rule
           for
           Trauailing
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           in
           vse
           at
           this
           day
           )
           to
           begin
           the
           hewing
           out
           of
           one
           ,
           that
           by
           some
           master
           workeman
           ,
           it
           may
           hereafter
           be
           better
           planted
           ,
           formed
           ,
           and
           tried
           .
        
         
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           I
           thought
           good
           ,
           for
           the
           informatiō
           of
           some
           Readers
           ,
           to
           vncouer
           my
           intent
           in
           sundrie
           points
           therin
           cōtained
           .
           And
           first
           ,
           that
           wheras
           diuers
           other
           sortes
           of
           Trauailers
           are
           mentioned
           thē
           those
           Generall
           Voluntaries
           ,
           (
           for
           whom
           this
           discourse
           was
           framed
           )
           they
           are
           
             honoris
             gratia
             ,
             &
             obiter
             Salutati
          
           ;
           and
           rather
           by
           way
           of
           order
           ,
           then
           worthie
           to
           receiue
           direction
           ,
           mentioned
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           that
           whereas
           by
           the
           found
           of
           some
           words
           ,
           some
           people
           and
           Nations
           may
           thinke
           they
           be
           taxed
           in
           certaine
           points
           ,
           notwithstanding
           therein
           I
           may
           say
           ,
           
             Nihil
             iam
             quod
             non
             prius
             ab
             omnibus
             dictum
             fuit
             :
          
           yet
           I
           trust
           ,
           the
           honest
           Reader
           will
           perceiue
           may
           meaning
           to
           bend
           rather
           to
           the
           rectifying
           ,
           then
           preiudicing
           of
           any
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           where
           any
           point
           is
           obserued
           by
           way
           of
           secreat
           or
           policie
           ,
           that
           no
           other
           Construction
           be
           made
           thereof
           ,
           then
           the
           literall
           ,
           to
           ensample
           and
           aduance
           knowledge
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           that
           considering
           for
           the
           priuate
           respect
           of
           the
           most
           vnexpert
           ,
           more
           Minute
           Subdiuisions
           and
           points
           are
           cōtained
           ,
           then
           per
           aduenture
           will
           rellish
           with
           the
           taste
           of
           some
           ;
           that
           such
           will
           take
           for
           their
           better
           stomacke
           the
           benefit
           of
           those
           Marginall
           notes
           ,
           which
           for
           their
           sakes
           I
           haue
           set
           downe
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           seeing
           not
           only
           we
           here
           in
           England
           may
           ,
           as
           all
           other
           Nations
           in
           the
           world
           doe
           ,
           account
           it
           a
           shame
           that
           there
           should
           be
           so
           many
           and
           such
           fugitiues
           (
           vnworthie
           of
           the
           honourable
           name
           of
           Trauailers
           )
           as
           this
           Land
           hath
           affourde
           hertofore
           ,
           who
           haue
           not
           afterwards
           made
           conscience
           of
           their
           owne
           wayes
           nor
           of
           others
           ,
           but
           like
           the
           most
           pernitious
           haue
           communicated
           with
           all
           euill
           and
           mischiefe
           in
           their
           trauailes
           ,
           to
           subiect
           their
           own
           Countrie
           ,
           Princes
           ,
           State
           ,
           Parents
           ,
           friends
           and
           all
           that
           is
           held
           deare
           in
           this
           life
           ;
           let
           me
           discouer
           so
           much
           of
           my
           secretest
           affections
           vnto
           thee
           (
           discreet
           Reader
           )
           that
           the
           preuenting
           hereof
           ,
           was
           one
           of
           the
           first
           motiues
           to
           vndertake
           this
           worke
           .
           And
           so
           I
           heartily
           pray
           to
           God
           to
           make
           thee
           happie
           in
           all
           vertue
           and
           godlinesse
           ,
           and
           to
           set
           to
           thy
           helping
           hand
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           in
           thee
           lyeth
           ,
           to
           encounter
           that
           imputation
           to
           our
           Countrie
           :
           leauing
           vnto
           thy
           discreete
           iudgement
           ,
           moreouer
           ,
           these
           Tables
           which
           are
           here
           abstracted
           for
           the
           ease
           and
           aide
           of
           mens
           memories
           .
           And
           so
           I
           bid
           thee
           farwell
           .
           From
           Wingham
           ,
           the
           first
           of
           Iulie
           .
           1606.
           
        
         
           
             Tho.
             Pal.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           TO
           THE
           MOST
           Excellent
           ,
           Illustrious
           ,
           and
           vertuous
           Prince
           ,
           HENRIE
           ,
           eldest
           Sonne
           to
           our
           Soueraigne
           Lord
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           Heire
           apparant
           to
           the
           Kingdomes
           of
           Great
           Britaine
           ,
           &c.
           
           (
           *
           ⁎
           *
           )
        
         
           COnsidering
           with
           what
           libertie
           and
           Applause
           ,
           Princes
           ,
           in
           times
           past
           ,
           vndertook
           voluntarie
           trauaile
           &
           aduentures
           into
           forraine
           parts
           :
           and
           how
           of
           latter
           dayes
           those
           Illustrious
           Stemmes
           of
           noblenesse
           (
           I
           know
           not
           now
           by
           what
           custome
           restrained
           of
           that
           recreation
           and
           renowne
           )
           haue
           notwithstanding
           improued
           their
           pretious
           times
           at
           home
           vnto
           no
           lesse
           rent
           of
           commoditie
           &
           commendablenes
           ,
           by
           suffering
           themselues
           to
           be
           trayned
           vp
           and
           delighted
           in
           the
           faculties
           and
           knowledge
           of
           diuine
           and
           humane
           things
           :
           I
           haue
           presumed
           (
           most
           excellent
           and
           gratious
           Prince
           )
           humbly
           to
           prefer
           ,
           vnto
           your
           rare
           protectiō
           and
           view
           ,
           
           this
           Essay
           ,
           of
           the
           means
           how
           to
           make
           the
           trauailes
           of
           other
           men
           (
           who
           for
           the
           good
           of
           this
           kingdom
           wherein
           they
           liue
           so
           happily
           ,
           their
           better
           seruice
           to
           his
           Maiestie
           ,
           and
           making
           of
           themselues
           more
           Compleat
           in
           all
           things
           ,
           haue
           faire
           libertie
           &
           desire
           to
           aduenture
           trauaile
           )
           somewhat
           more
           profitable
           and
           honorable
           ,
           not
           only
           before
           trauaile
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           interim
           of
           trauaile
           ,
           and
           after
           their
           returnes
           .
           First
           ,
           because
           your
           highnesse
           is
           (
           in
           all
           happie
           possibilitie
           )
           to
           be
           a
           most
           noble
           Iudge
           of
           all
           mens
           deserts
           in
           this
           point
           ,
           rather
           then
           to
           make
           experience
           your selfe
           therin
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           Martial
           causes
           :
           wherin
           I
           know
           not
           whether
           I
           may
           account
           your
           royall
           Auncestors
           (
           Princes
           of
           this
           State
           )
           to
           bee
           more
           happie
           alwaies
           in
           their
           good
           successe
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           faithfulnesse
           of
           their
           voluntarie
           great
           traines
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           for
           that
           the
           people
           of
           great
           Britaine
           (
           of
           all
           other
           famous
           and
           glorious
           Nations
           separated
           from
           the
           maine
           Continent
           of
           the
           world
           )
           are
           by
           so
           much
           the
           more
           interessed
           to
           become
           Trauailers
           ,
           by
           how
           much
           the
           necessitie
           of
           euerie
           seuerall
           estate
           of
           men
           doth
           require
           that
           ,
           for
           their
           better
           aduancement
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           in
           regard
           this
           subiect
           hath
           not
           worne
           an
           English
           habite
           hertofore
           ,
           (
           from
           the
           custom
           dew
           to
           Princes
           in
           the
           Novelty
           of
           things
           )
           I
           thought
           it
           my
           dutie
           (
           vnder
           the
           compasse
           of
           my
           obligation
           and
           seruice
           vnto
           your
           Highnesse
           )
           to
           make
           a
           present
           hereof
           (
           although
           but
           meanly
           apparelled
           and
           suited
           )
           and
           in
           most
           humble
           wise
           to
           
           beseech
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           your
           Excellencie
           ,
           to
           fauour
           &
           patronize
           the
           same
           .
           Which
           gratiousnes
           I
           must
           euer
           acknowledge
           (
           sir
           )
           to
           proceede
           from
           the
           cleare
           fountain
           of
           your
           generous
           ,
           ingenuous
           ,
           and
           princely
           disposition
           vnto
           all
           bountie
           ,
           goodnesse
           and
           vertue
           :
           and
           the
           world
           alreadie
           knowes
           ,
           that
           your
           singular
           towardlines
           ,
           to
           euerie
           good
           &
           perfect
           thing
           ,
           is
           such
           ,
           that
           neither
           can
           it
           or
           is
           likely
           to
           be
           paralleled
           of
           any
           in
           the
           world
           (
           so
           long
           as
           your
           Highnesse
           continews
           in
           these
           religious
           vertuous
           &
           studious
           paths
           ,
           which
           God
           graunt
           )
           nor
           circumscribed
           within
           the
           Kings
           most
           Ample
           kingdomes
           ,
           and
           States
           ,
           but
           is
           knowen
           ,
           feared
           ,
           or
           admired
           in
           forrain
           parts
           .
           The
           which
           as
           it
           is
           a
           most
           Soueraine
           and
           inexpressible
           blessing
           vnto
           all
           ,
           of
           these
           his
           Maiesties
           Dominions
           :
           So
           ,
           vnto
           mee
           ,
           it
           shal
           be
           the
           onely
           studie
           &
           care
           to
           make
           expressiō
           of
           all
           dutifull
           alleageance
           :
           And
           in
           the
           meane
           seafō
           to
           pray
           vnto
           God
           cōtinually
           for
           your
           highnesse
           ,
           to
           continue
           for
           euer
           in
           health
           ,
           felicitie
           and
           euerlasting
           glorie
           ,
           And
           rest
           during
           life
        
         
           
             Your
             HIGHNES
             most
             humble
             and
             deuoted
             Seruant
             ,
             THOMAS
             PALMER
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
             Trauailing
             is
             either
             
               
                 1
                 ,
                 Regular
                 :
                 Of
                 Regular
                 Trauailers
                 some
                 be
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     Nonuoluntaries
                     ,
                     Sent
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     prince
                     ,
                     &
                     imployed
                     in
                     matters
                     of
                     
                       
                         1.
                         
                         Peace
                         ,
                         
                           
                             1.
                             Honorable
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 Ambassadors
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 Commissioners
                              
                               
                                 3.
                                 Messengers
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     To
                                     know
                                     well
                                     
                                       
                                         1.
                                         
                                         From
                                         whom
                                         they
                                         are
                                         sent
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2.
                                         
                                         To
                                         whom
                                         they
                                         are
                                         sent
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3.
                                         
                                         To
                                         be
                                         perfect
                                         in
                                         their
                                         businesse
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4.
                                         
                                         Themselues
                                         that
                                         are
                                         sent
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         5.
                                         
                                         The
                                         Countreys
                                         from
                                         whom
                                         ,
                                         and
                                         to
                                         whom
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                   
                                     2.
                                     
                                     To
                                     practise
                                     
                                       
                                         1.
                                         
                                         Eloquence
                                         to
                                         obtaine
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2.
                                         
                                         Prudence
                                         in
                                         accusing
                                         ,
                                         excusing
                                         ,
                                         demanding
                                         ,
                                         denying
                                         ,
                                         propounding
                                         ,
                                         answering
                                         &c.
                                         
                                      
                                       
                                         3.
                                         
                                         Liberalitie
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4.
                                         Honestie
                                      
                                       
                                         5.
                                         
                                         Humanitie
                                         ,
                                         and
                                         Ciuilitie
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         6.
                                         
                                         Faithfulnesse
                                         ,
                                         Care
                                         ,
                                         and
                                      
                                       
                                         7.
                                         
                                         Obseruation
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2.
                             not
                             Honorable
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 Posts
                                 are
                                 recommendable
                                 for
                                 speede
                                 and
                                 faithfulnesse
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 Intelligencers
                                 
                                   
                                     1.
                                     
                                     Base
                                     ,
                                  
                                   
                                     2.
                                     
                                     Honest
                                     :
                                     
                                       
                                         1.
                                         
                                         To
                                         be
                                         expert
                                         in
                                         the
                                         Tongues
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2.
                                         
                                         To
                                         resemble
                                         all
                                         gestures
                                         and
                                         behauiours
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3.
                                         
                                         To
                                         be
                                         well
                                         furnished
                                         of
                                         all
                                         necessaries
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4.
                                         
                                         To
                                         be
                                         secret
                                         aboue
                                         ordinarie
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         5.
                                         
                                         To
                                         be
                                         able
                                         to
                                         endure
                                         all
                                         things
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         6.
                                         
                                         To
                                         keepe
                                         themselues
                                         from
                                         being
                                         knowen
                                         for
                                         Intelligencers
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2.
                         
                         Warre
                         .
                         
                           
                             1.
                             
                             Chieftaines
                             and
                             Cōmanders
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 To
                                 be
                                 alwayes
                                 prouident
                                 and
                                 faithfull
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 
                                 Neuer
                                 to
                                 exceede
                                 Commission
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3.
                                 
                                 To
                                 make
                                 diligent
                                 and
                                 true
                                 relation
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2.
                             
                             Common
                             Souldiers
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 To
                                 be
                                 obseruant
                                 to
                                 the
                                 discipline
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 
                                 To
                                 make
                                 account
                                 of
                                 his
                                 Armes
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3.
                                 
                                 Neuer
                                 to
                                 mutinie
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     2.
                     
                     Inuoluntaries
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1.
                         
                         Banished
                         persons
                         
                           
                             1.
                             
                             By
                             the
                             course
                             of
                             the
                             Law.
                             
                          
                           
                             2.
                             
                             By
                             the
                             displeasure
                             of
                             the
                             King
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 Not
                                 to
                                 murmure
                                 for
                                 their
                                 banishment
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 
                                 To
                                 depart
                                 the
                                 land
                                 within
                                 the
                                 time
                                 limited
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3.
                                 
                                 Not
                                 to
                                 trauaile
                                 into
                                 the
                                 countrey
                                 that
                                 is
                                 enemie
                                 to
                                 their
                                 Prince
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 to
                                 God.
                                 
                              
                               
                                 4.
                                 
                                 Alwayes
                                 to
                                 discouer
                                 fruits
                                 of
                                 allegeance
                                 to
                                 their
                                 Prince
                                 and
                                 Countrey
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Persecuted
                         for
                         a
                         good
                         conscience
                         ,
                         must
                         obserue
                         these
                         things
                         :
                         
                           
                             1.
                             
                             Before
                             trauaile
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 To
                                 be
                                 sure
                                 that
                                 no
                                 licencious
                                 affect
                                 moue
                                 them
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 
                                 To
                                 be
                                 assured
                                 that
                                 they
                                 flie
                                 for
                                 the
                                 trueths
                                 sake
                                 ,
                                 and
                                 that
                                 they
                                 imbrace
                                 the
                                 right
                                 religion
                              
                               
                                 3.
                                 
                                 To
                                 know
                                 that
                                 they
                                 cannot
                                 get
                                 a
                                 toleration
                                 of
                                 that
                                 right
                                 Religion
                                 ,
                                 nor
                                 to
                                 haue
                                 libertie
                                 of
                                 conscience
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4.
                                 
                                 To
                                 sue
                                 for
                                 licence
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Magistrate
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 5.
                                 
                                 To
                                 resolue
                                 to
                                 goe
                                 into
                                 that
                                 Countrey
                                 where
                                 the
                                 word
                                 of
                                 God
                                 is
                                 preached
                                 :
                                 or
                                 into
                                 a
                                 free
                                 estate
                                 and
                                 neuter
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             In
                             Trauaile
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 To
                                 serue
                                 God
                                 sincerely
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 
                                 To
                                 obey
                                 the
                                 lawes
                                 of
                                 that
                                 Countrey
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3.
                                 
                                 Not
                                 contending
                                 for
                                 this
                                 or
                                 that
                                 discipline
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4.
                                 
                                 Not
                                 to
                                 liue
                                 idlely
                                 or
                                 in
                                 excesse
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 5.
                                 
                                 Not
                                 to
                                 intermeddle
                                 with
                                 the
                                 politick
                                 gouernment
                                 or
                                 State.
                                 
                              
                               
                                 6.
                                 
                                 Neuer
                                 treacherous
                                 to
                                 their
                                 owne
                                 Prince
                                 or
                                 State.
                                 
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             
                               Being
                               returned
                            
                             from
                             Trauaile
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 No
                                 Busie
                                 bodies
                                 ,
                                 Schismatickes
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 mouers
                                 of
                                 Sedition
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2.
                                 
                                 To
                                 liue
                                 a
                                 quiet
                                 ,
                                 peaceable
                                 and
                                 godly
                                 life
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     3
                     ,
                     Voluntaries
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 2
                 ,
                 Irregular
                 .
                 *
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Page
             I.
             B.
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             first
             Part
             ,
             abstracted
             .
          
           
             Voluntary
             Regular
             Trauailers
             are
             considered
             ,
             
               
                 1
                 ,
                 
                   As
                   they
                
                 are
                 moued
                 accidētally
                 :
                 
                   
                     1
                     ,
                     Principally
                     ,
                     that
                     afterwards
                     they
                     may
                     leade
                     a
                     more
                     quiet
                     and
                     contented
                     life
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     glory
                     of
                     God.
                     
                  
                   
                     2
                     ,
                     Secondarily
                     ,
                     regarding
                     ends
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         Publicke
                         :
                         which
                         doe
                         consider
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             
                               What
                               persons
                            
                             are
                             inhibited
                             trauaile
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Such
                                 as
                                 Nature
                                 ,
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     Infants
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     Decrepite
                                     persons
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Such
                                 as
                                 Imperfectiō
                                 ,
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     Fooles
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     Madmen
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     3
                                     ,
                                     Lunaticke
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 Such
                                 as
                                 the
                                 Sexe
                                 ,
                                 
                                   
                                     Women
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             
                               What
                               times
                            
                             to
                             trauaile
                             in
                             are
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Not
                                 fitte
                                 :
                                 When
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     Our
                                     Countrey
                                     ,
                                     is
                                     ingaged
                                     with
                                     Ciuill
                                     warres
                                     :
                                     or
                                     ,
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     The
                                     same
                                     expecteth
                                     forraine
                                     warres
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Fitte
                                 :
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     When
                                     one
                                     may
                                     reape
                                     most
                                     profit
                                     in
                                     shortest
                                     time
                                     ,
                                     for
                                     that
                                     hee
                                     aimeth
                                     at
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     When
                                     the
                                     Countrey
                                     ,
                                     into
                                     which
                                     wee
                                     would
                                     trauaile
                                     ,
                                     holdeth
                                     not
                                     ours
                                     in
                                     iealousie
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             
                               What
                               age
                            
                             is
                             most
                             meete
                             to
                             trauaile
                             in
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Not
                                 the
                                 Nonage
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Not
                                 Old
                                 age
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 But
                                 the
                                 Middle
                                 age
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Priuate
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 2
                 ,
                 
                   As
                   they
                
                 consist
                 Essentially
                 :
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     Nobles
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         Generall
                         :
                         of
                         whom
                         ,
                         looke
                         in
                         the
                         second
                         Part.
                         *
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Special
                         :
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Diuines
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 
                                   In
                                   what
                                   Cases
                                
                                 they
                                 may
                                 not
                                 trauaile
                                 .
                                 
                                   
                                     1.
                                     
                                     If
                                     there
                                     bee
                                     preaching
                                     of
                                     the
                                     Gospel
                                     in
                                     their
                                     Countrey
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     If
                                     Licence
                                     can
                                     not
                                     bee
                                     obtained
                                     of
                                     the
                                     State.
                                     
                                  
                                   
                                     3
                                     ,
                                     If
                                     godly
                                     and
                                     learned
                                     Professors
                                     liue
                                     in
                                     the
                                     State.
                                     
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 For
                                 what
                                 pretences
                                 they
                                 may
                                 trauaile
                                 ,
                                 hauing
                                 obtained
                                 Licence
                                 .
                                 
                                   
                                     1.
                                     
                                     To
                                     a
                                     generall
                                     Councell
                                     approoued
                                     by
                                     the
                                     State.
                                     
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     To
                                     a
                                     famous
                                     Librarie
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     3
                                     ,
                                     To
                                     haue
                                     conference
                                     with
                                     such
                                     and
                                     such
                                     famous
                                     Learned
                                     men
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     4
                                     ,
                                     To
                                     haue
                                     conference
                                     with
                                     such
                                     and
                                     such
                                     Linguists
                                     ,
                                     that
                                     are
                                     famous
                                     for
                                     the
                                     Hebrew
                                     ,
                                     and
                                     Greeke
                                     Tongues
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Ciuilians
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 be
                                 well
                                 grounded
                                 in
                                 Religion
                                 ,
                                 and
                                 stedfast
                                 in
                                 the
                                 same
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 be
                                 studious
                                 in
                                 their
                                 obseruations
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 take
                                 Degrees
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             Souldiers
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Contemplatiue
                                 ,
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Actiue
                                 are
                                 to
                                 note
                                 these
                                 things
                                 ,
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     Before
                                     trauaile
                                     ,
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         be
                                         expert
                                         in
                                         the
                                         Mathematickes
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         remoue
                                         discōtentednes
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         be
                                         assured
                                         that
                                         they
                                         may
                                         be
                                         spared
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4.
                                         
                                         To
                                         accustome
                                         themselues
                                         to
                                         hardnesse
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         5
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         serue
                                         where
                                         the
                                         Prince
                                         most
                                         fauoureth
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         6
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         serue
                                         in
                                         those
                                         warres
                                         ,
                                         where
                                         a
                                         man
                                         may
                                         soonest
                                         proue
                                         a
                                         good
                                         Souldier
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     In
                                     Trauaile
                                     ,
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         make
                                         diligent
                                         obseruation
                                         of
                                         all
                                         things
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         bee
                                         studious
                                         in
                                         obseruing
                                         the
                                         discipline
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3
                                         ,
                                         Rather
                                         to
                                         put
                                         vp
                                         iniuries
                                         ,
                                         than
                                         to
                                         offer
                                         any
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4
                                         ,
                                         Neither
                                         to
                                         serue
                                         vnder
                                         Infidels
                                         ,
                                         nor
                                         against
                                         professors
                                         of
                                         the
                                         Gospel
                                         ,
                                         or
                                         in
                                         an
                                         vniust
                                         war.
                                         
                                      
                                       
                                         5
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         vse
                                         the
                                         warre
                                         as
                                         no
                                         profession
                                         ,
                                         but
                                         to
                                         liue
                                         in
                                         peace
                                         the
                                         better
                                         afterwards
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             4
                             ,
                             Physicians
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1.
                                 
                                 To
                                 make
                                 diligent
                                 obseruation
                                 of
                                 all
                                 Common
                                 and
                                 Accidentall
                                 things
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 be
                                 aswell
                                 expert
                                 as
                                 learned
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 be
                                 carefull
                                 to
                                 transplant
                                 what
                                 may
                                 profit
                                 their
                                 Countrey
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     2
                     ,
                     Commons
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         Merchants
                         ,
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Venturers
                             ,
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Of
                             Companies
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 know
                                 by
                                 what
                                 Commodities
                                 their
                                 Countrey
                                 may
                                 be
                                 benefited
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Not
                                 to
                                 transport
                                 things
                                 prohibited
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 to
                                 bring
                                 in
                                 vaine
                                 and
                                 hurtfull
                                 matters
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 conceale
                                 the
                                 secrets
                                 of
                                 their
                                 Princes
                                 State
                                 ,
                                 and
                                 to
                                 obserue
                                 of
                                 other
                                 nations
                                 what
                                 is
                                 meete
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             Men
                             of
                             Warre
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Not
                                 to
                                 transgresse
                                 their
                                 Commission
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 obserue
                                 diligently
                                 for
                                 Nauigation
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 To
                                 make
                                 faithfull
                                 relation
                                 of
                                 things
                                 needefull
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Machanickes
                         .
                         *
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           The
           first
           Part.
           
        
         
           TRauailing
           is
           equiuocable
           ,
           Regular
           or
           Irregular
           .
           Of
           Irregular
           trauelling
           ,
           
           most
           men
           finde
           by
           experience
           what
           it
           is
           .
           
           The
           Regular
           is
           an
           honorable
           or
           honest
           action
           of
           men
           (
           and
           in
           speciall
           cases
           of
           women
           )
           into
           forreine
           Countries
           and
           States
           ,
           chiefly
           for
           a
           publike
           good
           to
           that
           Countrie
           of
           which
           such
           are
           ,
           and
           also
           for
           a
           priuate
           benefit
           and
           necessitie
           in
           cases
           necessarie
           and
           of
           commendablenesse
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           there
           are
           deriued
           ,
           
           from
           this
           action
           of
           trauelling
           ,
           two
           orders
           of
           Trauellers
           ,
           Regular
           ,
           and
           Irregular
           .
           The
           Regular
           are
           threefould
           ;
           
             Non
             voluntarie
             ,
             Inuoluntarie
          
           ,
           or
           Voluntarie
           .
           Of
           whome
           foure
           things
           may
           bee
           considered
           .
           First
           what
           ought
           to
           be
           the
           moouing
           causes
           of
           mens
           trauell
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           what
           courses
           such
           as
           are
           iustly
           mooued
           must
           vndertake
           before
           trauell
           ,
           if
           they
           will
           benefit
           their
           Countrie
           ,
           or
           themselues
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           how
           they
           ought
           to
           spend
           their
           times
           in
           the
           interim
           of
           trauell
           .
           
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           commendable
           carriages
           and
           behauiour
           such
           are
           to
           expresse
           at
           their
           returnes
           ,
           to
           the
           further
           honour
           of
           themselues
           ,
           good
           of
           the
           State
           ,
           and
           glorie
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           The
           first
           of
           these
           according
           to
           the
           ancient
           diuision
           of
           Causes
           hath
           fowre
           head
           mouers
           ;
           but
           it
           may
           be
           impertinent
           to
           intreat
           of
           aboue
           two
           ,
           
           at
           this
           present
           ,
           namely
           of
           the
           efficient
           and
           finall
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           formall
           esteemed
           causes
           (
           which
           are
           pedestriall
           ,
           equestriall
           ,
           or
           nauticall
           )
           stand
           either
           at
           the
           disposition
           of
           the
           efficient
           ;
           or
           pretend
           perfection
           and
           vse
           from
           the
           finall
           .
           In
           like
           manner
           the
           materiall
           causes
           which
           pertaine
           either
           to
           the
           bodie
           or
           the
           minde
           ,
           though
           in
           subiect
           they
           differ
           not
           alwayes
           ,
           yet
           in
           consideration
           of
           the
           places
           and
           the
           things
           in
           them
           contained
           ,
           being
           obiects
           to
           be
           respected
           ,
           may
           either
           depende
           vpon
           the
           pleasure
           of
           the
           efficient
           ,
           or
           from
           the
           finall
           draw
           their
           motion
           and
           contentation
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           only
           three
           iust
           efficients
           (
           next
           vnder
           God
           ,
           
           which
           is
           the
           efficient
           of
           all
           good
           things
           in
           a
           secret
           manner
           )
           that
           ought
           to
           stirre
           vp
           men
           to
           trauell
           from
           their
           Countrie
           (
           which
           as
           a
           parent
           tyeth
           all
           in
           duetie
           to
           respect
           it
           before
           sorteine
           parts
           :
           and
           wherein
           euerie
           one
           ought
           to
           leade
           his
           life
           godly
           and
           soberly
           ,
           to
           aduance
           the
           Common-weale
           thereof
           .
           )
           Those
           are
           first
           the
           pleasure
           of
           the
           prince
           ,
           
           or
           State
           ,
           or
           Law
           vnder
           which
           men
           liue
           .
           The
           second
           in
           number
           ,
           though
           in
           order
           preferable
           aboue
           all
           things
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           is
           the
           maintenance
           and
           exercise
           of
           true
           Religion
           and
           Godlinesse
           .
           
           The
           third
           is
           a
           godly
           thought
           to
           do
           good
           in
           the
           Church
           and
           Common-weale
           ,
           
           grounded
           either
           vpon
           probable
           reason
           ,
           or
           vndertaken
           for
           priuate
           necessitie
           and
           respect
           .
           Seeing
           the
           two
           former
           belong
           either
           to
           
             Non
             voluntarie
          
           
           or
           Inuoluntarie
           trauellers
           ,
           it
           shall
           bee
           the
           more
           sparingly
           discoursed
           of
           them
           ;
           in
           regarde
           the
           Voluntarie
           are
           the
           the
           true
           subiects
           of
           our
           point
           in
           hand
           .
        
         
           The
           Persons
           ,
           
           first
           occasioned
           to
           trauell
           by
           the
           Princes
           or
           States
           fauour
           ,
           are
           either
           men
           of
           peace
           ,
           or
           men
           of
           warre
           .
           Those
           of
           peace
           are
           either
           honorable
           or
           not
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           circumstances
           of
           places
           ,
           persons
           and
           times
           to
           whom
           and
           in
           what
           times
           they
           are
           sent
           .
           The
           honourable
           be
           either
           Embassadors
           ,
           
           Commissioners
           ,
           or
           Messengers
           with
           or
           without
           credence
           .
           The
           not
           honorable
           be
           Postes
           and
           such
           like
           Currers
           necessarie
           in
           States
           to
           aduertise
           Princes
           speedily
           concerning
           their
           mindes
           ,
           or
           such
           as
           goe
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           Intelligencers
           .
        
         
           As
           cōcerning
           the
           honourable
           ,
           though
           the
           prouidence
           of
           euerie
           Prince
           State
           make
           election
           of
           meete
           personages
           to
           vndergoe
           such
           charge
           as
           is
           committed
           vnto
           them
           ;
           and
           are
           euer
           well
           instructed
           concerning
           principall
           matters
           and
           momentall
           :
           yet
           for
           other
           mens
           obseruations
           ,
           
           there
           are
           fiue
           circumstāces
           required
           of
           these
           principall
           Trauellers
           ,
           to
           bee
           considered
           .
           First
           ,
           from
           whom
           such
           are
           sent
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           to
           whome
           and
           to
           what
           gouernement
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           what
           is
           their
           Embassage
           in
           speciall
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           what
           they
           themselues
           are
           ,
           so
           chosen
           to
           vndergoe
           the
           office
           of
           Embassadors
           ,
           of
           Commissioners
           or
           Messengers
           .
           And
           fiftly
           ,
           that
           the
           States
           of
           those
           Coūtries
           &
           fashiō
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           as
           welfrom
           whence
           as
           vnto
           which
           they
           are
           sent
           ,
           be
           pondered
           at
           the
           time
           of
           their
           legation
           :
           which
           shal
           enable
           thē
           the
           more
           to
           be
           answerable
           in
           all
           points
           of
           cōsequencie
           ;
           that
           the
           Prince
           sending
           may
           be
           cōpleatly
           serued
           &
           honored
           ;
           that
           the
           State
           or
           Prince
           ,
           to
           whome
           ,
           may
           accordingly
           admire
           and
           haue
           the
           
           Embassage
           and
           them
           in
           recommendation
           ,
           that
           the
           Embassage
           may
           take
           best
           effect
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           that
           no
           reproche
           chance
           vnto
           them
           either
           concerning
           their
           traines
           or
           themselues
           ,
           but
           contrariwise
           commendation
           &
           reward
           .
           Moreouer
           it
           is
           required
           of
           such
           that
           they
           be
           eloquent
           ,
           
           to
           obtaine
           and
           efect
           that
           which
           they
           plead
           for
           in
           negotiations
           :
           prudent
           in
           accusing
           ,
           excusing
           ,
           demanding
           ,
           denying
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           politicke
           affaires
           :
           liberall
           ,
           honest
           ,
           humane
           ,
           popular
           ,
           but
           with
           respect
           ,
           ciuile
           in
           words
           and
           ceremonies
           ,
           faithfull
           aboue
           all
           ,
           carefull
           to
           dispatch
           affaires
           ,
           and
           painefull
           to
           ripen
           and
           prepare
           them
           ,
           and
           lastly
           obseruant
           in
           forreine
           affaires
           to
           get
           intelligēce
           .
           These
           may
           be
           sufficient
           at
           this
           present
           .
        
         
           As
           touching
           the
           not
           honorable
           ,
           though
           wee
           might
           be
           also
           silent
           &
           passe
           thē
           ouer
           for
           the
           reasō
           aforesaid
           ,
           yet
           let
           these
           things
           be
           remembred
           .
           
           First
           ,
           that
           Postes
           ,
           whether
           mediatly
           ,
           or
           immediatly
           ,
           be
           speedy
           and
           faithful
           to
           put
           in
           execution
           things
           committed
           to
           their
           charge
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           
           as
           concerning
           Intelligencers
           and
           Referendaries
           ,
           being
           persons
           of
           notable
           esteeme
           to
           support
           the
           policie
           of
           the
           Estate
           by
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           secrets
           of
           forreine
           powers
           and
           daily
           occurrences
           that
           chaunce
           in
           them
           .
           Wherby
           Princes
           may
           shew
           all
           offices
           vnto
           their
           friends
           and
           confederates
           ,
           and
           be
           sufficiently
           armed
           with
           knowledge
           to
           resist
           the
           malice
           of
           their
           enemies
           or
           encounter
           such
           as
           are
           held
           in
           iealousie
           .
        
         
           These
           are
           sent
           out
           by
           the
           mediation
           of
           the
           Councell
           in
           most
           States
           ,
           or
           by
           some
           of
           the
           principall
           .
           Of
           these
           Intelligencers
           it
           is
           required
           ,
           
           first
           before
           their
           vndergoing
           so
           dangerous
           an
           actiō
           ,
           To
           speak
           singularly
           the
           tongues
           ,
           that
           may
           stand
           them
           in
           stead
           in
           that
           Countrey
           out
           of
           which
           they
           must
           gather
           intelligence
           ,
           and
           to
           imitate
           the
           
           common
           gestures
           and
           behauiour
           of
           those
           nations
           ,
           to
           cloke
           their
           purposes
           the
           more
           artificially
           .
           Also
           to
           bee
           well
           accōmodated
           of
           things
           needefull
           for
           their
           enterprises
           :
           the
           which
           being
           variable
           and
           changeable
           according
           to
           the
           alteration
           of
           States
           and
           times
           haue
           no
           certaine
           rules
           .
           Only
           this
           ,
           that
           such
           may
           safest
           trauell
           vnder
           the
           shewes
           of
           those
           people
           which
           that
           State
           wherein
           such
           must
           trauel
           to
           get
           intelligence
           hath
           the
           least
           ielousie
           of
           ,
           and
           are
           in
           good
           friendshippe
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           to
           keepe
           the
           order
           and
           manner
           of
           their
           enterprise
           so
           secret
           ,
           as
           that
           those
           which
           send
           out
           such
           shall
           not
           know
           the
           plot
           of
           all
           things
           if
           so
           be
           the
           same
           be
           deuised
           by
           the
           Intelligencers
           themselues
           ,
           which
           is
           euer
           least
           dangerous
           .
           Moreouer
           it
           is
           required
           of
           such
           to
           enure
           themselues
           to
           endure
           the
           accidentes
           of
           Sea
           or
           Land
           ;
           as
           stormes
           ,
           heate
           ,
           colde
           ,
           excesse
           of
           meates
           and
           drinkes
           ,
           sickenesse
           ,
           much
           riotte
           of
           speech
           ,
           simplicitie
           and
           such
           like
           .
           And
           in
           a
           word
           whether
           abroad
           ,
           or
           at
           home
           ,
           let
           such
           be
           carefull
           they
           be
           not
           discouered
           for
           Intelligencers
           or
           had
           in
           ouermuch
           iealousie
           ,
           but
           so
           warily
           demeane
           themselues
           that
           they
           may
           aswell
           secure
           their
           own
           persons
           as
           benefite
           the
           State
           by
           their
           intelligence
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           an
           other
           kinde
           of
           Intelligencers
           ,
           
           (
           but
           base
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           former
           ,
           by
           reason
           they
           assume
           a
           libertie
           to
           say
           what
           they
           list
           )
           who
           are
           inquisitors
           or
           diuers
           into
           the
           behauiours
           and
           affections
           of
           men
           belonging
           to
           a
           State
           ,
           the
           carriages
           of
           whom
           are
           verie
           insupportable
           ;
           oftentimes
           exercising
           any
           libertie
           and
           licentiousnesse
           to
           prie
           into
           the
           hearts
           of
           men
           to
           know
           how
           such
           stand
           affected
           .
           But
           being
           also
           necessarie
           euils
           in
           a
           State
           ,
           I
           would
           counsaile
           such
           as
           vnhappily
           shall
           haue
           to
           deale
           with
           this
           packe
           of
           Muches
           not
           so
           fauourablie
           to
           suffer
           
           them
           to
           raile
           vpon
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           this
           Land
           and
           discouer
           faults
           in
           the
           State
           ,
           to
           blaspheme
           and
           dishonor
           the
           Maiestie
           of
           God
           and
           of
           their
           Prince
           but
           rather
           to
           coniure
           such
           so
           ,
           as
           neuer
           afterwardes
           they
           shall
           delight
           in
           that
           humorous-carnall-tempting
           and
           diuellish
           profession
           .
        
         
           The
           other
           sort
           ,
           
           which
           likewise
           by
           the
           Princes
           or
           States
           fauour
           are
           made
           Trauellers
           ,
           are
           men
           of
           warre
           or
           souldiers
           ,
           seruing
           on
           the
           Land
           or
           Sea
           ;
           whether
           these
           be
           sent
           to
           serue
           vnder
           other
           Princes
           or
           haue
           authority
           committed
           vnto
           them
           to
           make
           warre
           themselues
           .
           Now
           considering
           these
           are
           either
           Commanders
           or
           common
           Souldiers
           ,
           there
           ought
           to
           be
           a
           distinct
           consideration
           .
           As
           touching
           the
           first
           ,
           though
           wee
           might
           considerately
           enough
           leaue
           them
           out
           heere
           ,
           being
           men
           of
           action
           and
           experiēce
           ,
           
           yet
           we
           obserue
           three
           general
           offices
           of
           these
           :
           First
           ,
           ere
           they
           vndertake
           their
           iournie
           ,
           to
           be
           accōmodated
           with
           euerie
           thing
           necessarie
           ,
           both
           for
           men
           ,
           munitiō
           ,
           victuals
           and
           monie
           ,
           which
           being
           the
           sinewes
           of
           euerie
           enterprise
           shall
           preuaile
           greatly
           .
           And
           in
           case
           that
           any
           be
           sent
           to
           serue
           vnder
           other
           Princes
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           thing
           most
           requirable
           ,
           for
           the
           honour
           of
           their
           Prince
           and
           Country
           and
           of
           themselues
           ,
           to
           be
           much
           curious
           that
           euerie
           souldier
           be
           seemely
           apparelled
           ,
           
           and
           orderly
           sorted
           with
           men
           and
           armes
           ,
           and
           other
           things
           necessarie
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           faithfull
           vnto
           their
           Soueraigne
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           let
           euery
           one
           take
           heede
           hee
           goe
           not
           beyond
           his
           Commission
           ,
           but
           rather
           in
           case
           of
           his
           absolute
           authoritie
           streighten
           his
           owne
           power
           ,
           neuer
           presuming
           vpon
           the
           fauour
           of
           the
           Prince
           or
           State
           that
           sendeth
           such
           an
           one
           foorth
           .
           For
           though
           the
           same
           sometimes
           may
           sort
           to
           a
           happie
           end
           ,
           yet
           the
           encroching
           on
           the
           prerogatiue
           royall
           is
           reprouable
           ,
           
           and
           without
           reward
           ,
           though
           so
           aduantagious
           for
           ones
           Prince
           ,
           and
           Countrie
           .
           And
           as
           it
           is
           the
           cheefest
           point
           of
           a
           Commaunder
           to
           obserue
           good
           discipline
           to
           aduance
           euerie
           enterprise
           and
           designe
           ▪
           so
           especially
           in
           case
           of
           seruing
           vnder
           forreine
           Princes
           and
           powers
           ,
           let
           such
           be
           blamelesse
           and
           irreproueable
           :
           accomplishing
           moreouer
           with
           resolution
           and
           discretion
           whatsoeuer
           is
           committed
           to
           the
           charge
           of
           such
           ,
           nothing
           attempting
           vpon
           discretion
           without
           commaundement
           of
           the
           Prince
           himselfe
           vnder
           whom
           such
           serue
           .
           And
           that
           such
           be
           not
           lauish
           in
           rewarding
           with
           honour
           ,
           or
           too
           seuere
           in
           punishing
           offenders
           beyond
           the
           discipline
           then
           exercised
           .
           The
           third
           and
           last
           consisteth
           in
           the
           making
           true
           and
           diligent
           relation
           of
           euerie
           accident
           ,
           
           vnto
           the
           Prince
           to
           whome
           such
           belong
           .
           VVee
           shall
           not
           neede
           to
           dilate
           on
           these
           ,
           they
           are
           so
           common
           .
           Nowe
           as
           concerning
           the
           common
           souldier
           in
           this
           place
           of
           
             Non
             Voluntarie
          
           trauellers
           ,
           let
           it
           only
           be
           exacted
           of
           him
           ,
           To
           be
           obedient
           to
           the
           discipline
           prescribed
           vnto
           him
           ,
           to
           esteeme
           of
           his
           armes
           as
           the
           cognisance
           of
           a
           souldier
           ;
           and
           neuer
           to
           be
           tainted
           with
           mutinie
           or
           murmuring
           :
           For
           such
           do
           debarre
           themselues
           euermore
           afterwarde
           of
           bearing
           armes
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           reputation
           of
           Souldiers
           ,
           though
           such
           may
           pretend
           great
           cause
           .
           Of
           other
           things
           let
           it
           be
           sought
           for
           in
           the
           voluntarie
           Trauellers
           .
        
         
           It
           nowe
           remaines
           wee
           touch
           vpon
           those
           that
           Inuoluntarily
           are
           made
           Trauailers
           ,
           
           by
           the
           displeasure
           conceaued
           by
           the
           Prince
           ,
           and
           by
           offence
           committed
           against
           the
           law
           .
           Those
           that
           haue
           trespassed
           against
           the
           lawe
           ,
           although
           in
           other
           States
           in
           times
           past
           they
           were
           great
           personages
           ,
           as
           others
           that
           lay
           open
           to
           
           such
           punishments
           ,
           yet
           here
           in
           England
           are
           men
           of
           no
           accompt
           or
           reckening
           :
           such
           as
           being
           incorrigible
           persons
           ,
           good
           for
           nothing
           ,
           euill
           members
           ,
           are
           for
           euer
           made
           proscripts
           ,
           and
           turned
           from
           the
           tuition
           of
           their
           naturall
           friends
           and
           Countrie
           ,
           to
           liue
           as
           runnagates
           in
           the
           wide
           world
           .
           
           But
           as
           concerning
           such
           as
           stand
           banished
           by
           displeasure
           and
           prerogatiue
           royal
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           they
           are
           of
           two
           sorts
           .
           The
           first
           of
           such
           are
           onely
           for
           breach
           of
           Lawes
           in
           Court
           banished
           from
           the
           Court
           ,
           and
           confined
           to
           approche
           no
           neerer
           than
           so
           many
           miles
           ,
           for
           a
           certaine
           space
           :
           these
           are
           not
           to
           our
           purpose
           .
           The
           other
           is
           of
           such
           as
           the
           Prince
           vppon
           iust
           indignation
           banisheth
           the
           Land
           for
           a
           time
           certaine
           or
           not
           ;
           wherby
           such
           are
           forced
           to
           trauell
           ,
           and
           are
           of
           the
           Gentrie
           or
           Nobilitie
           alwayes
           ,
           of
           whom
           the
           Prince
           hath
           a
           greater
           respect
           ,
           then
           of
           the
           Commons
           that
           sustaine
           all
           punishments
           in
           their
           times
           according
           to
           the
           Lawes
           .
           Of
           whome
           these
           Offices
           are
           exacted
           ;
           First
           ,
           
           not
           to
           make
           shew
           of
           discontentednesse
           other
           then
           sorrow
           for
           the
           offence
           done
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           to
           depart
           the
           Land
           ,
           within
           the
           time
           limited
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           not
           to
           trauaile
           into
           their
           Princes
           enemies
           Coūtries
           ,
           or
           into
           the
           Coūtries
           of
           miscreants
           &
           Infidels
           ,
           there
           to
           make
           their
           aboade
           ;
           (
           for
           the
           one
           is
           a
           breach
           of
           Religion
           ,
           the
           other
           of
           allegeaunce
           and
           duetie
           to
           their
           Prince
           ,
           Soueraigne
           and
           Countrie
           :
           which
           yet
           remaine
           to
           such
           so
           ,
           during
           life
           )
           either
           for
           that
           they
           may
           obtaine
           fauour
           to
           be
           recalled
           ,
           or
           by
           decease
           of
           the
           Prince
           that
           banished
           them
           in
           speciall
           cases
           of
           displeasure
           be
           freed
           to
           returne
           from
           banishment
           :
           the
           benefite
           whereof
           they
           may
           peraduenture
           lose
           if
           such
           shal
           be
           obserued
           to
           spend
           their
           times
           in
           the
           enemies
           Countrie
           or
           keepe
           much
           familiaritie
           with
           them
           .
           So
           is
           it
           to
           those
           that
           trauaile
           to
           
           Pagans
           and
           Infidels
           ,
           who
           although
           they
           may
           be
           friends
           with
           their
           Prince
           ,
           yet
           the
           office
           of
           banished
           trauellers
           carrying
           the
           badge
           of
           Gods
           displeasure
           also
           vpon
           them
           may
           not
           doe
           euerie
           thing
           that
           the
           policie
           of
           an
           Estate
           shall
           permit
           :
           but
           in
           particular
           let
           them
           carrie
           themselues
           so
           ,
           as
           God
           their
           high
           Prince
           ,
           who
           hath
           a
           more
           speciall
           hand
           ouer
           such
           then
           ordinarie
           may
           be
           serued
           also
           and
           appeased
           by
           obeysance
           to
           his
           word
           ,
           which
           restraineth
           all
           from
           voluntary
           fellowshippe
           with
           vnbeleeuers
           and
           vngodly
           persons
           ;
           much
           more
           to
           haue
           such
           a
           communitie
           with
           them
           as
           being
           left
           to
           their
           choice
           they
           seeke
           rather
           after
           such
           then
           the
           godly
           ,
           &
           as
           it
           were
           indenizen
           themselues
           into
           their
           life
           ,
           Religion
           and
           conuersation
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           that
           wheresoeuer
           these
           shall
           remaine
           ,
           let
           them
           carrie
           themselues
           so
           discreetly
           during
           their
           perigrination
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           procure
           themselues
           to
           regaine
           their
           Princes
           fauour
           to
           restore
           them
           .
           And
           also
           when
           such
           shall
           so
           fortunately
           be
           recalled
           ,
           to
           behaue
           themselues
           like
           newe
           creatures
           and
           subiects
           ,
           abandoning
           all
           reprouable
           actions
           that
           draw
           downe
           sodainely
           GODS
           displeasure
           ,
           &
           consequently
           the
           like
           or
           greater
           iudgements
           .
           Thus
           briefly
           may
           we
           conclude
           the
           first
           ranke
           of
           Regular
           and
           lawfull
           Trauailers
           .
           The
           second
           followeth
           .
        
         
           2
           Which
           are
           also
           of
           the
           Crue
           of
           Inuoluntaries
           :
           
           being
           moued
           to
           traueil
           for
           the
           maintenance
           only
           and
           preseruation
           of
           their
           Religion
           ,
           which
           vppon
           assured
           grounds
           they
           know
           to
           be
           the
           true
           and
           only
           sauing
           profession
           whereby
           they
           serue
           God
           aright
           according
           to
           his
           word
           ,
           and
           prepare
           themselues
           for
           a
           more
           diuine
           &
           excellent
           mansion
           then
           can
           be
           found
           or
           conceipted
           heere
           on
           earth
           :
           the
           which
           thing
           may
           ,
           of
           all
           other
           things
           in
           the
           world
           held
           in
           estimation
           ,
           prescribe
           against
           and
           
           free
           them
           from
           the
           opposition
           of
           lawes
           humane
           ,
           and
           their
           allegeance
           ;
           in
           such
           sort
           that
           whether
           men
           trauell
           without
           commission
           or
           licence
           of
           the
           Prince
           and
           State
           to
           whom
           they
           belong
           ,
           or
           whether
           contrarie
           to
           the
           expresse
           cōmandemēt
           of
           the
           State
           ,
           
           their
           callings
           are
           iustifiable
           &
           honorable
           without
           the
           titles
           of
           fugitiues
           or
           rebels
           ;
           so
           such
           demeane
           themselues
           ,
           in
           sort
           according
           to
           godlines
           ,
           &
           as
           good
           subiects
           ,
           before
           they
           put
           themselues
           to
           trauel
           ,
           &
           during
           their
           perigrination
           .
           For
           if
           it
           be
           generally
           held
           that
           faith
           is
           to
           be
           perswaded
           not
           compelled
           ;
           &
           that
           no
           man
           hath
           power
           of
           Religiō
           ,
           seeing
           that
           it
           proceedes
           from
           the
           minde
           and
           will
           ,
           the
           libertie
           whereof
           resteth
           in
           the
           hands
           of
           God
           only
           ,
           to
           dispose
           of
           :
           then
           of
           all
           men
           those
           are
           most
           free
           that
           ground
           their
           Religion
           vpō
           the
           word
           of
           God
           ,
           which
           only
           is
           able
           to
           enfranchise
           and
           giue
           an
           assured
           hope
           of
           standing
           ,
           vnto
           the
           sincere
           professors
           thereof
           ;
           making
           mens
           actions
           holy
           and
           warrantable
           euerie
           where
           .
           Hence
           ,
           the
           subiects
           of
           a
           nation
           that
           persecuteth
           the
           Gospell
           of
           Christ
           ,
           &
           establisheth
           lawes
           derogatorie
           from
           the
           true
           worship
           of
           God
           cōmanded
           onely
           in
           the
           holy
           scriptures
           ,
           haue
           their
           Supersedeas
           authenticall
           .
           For
           which
           cause
           hath
           God
           ,
           least
           his
           seruants
           should
           make
           shipwracke
           of
           their
           faith
           and
           conscience
           ,
           whom
           he
           hath
           not
           fitted
           to
           be
           Martyrs
           ,
           made
           a
           way
           in
           the
           hearts
           of
           Princes
           that
           they
           may
           trauell
           into
           other
           Nations
           peaceably
           ,
           and
           there
           abide
           till
           the
           Lord
           shall
           remooue
           the
           rodde
           of
           persecution
           from
           his
           Church
           .
           Of
           which
           wee
           haue
           singular
           testimonies
           both
           in
           the
           dayes
           of
           Queene
           Marie
           ;
           and
           contrariewise
           in
           the
           blessed
           reigne
           of
           Queene
           ELIZABETH
           :
           Who
           granted
           to
           seuerall
           Nations
           within
           her
           Dominions
           freely
           to
           exercise
           their
           Religion
           ,
           and
           that
           in
           distinct
           
           formes
           ,
           in
           their
           seuerall
           tongues
           ,
           for
           the
           better
           entertainement
           of
           their
           consciences
           .
           Nowe
           to
           auoyde
           the
           inconueniences
           of
           this
           libertie
           ,
           that
           many
           vpon
           blinde
           zeale
           and
           offended
           consciences
           may
           pretend
           ;
           such
           Trauailers
           must
           obserue
           these
           Rules
           following
           ,
           or
           the
           like
           .
           First
           ,
           
           that
           all
           subiects
           before
           they
           enterprise
           trauaile
           in
           this
           kind
           are
           to
           consider
           with
           themselues
           ,
           whether
           there
           be
           not
           some
           other
           licentious
           affectes
           that
           spurre
           them
           forward
           .
           For
           ,
           
           though
           men
           vpon
           other
           grounds
           of
           affectes
           haue
           libertie
           to
           trauaile
           by
           licence
           or
           flight
           ,
           yet
           is
           their
           iournying
           altogether
           displeasing
           to
           God
           and
           disparageable
           with
           men
           :
           much
           more
           in
           the
           case
           of
           religiō
           .
           For
           it
           is
           made
           changeable
           and
           turneth
           soone
           into
           hypocrisie
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           
           such
           are
           to
           ponder
           well
           whether
           the
           Religiō
           ,
           which
           they
           professe
           and
           would
           gladly
           exercise
           ,
           be
           that
           which
           by
           Christ
           was
           instituted
           and
           by
           his
           Prophets
           and
           Apostles
           ;
           contained
           in
           the
           Canonicall
           scriptures
           :
           wherein
           all
           ceremoniall
           and
           olde
           blind
           sacrificing
           worshippe
           ,
           all
           humane
           traditions
           that
           consent
           not
           with
           the
           faith
           and
           to
           edification
           ;
           all
           idolatrie
           and
           politicall
           gouernement
           that
           derogateth
           from
           GODS
           glorie
           ,
           is
           forbiden
           ,
           as
           thinges
           damnable
           .
           From
           hence
           are
           all
           perigrinations
           and
           pilgrimages
           to
           any
           place
           for
           the
           performance
           of
           vowes
           ,
           or
           sacrificings
           for
           sinnes
           ,
           impious
           and
           vaine
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           howbeit
           ,
           for
           the
           nourishment
           of
           that
           true
           and
           righte
           Religion
           ,
           men
           maye
           bee
           iustly
           mooued
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           the
           office
           of
           all
           so
           trauailing
           to
           weighe
           and
           consider
           with
           themselues
           ,
           first
           ,
           whether
           the
           same
           bee
           not
           professed
           alreadie
           in
           their
           Countrie
           ,
           
           or
           libertie
           permitted
           for
           such
           to
           exercise
           the
           same
           .
        
         
         
           For
           ,
           if
           there
           be
           an
           exercise
           thereof
           there
           ,
           or
           a
           toleratiō
           though
           in
           a
           priuate
           sort
           ,
           a
           subiect
           only
           for
           this
           ought
           not
           to
           trauell
           nor
           forsake
           his
           owne
           Land
           ,
           Countrie
           ,
           parents
           ,
           brethren
           ,
           and
           that
           Church
           whereof
           he
           is
           a
           member
           ,
           for
           any
           other
           vaine
           perswasion
           or
           fancie
           ▪
           Fourthly
           ,
           if
           so
           be
           ther
           be
           neither
           publike
           exercise
           not
           priuate
           toleration
           ;
           and
           in
           case
           ther
           bee
           Lawes
           prohibitiue
           for
           trauelling
           ,
           
           it
           is
           the
           dutie
           of
           euerie
           subiect
           to
           mooue
           the
           Prince
           or
           Magistrare
           ,
           to
           whom
           authoritie
           is
           comitted
           ,
           to
           grant
           licence
           :
           the
           which
           if
           it
           can
           not
           bee
           obtained
           it
           is
           better
           to
           venture
           flight
           and
           shunne
           persecution
           then
           to
           abide
           it
           ;
           vnlesse
           such
           an
           one
           can
           find
           in
           his
           hart
           the
           motions
           of
           strength
           and
           courage
           to
           suffer
           persecution
           for
           the
           truth
           of
           the
           Gospell
           ,
           without
           wauering
           .
           Yet
           of
           the
           two
           it
           is
           better
           to
           flie
           from
           persecution
           ,
           then
           being
           come
           into
           it
           ,
           to
           saint
           ,
           &
           so
           leaue
           their
           hope
           &
           faith
           in
           ieopardie
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           let
           not
           such
           stand
           indifferent
           whether
           they
           goe
           ,
           so
           they
           may
           be
           prouided
           for
           :
           for
           if
           there
           be
           any
           choice
           ,
           the
           best
           is
           euermore
           to
           be
           elected
           .
           And
           therfore
           considering
           in
           outward
           shew
           that
           is
           best
           where
           the
           Gospell
           is
           flourishing
           ,
           
           yet
           in
           other
           cases
           dāgerous
           ;
           I
           presuppose
           three
           kind
           of
           places
           to
           trauaile
           into
           for
           this
           kinde
           of
           people
           ,
           and
           only
           one
           free
           from
           danger
           .
           The
           first
           ,
           a
           State
           which
           is
           enemie
           to
           their
           Countrie
           .
           The
           second
           ,
           a
           State
           neerely
           linked
           in
           many
           respects
           to
           their
           Countrie
           .
           The
           third
           ,
           a
           State
           ,
           which
           is
           indifferent
           :
           I
           meane
           such
           a
           State
           as
           is
           neither
           fast
           friend
           ,
           nor
           apparant
           enimie
           .
           To
           peece
           out
           our
           discouse
           about
           these
           it
           is
           needelesse
           ,
           being
           apparant
           vnto
           all
           men
           ,
           that
           the
           newter
           or
           free
           state
           is
           least
           dāgerous
           to
           be
           trauailed
           into
           for
           this
           kind
           of
           people
           .
           Their
           offices
           now
           in
           trauaile
           offer
           themselues
           .
           First
           ,
           
           considering
           they
           are
           now
           become
           
           separates
           from
           the
           world
           ,
           their
           courses
           must
           be
           so
           much
           the
           more
           spirituall
           ,
           that
           the
           prouident
           hand
           of
           God
           may
           not
           be
           remooued
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           that
           hee
           may
           receaue
           them
           as
           members
           of
           his
           Church
           into
           fauour
           againe
           .
           
           Wherefore
           let
           them
           serue
           God
           truely
           in
           those
           places
           wherein
           they
           shall
           be
           dispersed
           ;
           that
           they
           may
           cause
           euerie
           nation
           fearing
           God
           to
           tender
           their
           estates
           and
           to
           relieue
           their
           necessities
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           let
           them
           demeane
           themselues
           euerie
           one
           according
           to
           his
           estate
           and
           abilitie
           answerable
           to
           the
           Lawes
           &
           customes
           of
           those
           places
           wherein
           they
           shall
           happily
           abide
           ,
           
           that
           no
           hatred
           or
           mislike
           befall
           on
           such
           .
           And
           in
           case
           the
           number
           of
           those
           shall
           be
           so
           great
           as
           to
           make
           a
           congregatiō
           by
           themselues
           ,
           hauing
           humbly
           obtained
           the
           same
           of
           the
           Prince
           or
           Magistrate
           in
           a
           place
           conuenient
           ,
           it
           behoueth
           such
           a
           Congregation
           to
           institute
           that
           Order
           of
           discipline
           which
           may
           best
           sort
           with
           the
           Magistrats
           pleasure
           :
           that
           no
           iarres
           or
           dissension
           arise
           therein
           :
           or
           other
           policie
           be
           established
           then
           that
           which
           consenteth
           with
           other
           godly
           Churches
           ,
           vnlesse
           it
           shall
           be
           left
           vnto
           their
           owne
           election
           to
           sample
           their
           discipline
           after
           the
           most
           reformed
           and
           esteemed
           Churches
           :
           
           about
           which
           if
           controuersie
           arise
           ,
           let
           the
           appointment
           thereof
           be
           referred
           to
           the
           Magistrate
           or
           Prince
           of
           the
           State.
           And
           in
           case
           the
           same
           be
           thus
           once
           considerately
           established
           ,
           wherein
           no
           iust
           offence
           to
           any
           may
           arise
           (
           though
           in
           euerie
           politicke
           bodie
           there
           are
           some
           weake
           members
           that
           are
           scandaled
           at
           things
           indifferent
           )
           the
           same
           ought
           to
           bee
           continued
           without
           alteration
           ;
           least
           dissension
           and
           displeasure
           creep
           in
           ,
           a
           thing
           most
           displeasing
           in
           the
           church
           of
           God
           ;
           and
           to
           strangers
           ,
           in
           a
           strange
           Nation
           most
           dangerous
           .
           But
           in
           case
           the
           numbers
           of
           such
           be
           so
           small
           ,
           and
           
           the
           place
           will
           not
           permit
           a
           distinct
           Church
           ,
           then
           ought
           such
           to
           be
           conformable
           vnto
           the
           discipline
           of
           that
           place
           ,
           auoyding
           also
           all
           publike
           and
           priuate
           mislike
           of
           the
           discipline
           ,
           or
           gouernement
           there
           vsed
           .
           A●d
           though
           that
           State
           retaine
           in
           their
           policie
           many
           things
           ,
           
           which
           were
           better
           left
           out
           ,
           then
           commaunded
           ,
           yet
           strangers
           are
           to
           followe
           the
           doctrine
           and
           not
           externall
           things
           ,
           as
           Ceremonies
           and
           orders
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           intermeddling
           therewith
           sauoureth
           not
           of
           Christianitie
           and
           knowledge
           .
        
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           in
           case
           such
           be
           depriued
           of
           maintenance
           ,
           
           or
           if
           the
           custome
           of
           that
           place
           wherein
           they
           liue
           doe
           accompt
           it
           requisite
           ,
           let
           euerie
           one
           in
           his
           calling
           bend
           himselfe
           to
           some
           honest
           Science
           or
           mechanicall
           trade
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           not
           only
           get
           their
           liuings
           honestly
           ,
           but
           may
           bee
           also
           reputed
           good
           members
           of
           that
           Common
           Weale
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           
           if
           wealth
           abound
           ,
           let
           not
           such
           spend
           that
           lauishly
           ,
           wantonly
           ,
           or
           carelesly
           .
           For
           that
           benefiteth
           not
           any
           ;
           much
           lesse
           strangers
           ,
           in
           a
           strange
           Nation
           ,
           especiall
           the
           religious
           ,
           the
           same
           being
           a
           scandall
           to
           their
           profession
           .
        
         
           So
           in
           matters
           and
           affaires
           of
           the
           ciuill
           State
           ,
           
           let
           them
           not
           entermeddle
           nor
           be
           curious
           searchers
           into
           the
           secrets
           therof
           .
           For
           ,
           being
           placed
           in
           a
           State
           only
           for
           zeale
           of
           Religion
           ,
           they
           must
           giue
           continuall
           shew
           of
           vertue
           ,
           and
           shunne
           euerie
           thing
           that
           may
           breed
           iealousie
           ;
           least
           that
           State
           into
           which
           they
           are
           receiued
           hold
           them
           rather
           for
           Spies
           ,
           then
           for
           Religious
           professors
           .
           Neither
           let
           such
           bee
           noted
           for
           fayneants
           and
           idle
           persons
           :
           for
           such
           corrupt
           an
           Estate
           .
           
           And
           let
           them
           bee
           euer
           kinde
           and
           respectiue
           to
           the
           people
           with
           whome
           they
           are
           suffered
           to
           liue
           amongst
           ;
           rather
           sufferers
           of
           
           iniuries
           then
           offerers
           of
           any
           wrong
           to
           them
           ;
           neuer
           accepting
           Duello
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           permission
           of
           the
           Magistrate
           for
           capitall
           wrong
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           that
           thorough
           no
           perswasion
           of
           their
           friends
           at
           home
           ,
           
           or
           of
           enemies
           abroad
           ,
           or
           of
           their
           owne
           tempting
           affections
           ,
           they
           goe
           about
           treacherously
           ,
           or
           rebelliously
           ,
           to
           practise
           or
           rise
           against
           their
           natiue
           Soueraigne
           ,
           in
           any
           sort
           ,
           howe
           vniust
           or
           vngodly
           soeuer
           their
           Prince
           be
           :
           but
           rather
           seeke
           vnto
           God
           to
           turne
           his
           heart
           ,
           and
           to
           giue
           a
           peaceable
           returne
           home
           vnto
           them
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           point
           we
           will
           briefly
           handle
           concerning
           their
           offices
           when
           they
           happily
           shal
           be
           recalled
           ,
           
           or
           permitted
           to
           returne
           ,
           in
           two
           obseruations
           .
           First
           ,
           that
           howsoeuer
           the
           State
           stands
           affected
           ,
           it
           being
           permitted
           to
           them
           to
           haue
           libertie
           of
           conscience
           and
           priuate
           exercise
           of
           Religion
           ,
           
           Not
           to
           attempt
           or
           consent
           vnto
           any
           commotion
           ,
           insurrection
           ,
           or
           any
           such
           treasonable
           action
           ,
           but
           to
           carry
           loyall
           hearts
           towards
           the
           Prince
           and
           State
           ,
           not
           once
           publikely
           speaking
           or
           writing
           against
           the
           Ecclesiastical
           policie
           ,
           nor
           be
           strict
           and
           ouer-precise
           in
           things
           externall
           and
           indifferent
           :
           but
           carrie
           respect
           vnto
           the
           times
           ,
           and
           late
           standing
           of
           things
           ;
           vsing
           all
           things
           to
           the
           glorie
           of
           God
           without
           offence
           or
           breach
           of
           conscience
           .
           And
           considering
           that
           there
           is
           of
           most
           things
           a
           ciuill
           and
           superfluous
           vse
           ,
           let
           such
           retaine
           the
           Ciuill
           ,
           and
           construe
           euerie
           thing
           rather
           to
           the
           best
           and
           to
           edification
           ,
           then
           to
           preiudice
           the
           conscience
           of
           one
           another
           ,
           leauing
           the
           superstitious
           vseage
           to
           those
           that
           vppon
           good
           knowledge
           doe
           vse
           thē
           .
           That
           other
           is
           the
           sociable
           &
           peaceable
           carriage
           of
           euerie
           one
           to
           his
           neighbour
           ,
           
           seeking
           al
           occasiōs
           to
           encrease
           loue
           and
           mutu●l
           societie
           .
           
           As
           concerning
           other
           things
           required
           in
           Trauellers
           ,
           
           let
           it
           be
           sough
           for
           in
           the
           Voluntarie
           trauellers
           which
           now
           offer
           themselues
           to
           be
           discoursed
           on
           ,
           being
           the
           proper
           subiect
           of
           our
           point
           in
           hand
           .
        
         
           3
           Before
           wee
           enter
           into
           the
           listes
           of
           this
           matter
           ,
           
           there
           are
           some
           things
           considerable
           :
           for
           there
           be
           some
           that
           go
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           voluntarie
           trauellers
           moued
           out
           of
           their
           parents
           pleasure
           and
           will.
           The
           callings
           of
           which
           may
           seeme
           equally
           lawfull
           no
           doubte
           ,
           so
           their
           parents
           performe
           their
           offices
           and
           haue
           them
           well
           guided
           &
           instructed
           ,
           in
           the
           interim
           of
           their
           iourny
           (
           for
           trauell
           to
           some
           bodies
           are
           as
           new
           birthes
           ;
           that
           beare
           them
           ,
           of
           dull
           mindes
           and
           sowre
           ,
           good
           quicke
           and
           sweete
           conuersing
           spirits
           and
           inclinations
           :
           yea
           amendeth
           many
           imperfections
           of
           nature
           )
           ;
           so
           as
           the
           lawfulnesse
           of
           the
           parents
           ende
           and
           purpose
           haue
           a
           lawfull
           pretence
           also
           .
           Thus
           may
           the
           efficient
           and
           finall
           causes
           come
           foule
           one
           of
           another
           :
           
           for
           the
           clearing
           of
           which
           confusion
           ,
           I
           iudge
           it
           needefull
           to
           consider
           a
           few
           words
           of
           the
           endes
           in
           generall
           ;
           that
           when
           the
           particular
           kindes
           of
           trauailers
           shall
           be
           mentioned
           ,
           their
           endes
           by
           implication
           may
           appeare
           .
           Of
           endes
           lawfull
           ,
           
           there
           are
           two
           heades
           :
           one
           Prime
           and
           principal
           ;
           the
           other
           Congruent
           and
           Secondarie
           .
        
         
           The
           prime
           is
           diuine
           and
           spirituall
           ,
           
           That
           afterwards
           we
           may
           leade
           a
           more
           quiet
           ,
           contented
           and
           peaceable
           life
           ,
           to
           the
           honor
           and
           glorie
           of
           God
           ,
           with
           knowledge
           and
           vnderstanding
           .
           And
           this
           no
           doubt
           ought
           to
           bee
           the
           first
           marke
           ,
           for
           euerie
           man
           to
           shoote
           at
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           that
           by
           doing
           the
           reuealed
           will
           of
           God
           ,
           euerie
           one
           may
           seek
           vnto
           himselfe
           the
           assurance
           of
           heauenly
           happinesse
           ,
           which
           is
           incomprehensible
           and
           eternall
           .
           That
           other
           ,
           
           Congruent
           and
           Secondarie
           ,
           is
           agreeable
           also
           and
           fitting
           the
           calling
           of
           euerie
           particular
           ;
           
           being
           of
           two
           sorts
           :
           Publike
           or
           Priuate
           .
           The
           Publike
           is
           most
           honorable
           ,
           and
           should
           stirre
           vp
           euerie
           man
           with
           delight
           to
           vndertake
           trauaile
           for
           the
           good
           of
           ones
           Countrie
           .
           Neither
           is
           the
           Priuate
           discommendable
           ,
           considering
           it
           giueth
           satisfaction
           or
           at
           the
           least
           sufficiencie
           to
           liue
           well
           and
           happily
           according
           to
           the
           humor
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           whereby
           it
           may
           be
           apparant
           that
           the
           motiues
           and
           ends
           of
           some
           are
           all
           one
           .
        
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           seeing
           it
           may
           be
           doubted
           whether
           all
           persons
           may
           be
           included
           vnder
           the
           third
           ranke
           of
           Regular
           Trauellers
           :
           and
           also
           whether
           all
           times
           be
           fitting
           for
           these
           to
           vndertake
           Trauaile
           :
           And
           lastly
           ,
           whether
           euery
           age
           be
           congruent
           with
           these
           :
           let
           vs
           in
           order
           cleare
           these
           three
           points
           .
           To
           the
           first
           ,
           I
           obserue
           three
           Opposers
           :
           to
           wit
           Nature
           ,
           which
           prohibiteth
           Infants
           and
           decrepit
           persons
           ,
           whose
           defect
           of
           vnderstanding
           and
           doting
           age
           pleadeth
           insufficiencie
           .
           Imperfection
           ,
           others
           as
           fooles
           ,
           madde
           men
           and
           furious
           persons
           whose
           disabilities
           of
           minde
           are
           such
           as
           no
           hope
           can
           be
           expected
           for
           the
           one
           or
           other
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           the
           Sex
           in
           most
           Countries
           prohibiteth
           women
           ,
           who
           are
           rather
           for
           the
           house
           then
           the
           fielde
           ;
           and
           to
           remaine
           at
           home
           ,
           then
           trauaile
           into
           other
           Nations
           ,
           but
           in
           speciall
           cases
           .
           As
           touching
           the
           second
           ,
           
           what
           times
           are
           fittest
           for
           the
           voluntarie
           trauellers
           to
           goe
           in
           ,
           we
           must
           obserue
           a
           duple
           season
           ,
           either
           of
           their
           owne
           Countrie
           or
           of
           those
           whereinto
           they
           would
           trauaile
           .
           Touching
           the
           first
           ,
           let
           none
           trauaile
           at
           those
           times
           when
           their
           Countrey
           is
           engaged
           with
           Ciuill
           ,
           or
           expecteth
           warres
           .
           For
           ,
           to
           leaue
           the
           same
           in
           time
           of
           necessitie
           ,
           were
           vnnaturall
           and
           dangerous
           :
           
           in
           the
           one
           case
           it
           being
           disparageable
           ,
           to
           leaue
           the
           Countrie
           when
           enemies
           inuade
           the
           same
           ;
           in
           the
           other
           case
           it
           may
           proue
           perilous
           to
           such
           ,
           many
           sundrie
           wayes
           .
           And
           therfore
           that
           time
           is
           best
           ,
           whē
           ones
           Countrie
           is
           in
           peace
           and
           tranquilitie
           .
        
         
           Touching
           the
           second
           ,
           that
           the
           seasons
           also
           of
           such
           Countries
           where
           into
           such
           trauaile
           ought
           to
           be
           regarded
           ,
           it
           belongeth
           to
           euery
           particular
           to
           make
           obseruance
           ,
           When
           he
           may
           reape
           most
           profit
           thereby
           in
           the
           shortest
           time
           :
           namely
           the
           souldier
           when
           there
           are
           warres
           :
           the
           Ciuilian
           or
           Lawyer
           ,
           when
           great
           matters
           are
           debated
           in
           Parliaments
           ,
           Vniuersities
           or
           disputations
           ,
           concerning
           points
           of
           equitie
           ,
           prerogatiue
           ,
           iurisdiction
           and
           such
           like
           :
           The
           Diuine
           ,
           when
           any
           Generall
           or
           Nationall
           Councel
           is
           heald
           touching
           their
           profession
           :
           The
           Mechanicke
           ,
           when
           such
           and
           such
           Artes
           and
           trades
           doe
           singularly
           florish
           &c.
           
           Yet
           euerie
           man
           so
           trauailing
           must
           take
           heede
           ,
           how
           he
           goe
           into
           a
           Countrie
           that
           is
           iealous
           of
           his
           Prince
           ,
           and
           subiects
           ;
           which
           chaunceth
           euermore
           when
           Princes
           are
           enimies
           or
           when
           they
           haue
           intestine
           warres
           and
           factions
           that
           vse
           any
           policie
           to
           aduantage
           their
           partie
           .
        
         
           Now
           the
           third
           and
           last
           is
           ,
           
           whether
           any
           age
           be
           congruent
           for
           these
           voluntaries
           .
           This
           is
           a
           harde
           thing
           to
           resolue
           vpon
           ;
           for
           there
           may
           be
           reasons
           on
           both
           sides
           ,
           that
           commend
           youth
           ,
           and
           other
           reasons
           that
           preferre
           the
           middle
           age
           .
           But
           seeing
           the
           reasons
           for
           youth
           profit
           but
           in
           speciall
           cases
           and
           but
           few
           persons
           :
           I
           rather
           insist
           vpon
           the
           middle
           age
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           nonage
           of
           men
           is
           vncapable
           either
           to
           apprehend
           or
           comprehend
           things
           important
           ,
           for
           the
           State
           of
           which
           they
           are
           ,
           or
           for
           thēselues
           :
           Or
           else
           transported
           with
           many
           turbulent
           affections
           that
           
           hinder
           their
           quiet
           ingenious
           vnderstādings
           ,
           and
           rather
           gather
           corruption
           thē
           commendablenesse
           ,
           which
           ouerwaigh
           such
           good
           parts
           as
           they
           happily
           in
           longe
           time
           with
           paines
           haue
           collected
           .
           Wherefore
           the
           Divine
           Plato
           by
           implication
           forbade
           men
           to
           trauell
           in
           this
           kind
           till
           they
           came
           to
           fortie
           yeares
           of
           age
           .
           But
           our
           age
           and
           climate
           now
           perfecteth
           sooner
           :
           and
           therefore
           wee
           will
           take
           the
           meaning
           of
           his
           wordes
           ,
           which
           implyeth
           thus
           much
           ;
           That
           age
           to
           be
           fittest
           for
           trauaile
           in
           which
           a
           man
           in
           shortest
           time
           may
           make
           most
           profitte
           ,
           and
           bee
           in
           least
           daunger
           to
           be
           corrupted
           ,
           by
           his
           owne
           swaying
           affections
           ,
           or
           by
           the
           stie
           perswasions
           of
           others
           :
           The
           which
           chāceth
           in
           our
           Climate
           after
           twentie
           fiue
           yeres
           in
           most
           bodies
           ;
           and
           therefore
           the
           Phylosopher
           addeth
           ,
           Such
           might
           trauell
           till
           50
           yeares
           .
           By
           which
           words
           I
           collect
           two
           things
           :
           one
           ,
           that
           men
           shold
           not
           make
           too
           short
           a
           returne
           ,
           and
           so
           be
           little
           bettred
           by
           their
           trauaile
           .
           The
           other
           that
           when
           men
           grow
           aged
           and
           declining
           ,
           trauailing
           shold
           be
           left
           off
           (
           considering
           that
           age
           is
           laboursom
           enough
           without
           trauaile
           ,
           and
           it
           argueth
           incōsideratnes
           )
           but
           in
           speciall
           cases
           .
           So
           as
           the
           middle
           age
           frō
           thirtie
           or
           therabouts
           vnto
           fortie
           is
           the
           most
           gathering
           ,
           for
           such
           as
           will
           be
           publike
           members
           of
           a
           Common-weale
           ,
           to
           learne
           obserue
           and
           collect
           so
           many
           things
           as
           are
           requireable
           in
           all
           worthy
           and
           compleat
           Trauailers
           .
           Nowe
           to
           our
           point
           in
           hand
           :
           the
           persons
           thus
           voluntarily
           prest
           out
           are
           either
           of
           the
           Nobilitie
           or
           of
           the
           Commons
           .
           
           The
           Nobilitie
           are
           either
           general
           or
           speciall
           .
           The
           Nobilitie
           general
           are
           such
           as
           haue
           no
           profession
           singular
           :
           The
           speciall
           are
           such
           as
           before
           trauel
           make
           some
           professiō
           wherof
           I
           cōceaue
           fower
           distinct
           kinds
           :
           Diuines
           ,
           Souldiers
           ,
           
           Ciuill
           Lawers
           ,
           Physitiās
           ;
           of
           which
           we
           will
           cōsider
           after
           we
           haue
           grated
           vpō
           the
           Cōmons
           :
           who
           are
           either
           Mechanicks
           or
           Marchants
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Marchants
           are
           of
           two
           sorts
           here
           meant
           ,
           
           such
           as
           are
           knowen
           to
           the
           State
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           goe
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           warre
           ,
           vnknown
           to
           the
           State
           otherwise
           then
           by
           letters
           of
           marke
           and
           permission
           :
           who
           are
           chiefly
           to
           take
           heed
           they
           transgresse
           not
           the
           boundes
           of
           their
           Commission
           .
           And
           therefore
           before
           they
           trauaile
           by
           Sea
           ,
           
           let
           them
           learne
           well
           ,
           who
           may
           be
           made
           prises
           ▪
           and
           what
           ;
           east
           the
           State
           be
           troubled
           for
           the
           abuse
           of
           such
           ,
           and
           they
           themselues
           shent
           and
           lose
           their
           voiage
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           them
           be
           carefull
           to
           set
           downe
           in
           their
           seuerall
           Sea
           Charts
           ,
           euerie
           thing
           of
           speciall
           note
           ;
           as
           Countries
           ,
           Hauens
           ,
           Creekes
           ,
           Iles
           ,
           Rockes
           ,
           Gulfes
           ,
           Shooles
           ,
           Sands
           ,
           Shelues
           and
           such
           like
           :
           whereby
           others
           after
           them
           may
           make
           vse
           thereof
           ,
           to
           the
           profit
           of
           the
           Common-weale
           .
           And
           when
           these
           shall
           returne
           ,
           to
           make
           a
           true
           relation
           (
           if
           they
           be
           demaunded
           )
           of
           euerie
           accident
           during
           their
           voyage
           ,
           and
           of
           such
           aduertisements
           as
           may
           stand
           the
           Sate
           in
           vse
           ,
           of
           which
           they
           are
           .
        
         
           But
           those
           other
           knowen
           Marchants
           ,
           for
           that
           their
           Trauailes
           are
           knowen
           to
           be
           profitable
           ,
           and
           of
           honest
           esteeme
           ,
           they
           haue
           speciall
           priuiledges
           which
           to
           no
           other
           voluntarie
           Trauailer
           chanceth
           ;
           namely
           to
           passe
           and
           repasse
           with
           safe
           conduct
           ,
           themselues
           and
           their
           substances
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           times
           of
           warre
           ,
           &c.
           
           In
           regarde
           whereof
           they
           are
           tyed
           vnto
           these
           duties
           ;
           First
           ,
           
           First
           ,
           by
           a
           prudent
           ,
           deligent
           ,
           and
           faithfull
           care
           to
           obserue
           by
           what
           things
           the
           State
           may
           be
           most
           benefited
           ;
           and
           to
           haue
           perseuerance
           where
           such
           Marchandize
           that
           the
           State
           most
           vseth
           and
           desireth
           may
           be
           had
           with
           greatest
           ease
           ,
           
           least
           charge
           ,
           and
           without
           inconuenience
           to
           his
           Countrey
           :
           Where
           there
           may
           be
           a
           likelihoode
           of
           continuance
           without
           mislike
           of
           their
           Princes
           ,
           whose
           affaires
           
           are
           much
           managed
           by
           Marchants
           .
           And
           though
           the
           disposition
           of
           these
           things
           belongs
           to
           the
           Prince
           ,
           yet
           the
           disquisition
           appertaineth
           to
           the
           calling
           of
           Marchants
           ;
           who
           ,
           when
           they
           haue
           excogitated
           a
           thing
           to
           the
           benefit
           of
           the
           State
           by
           Marchandize
           or
           new
           trades
           ,
           referre
           the
           discussion
           to
           the
           Counsaile
           of
           the
           Prince
           whether
           the
           same
           be
           aduantagious
           or
           no.
           Secondly
           ,
           let
           them
           in
           any
           case
           not
           transport
           any
           thing
           prohibited
           ;
           
           or
           vnto
           their
           Countries
           enemies
           ,
           nor
           suffer
           their
           Factors
           to
           send
           ouer
           such
           as
           may
           be
           displeasing
           or
           vnprofitable
           to
           their
           Prince
           ,
           Lawes
           ,
           or
           Countrie
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           let
           all
           of
           this
           kinde
           conceale
           the
           secrets
           and
           outward
           state
           of
           their
           Countrie
           with
           faithfulnesse
           and
           respect
           :
           and
           be
           verie
           circumspect
           to
           prie
           into
           the
           secrets
           of
           other
           Countries
           where
           they
           come
           ,
           least
           they
           be
           held
           for
           spies
           and
           no
           Marchants
           ;
           a
           thing
           most
           dangerous
           to
           those
           people
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           forasmuch
           as
           most
           of
           this
           kinde
           of
           Trauailers
           are
           of
           singular
           iudgement
           and
           vnderstanding
           ,
           to
           make
           prudent
           obseruation
           of
           things
           beneficiall
           to
           the
           State
           :
           Let
           thē
           if
           so
           they
           be
           demanded
           relate
           how
           things
           stand
           abroad
           ,
           and
           in
           case
           they
           know
           any
           thing
           of
           moment
           the
           concealement
           whereof
           may
           incommodate
           the
           State
           ,
           it
           is
           their
           duetie
           to
           discouer
           the
           same
           when
           they
           retourne
           ,
           with
           the
           greatest
           secrecie
           and
           speed
           vnto
           such
           as
           are
           knowne
           to
           bee
           priuie
           Councellers
           ,
           and
           to
           none
           other
           .
           For
           ,
           oftentimes
           passing
           thorough
           many
           mouthes
           ,
           the
           importances
           of
           good
           newes
           and
           intelligence
           are
           much
           impaired
           .
        
         
           The
           other
           sort
           of
           the
           Commons
           ,
           
           to
           witte
           ,
           Mechanickes
           (
           whose
           trauaile
           may
           also
           accommodate
           an
           Estate
           with
           many
           things
           to
           set
           the
           poorer
           sort
           to
           worke
           
           and
           as
           it
           were
           plant
           in
           their
           Countrie
           the
           cōmodities
           &
           peculiar
           trades
           of
           other
           nations
           )
           now
           resteth
           to
           behādled
           .
           The
           chiefe
           trades
           wherof
           are
           by
           Marchāts
           brought
           for
           the
           most
           part
           into
           States
           ,
           and
           by
           them
           ordered
           till
           long
           vse
           disperse
           thē
           throughout
           ,
           to
           the
           benefit
           generall
           .
           Now
           ,
           in
           regard
           with
           vs
           there
           are
           many
           Artes
           ,
           not
           in
           that
           perfection
           as
           in
           other
           Coūtries
           ,
           or
           such
           as
           the
           rarer
           sort
           of
           those
           be
           ,
           which
           are
           set
           vp
           and
           vpheld
           by
           strangers
           to
           the
           preiudice
           of
           the
           Realme
           (
           yet
           not
           so
           much
           as
           in
           case
           there
           were
           none
           at
           all
           )
           it
           is
           a
           thing
           verie
           requisite
           for
           these
           kind
           of
           Trauellers
           and
           for
           the
           State
           ,
           in
           case
           they
           cannot
           be
           attained
           vnto
           at
           home
           .
           Moreouer
           we
           see
           in
           other
           Countries
           few
           ,
           apprentises
           ,
           aboue
           three
           yeares
           for
           one
           trade
           ;
           which
           giueth
           much
           encouragement
           to
           such
           as
           couet
           the
           same
           .
           And
           there
           is
           nothing
           more
           beneficiall
           for
           a
           State
           to
           vphold
           the
           same
           then
           the
           vsing
           of
           these
           Occupations
           and
           trades
           which
           set
           many
           hands
           to
           worke
           and
           haue
           many
           dependants
           .
           Wherefore
           in
           times
           past
           there
           were
           reckoned
           but
           vii
           .
           Mechanicke
           Artes
           ,
           because
           a
           State
           could
           not
           want
           either
           ,
           and
           in
           regard
           they
           are
           the
           generall
           heads
           vpon
           which
           all
           other
           depend
           .
           Hence
           in
           our
           State
           husbandrie
           and
           Clothing
           are
           the
           nerues
           of
           the
           weale
           publike
           ,
           the
           failing
           whereof
           must
           needs
           turne
           the
           cote
           of
           the
           State.
           Insomuch
           as
           it
           is
           a
           hard
           matter
           to
           discerne
           whether
           Woll
           or
           Corne
           accōmodate
           this
           State
           more
           :
           though
           expresly
           Tillage
           carrie
           the
           greater
           sway
           then
           breeding
           of
           Sheepe
           and
           grasing
           .
           But
           to
           our
           purpose
           .
        
         
           Let
           such
           trauailers
           first
           ,
           hauing
           libertie
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           
           suruey
           the
           best
           places
           ,
           where
           those
           Arts
           are
           to
           be
           learned
           ;
           as
           in
           Germanie
           all
           manner
           of
           Formers
           ,
           Potters
           or
           figulists
           are
           to
           be
           found
           in
           perfection
           .
           In
           Italy
           Architecture
           ,
           
           Limming
           ,
           Painting
           ,
           Engrauing
           ,
           Imagerie
           ,
           Textorie
           ,
           and
           weauing
           ,
           and
           Artes
           ingenious
           may
           be
           learned
           .
           So
           according
           to
           euerie
           Countries
           seuerall
           commodities
           seuerall
           and
           peculiar
           Artes
           do
           flourish
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           let
           them
           spend
           their
           times
           so
           diligently
           as
           commoditie
           and
           estimation
           be
           their
           reward
           .
        
         
           The
           Nobilitie
           as
           was
           said
           were
           generall
           or
           speciall
           .
           
           The
           special
           were
           of
           fower
           sorts
           ,
           Diuines
           ,
           Souldiers
           ,
           Ciuil
           Lawyers
           ,
           &
           Physiciās
           :
           which
           are
           so
           called
           special
           Trauailers
           not
           in
           regard
           such
           be
           more
           excellent
           or
           honorable
           thē
           others
           ,
           but
           for
           that
           such
           prescribe
           vnto
           thē
           a
           speciall
           thing
           to
           be
           attaind
           vnto
           as
           wel
           for
           perfectiō
           as
           satisfactiō
           .
           Of
           these
           in
           order
           .
           First
           ,
           the
           Diuines
           be
           such
           as
           make
           profession
           of
           Diuinitie
           outwardly
           in
           the
           State
           ,
           wherby
           they
           may
           be
           imployed
           in
           the
           Ministrie
           and
           seruice
           of
           God.
           And
           although
           all
           men
           must
           account
           it
           a
           chiefe
           honour
           vnto
           them
           contemplatiuely
           to
           make
           profession
           thereof
           :
           
           yet
           such
           may
           not
           trauaile
           but
           in
           speciall
           cases
           as
           before
           hath
           been
           alleadged
           ,
           on
           the
           pretence
           of
           knowledge
           ;
           the
           same
           being
           to
           be
           attained
           vnto
           within
           their
           own
           Countrie
           :
           wheras
           the
           outward
           professors
           ,
           that
           haue
           the
           calling
           of
           Ministers
           ,
           haue
           in
           some
           cases
           better
           warrant
           .
        
         
           Howbeit
           ,
           by
           our
           pofitiue
           law
           Clearkes
           are
           forbid
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           for
           this
           pretence
           .
           For
           in
           case
           such
           may
           be
           satisfied
           and
           endoctrined
           in
           the
           points
           they
           doubt
           of
           within
           their
           owne
           Princes
           Dominions
           ,
           of
           godly
           and
           learned
           professors
           ,
           I
           see
           not
           how
           their
           Trauailes
           can
           be
           lawfull
           .
           But
           in
           case
           where
           the
           Gospel
           and
           truth
           is
           not
           preached
           ,
           I
           iudge
           it
           a
           most
           happy
           thing
           for
           any
           whosoeuer
           to
           serch
           the
           word
           in
           other
           nations
           :
           
           but
           not
           without
           licence
           of
           the
           State.
           For
           no
           man
           ought
           to
           dispose
           of
           himselfe
           so
           ,
           as
           his
           Prince
           should
           lose
           the
           benefit
           of
           his
           person
           ,
           the
           which
           is
           
           dispensable
           in
           the
           case
           of
           God
           onely
           and
           in
           case
           of
           persecution
           ,
           wherein
           God
           is
           interessed
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           it
           is
           from
           the
           office
           of
           Ministers
           that
           haue
           the
           cure
           of
           soules
           ,
           to
           goe
           into
           voluntarie
           Trauaile
           ,
           for
           any
           ordinarie
           pretense
           ,
           and
           leaue
           the
           same
           without
           a
           right
           good
           shepheard
           ;
           and
           in
           many
           cases
           not
           then
           ,
           though
           he
           leaue
           in
           his
           roome
           a
           carefull
           pastor
           .
           For
           ,
           this
           function
           and
           vocation
           is
           more
           to
           be
           respected
           then
           others
           ,
           it
           being
           singularly
           dedicated
           to
           the
           seruice
           of
           God.
           
           Then
           of
           such
           Diuines
           as
           may
           trauaile
           we
           obserue
           foure
           pretenses
           :
           two
           generall
           ,
           and
           two
           speciall
           .
           The
           generall
           are
           either
           of
           a
           generall
           Councell
           or
           Nationall
           :
           
           or
           of
           some
           famous
           Librarie
           .
           But
           in
           case
           such
           Councels
           bee
           not
           compounded
           of
           worthie
           and
           knowen
           men
           ,
           of
           learning
           and
           iudgement
           &
           approued
           by
           the
           State
           whereof
           men
           are
           ,
           the
           profit
           will
           be
           so
           little
           as
           the
           pretence
           must
           cease
           .
           So
           is
           it
           of
           the
           other
           generall
           pretence
           ,
           
           namely
           the
           view
           of
           some
           famous
           Librarie
           ,
           which
           containeth
           such
           famous
           printed
           bookes
           or
           manuscripts
           as
           faithfully
           discusse
           of
           points
           not
           yet
           concluded
           ,
           nor
           to
           bee
           had
           and
           procured
           other
           where
           .
           For
           ,
           in
           case
           by
           transscripts
           or
           any
           assured
           collections
           men
           may
           attaine
           vnto
           the
           pith
           of
           those
           points
           ,
           this
           pretense
           should
           also
           cease
           .
           The
           two
           pretences
           are
           either
           to
           haue
           conference
           with
           such
           famous
           men
           ,
           whose
           learning
           may
           satisfie
           &
           endoctrine
           ;
           or
           else
           with
           those
           naturall
           Iewes
           and
           Grecians
           whose
           learning
           may
           for
           the
           furtherāce
           of
           those
           diuine
           tongues
           giue
           much
           helpe
           to
           the
           vnderstanding
           of
           the
           Scriptures
           .
           Yet
           if
           so
           the
           Gospell
           flourish
           already
           ,
           in
           their
           owne
           Countrie
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           be
           learned
           men
           to
           bee
           reuerenced
           ,
           in
           all
           things
           to
           be
           doubted
           of
           ;
           if
           such
           choose
           rather
           to
           trauaile
           then
           to
           conferre
           ,
           and
           aske
           to
           be
           resolued
           
           of
           those
           their
           Countriemen
           ,
           the
           pretence
           of
           them
           must
           also
           cease
           .
           For
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           contempt
           to
           the
           Church
           whereof
           they
           are
           members
           ,
           to
           trauaile
           for
           instruction
           ,
           when
           men
           may
           be
           well
           instructed
           at
           home
           without
           inconuenience
           ,
           especially
           where
           there
           are
           Vniuersities
           ,
           &
           publike
           professors
           of
           thē
           .
           It
           is
           needlesse
           to
           prescribe
           rules
           for
           these
           in
           trauailing
           :
           for
           the
           most
           are
           sage
           and
           prudent
           men
           ;
           and
           therefore
           we
           will
           passe
           to
           the
           second
           sort
           :
           to
           weet
           Ciuilians
           .
        
         
           Ciuile
           Lawyers
           haue
           a
           lawfull
           pretence
           ,
           
           so
           be
           it
           the
           Ciuile
           Law
           be
           in
           request
           in
           the
           State
           whereof
           such
           are
           ,
           and
           cannot
           be
           attained
           in
           so
           singular
           a
           manner
           ,
           as
           in
           those
           Vniuersities
           that
           wholly
           consist
           therof
           ,
           and
           where
           that
           law
           flowrisheth
           most
           .
           And
           although
           the
           Law
           may
           in
           some
           sort
           ,
           by
           reading
           and
           conference
           in
           the
           Vniuersities
           ,
           be
           for
           Theorie
           and
           iudgement
           sufficiently
           gotten
           in
           ones
           owne
           Countrie
           ,
           yet
           the
           liuely
           expression
           and
           Elocution
           thereof
           I
           iudge
           in
           other
           Nations
           for
           the
           common
           vse
           may
           adorne
           counsaile
           in
           the
           best
           manner
           .
           Wherefore
           as
           it
           is
           the
           office
           of
           Diuines
           aboue
           all
           things
           to
           take
           heed
           in
           their
           trauaile
           they
           be
           not
           corrupted
           with
           false
           doctrine
           ,
           
           wherwith
           other
           people
           of
           other
           Nations
           striue
           to
           tempt
           Schollers
           at
           this
           day
           :
           so
           let
           it
           be
           the
           first
           office
           of
           these
           Ciuilians
           (
           men
           for
           the
           most
           part
           indued
           with
           great
           vnderstanding
           &
           faculties
           )
           to
           be
           well
           grounded
           in
           their
           Religion
           before
           ,
           and
           consequently
           faithfull
           ,
           
           secret
           &
           honest
           to
           their
           Coūtrie
           ,
           hauing
           a
           vigdant
           eye
           ,
           that
           they
           be
           not
           misseled
           by
           the
           subtilties
           of
           other
           Nations
           ,
           &
           many
           of
           their
           vnsound
           positiōs
           in
           their
           law
           Canon
           ,
           frō
           the
           sinceritie
           of
           their
           Religiō
           &
           the
           Gospell
           :
           the
           which
           shall
           adorne
           them
           when
           they
           returne
           ,
           more
           then
           all
           their
           learning
           and
           obseruations
           .
           For
           ,
           by
           how
           much
           
           men
           of
           wit
           and
           vnderstanding
           stand
           firme
           in
           the
           truth
           ,
           &
           puritie
           of
           Religion
           ,
           by
           so
           much
           shal
           their
           learnings
           and
           honesties
           be
           had
           in
           recommendation
           ,
           with
           whom
           they
           conuerse
           afterwards
           ;
           the
           same
           in
           Trauailers
           voluntarie
           being
           a
           rare
           matter
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           
           let
           them
           be
           careful
           to
           make
           obseruance
           for
           the
           rights
           ,
           customes
           ,
           statutes
           ,
           ordinances
           ,
           proclamations
           ,
           decrees
           ,
           particular
           lawes
           and
           priuiledges
           ,
           liberties
           &
           prerogatiues
           of
           places
           and
           persons
           where
           happily
           they
           shal
           come
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           whensoeuer
           they
           trauaile
           into
           forreine
           States
           where
           there
           are
           Vniuersities
           and
           where
           there
           are
           degrees
           to
           be
           taken
           ,
           
           let
           them
           labour
           to
           attaine
           to
           the
           same
           .
           For
           ,
           to
           men
           of
           desert
           it
           is
           reputed
           a
           dishonor
           ,
           to
           returne
           without
           them
           ,
           in
           case
           they
           freely
           may
           be
           attained
           vnto
           .
           For
           ,
           otherwise
           the
           pretence
           of
           their
           trauaile
           wil
           in
           the
           mindes
           of
           men
           cease
           ,
           the
           degree
           being
           the
           Crowne
           of
           their
           vocatiō
           ,
           which
           to
           professors
           is
           most
           necessarie
           .
           For
           other
           things
           we
           referre
           them
           to
           such
           obseruations
           as
           to
           the
           generall
           Voluntaries
           are
           prescribed
           ,
           afterwards
           .
           The
           Souldiers
           follow
           .
        
         
           The
           profession
           of
           these
           voluntarie
           Trauailers
           is
           armes
           and
           warrefare
           ,
           
           athing
           much
           approued
           of
           euerie
           Common
           weale
           .
           And
           although
           none
           should
           so
           binde
           himself
           to
           that
           vocation
           ,
           as
           all
           his
           life
           time
           to
           liue
           by
           the
           same
           ,
           but
           rather
           in
           peace
           and
           tranquillitie
           afterwardes
           ,
           yet
           the
           pretence
           of
           young
           men
           &
           of
           able
           bodies
           ,
           to
           endure
           hardnesse
           for
           the
           aduancement
           of
           their
           Countries
           weale
           and
           discipline
           ,
           is
           honorable
           ,
           carying
           a
           more
           sensible
           le
           liking
           of
           the
           State
           thē
           the
           former
           two
           .
           And
           although
           ,
           by
           reading
           ,
           conference
           and
           such
           like
           consideratiōs
           vpon
           other
           mens
           experiences
           ,
           many
           are
           made
           good
           Theoristes
           &
           Counsellers
           in
           warre
           to
           direct
           orderly
           &
           warily
           before
           battel
           or
           skirmish
           ,
           yet
           no
           man
           can
           be
           a
           compleat
           soldier
           without
           
           〈…〉
           tion
           ,
           &
           almost
           continuall
           exercise
           in
           armes
           .
           For
           w
           〈…〉
           encounters
           chance
           ,
           self-eye-seeing
           experience
           shal
           be
           a
           readier
           preuentresse
           of
           accidēts
           &
           infinite
           occurrences
           that
           chance
           ,
           to
           assure
           the
           victorie
           .
           
           Yet
           are
           there
           thus
           two
           compleate
           kinds
           of
           Soldiers
           in
           their
           seuerall
           kindes
           ;
           Such
           as
           be
           experienced
           themselues
           &
           men
           of
           action
           :
           and
           those
           whose
           singular
           contemplation
           on
           the
           experiences
           of
           others
           ,
           are
           able
           in
           meete
           time
           to
           giue
           good
           direction
           and
           counsaile
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           there
           are
           some
           whose
           experience
           only
           haue
           made
           them
           learned
           to
           encounter
           actions
           and
           accidēts
           ,
           &
           in
           the
           incountring
           are
           right
           circumspect
           and
           valorous
           ,
           yet
           can
           not
           such
           in
           Counsaile
           giue
           the
           best
           direction
           ,
           for
           the
           generall
           encountering
           of
           inconueniences
           :
           so
           there
           are
           others
           on
           the
           contrarie
           ,
           whose
           prudent
           care
           to
           prouide
           for
           euerie
           occurrence
           ;
           that
           to
           the
           vnderstanding
           at
           first
           and
           before
           action
           is
           represented
           ,
           is
           such
           as
           if
           euerie
           thing
           should
           fall
           out
           according
           to
           their
           deliberation
           ,
           no
           doubt
           would
           assure
           victorie
           :
           but
           ,
           comming
           to
           ioyne
           ,
           faile
           on
           the
           sodaine
           what
           to
           resolue
           of
           .
           But
           when
           the
           spectacles
           of
           the
           one
           are
           ioyned
           with
           the
           eyes
           of
           the
           other
           ,
           in
           that
           souldier
           doubtlesse
           compleatnesse
           and
           perfection
           dwelleth
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           glasses
           artificiall
           ,
           
           concording
           with
           the
           nature
           of
           each
           sight
           ,
           aide
           and
           preserue
           much
           the
           sight
           of
           euerie
           eye
           ;
           so
           Arte
           ioyned
           with
           experience
           ,
           in
           warre
           especially
           ,
           giueth
           an
           assurance
           of
           perfection
           ,
           aswell
           to
           preuent
           the
           worst
           ,
           as
           to
           prouide
           for
           the
           best
           ,
           and
           that
           vppon
           an
           instant
           ;
           which
           beareth
           great
           swaie
           in
           battailes
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           in
           the
           first
           place
           as
           for
           those
           that
           are
           minded
           to
           bee
           Trauailers
           in
           this
           kind
           ,
           
           they
           had
           need
           to
           learn
           the
           grounds
           of
           the
           Arte
           of
           warre
           before
           hand
           ,
           that
           such
           may
           make
           the
           best
           vse
           of
           their
           times
           ;
           namely
           ,
           Arithmeticke
           ,
           
           Geometrie
           and
           other
           Mathematicke
           sciences
           ,
           that
           may
           happily
           traine
           them
           vp
           to
           more
           iudgement
           in
           one
           yeare
           (
           if
           so
           they
           also
           passe
           some
           time
           in
           historie
           )
           then
           others
           in
           fiue
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           being
           thus
           prepared
           ,
           let
           them
           consider
           with
           themselues
           that
           no
           one
           discontentment
           wage
           them
           forwarde
           ,
           
           but
           to
           enable
           thēselues
           for
           to
           do
           their
           Countrie
           good
           ,
           and
           Prince
           seruice
           ,
           when
           occasion
           shall
           bee
           profered
           .
           For
           ,
           such
           as
           go
           otherwise
           cannot
           be
           assured
           of
           Gods
           protection
           ,
           blessing
           or
           fauour
           :
           for
           want
           wherof
           we
           see
           how
           vainly
           the
           greater
           part
           of
           these
           Trauellers
           spend
           their
           times
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           they
           are
           to
           ponder
           whether
           at
           such
           time
           as
           they
           would
           trauaile
           ,
           their
           Prince
           and
           Countrie
           shall
           not
           neede
           to
           imploy
           their
           seruice
           either
           at
           home
           or
           abroad
           :
           For
           ,
           in
           such
           cases
           it
           cannot
           but
           argue
           vanitie
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           when
           as
           their
           Prince
           or
           Countrie
           shall
           haue
           speciall
           vse
           of
           them
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           to
           accustome
           themselues
           to
           endure
           extreamities
           ,
           
           of
           heate
           and
           cold
           ,
           of
           paines
           of
           body
           and
           minde
           ,
           of
           bodily
           trauaile
           in
           swift
           and
           slowe
           motions
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           able
           to
           manage
           euery
           sort
           of
           armes
           offensiue
           or
           defensiue
           vsed
           on
           horsebacke
           or
           on
           foote
           :
           that
           ,
           when
           such
           shal
           come
           to
           serue
           in
           the
           warres
           of
           any
           Prince
           ,
           estimation
           attend
           on
           them
           .
           For
           ,
           none
           can
           be
           iustly
           reputed
           for
           his
           particular
           a
           cōpleat
           soldier
           in
           action
           ,
           but
           he
           that
           is
           able
           to
           serue
           in
           all
           attempts
           in
           any
           kind
           of
           seruice
           with
           iudgement
           and
           resolution
           .
           
           Fiftly
           ,
           let
           such
           bend
           their
           trauels
           into
           those
           Coūtries
           ,
           either
           wher
           their
           Prince
           maketh
           war
           or
           fauoreth
           ;
           or
           go
           vnder
           the
           conduct
           of
           such
           Princes
           ,
           as
           are
           neerest
           friends
           vnto
           their
           Prince
           &
           Countrie
           .
           For
           ,
           it
           is
           vnseemely
           that
           any
           should
           choose
           to
           serue
           rather
           vnder
           strangers
           then
           friends
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           to
           this
           must
           be
           annexed
           ,
           that
           such
           trauaile
           for
           their
           greater
           benefit
           into
           those
           Countries
           where
           best
           seruice
           and
           discipline
           
           is
           to
           be
           learned
           :
           
           for
           that
           maketh
           a
           Soldier
           to
           be
           vnder
           good
           discipline
           &
           to
           see
           good
           seruice
           ;
           which
           is
           in
           duple
           respect
           ,
           either
           of
           the
           enemie
           against
           whom
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           Countrie
           wherein
           such
           serue
           .
           The
           enemie
           against
           whō
           men
           serue
           ,
           doth
           aduāce
           the
           seruice
           if
           he
           be
           stirring
           ,
           &
           alwayes
           plotting
           of
           some
           matter
           against
           his
           enemies
           ,
           whether
           hee
           keepe
           the
           fielde
           or
           lie
           in
           Garrison
           :
           In
           li●e
           sort
           may
           the
           seruice
           be
           bettered
           by
           those
           vnder
           whom
           men
           serue
           .
           
           The
           consideration
           of
           the
           Countrie
           is
           triple
           ,
           that
           maketh
           the
           seruice
           good
           ,
           which
           in
           the
           ende
           shall
           perfect
           a
           Souldier
           :
           the
           first
           is
           ,
           where
           the
           Countrie
           is
           champaine
           ,
           &
           that
           either
           of
           Moūtains
           or
           of
           Valleyes
           :
           the
           seruice
           wherein
           makes
           men
           alwayes
           to
           stand
           vpon
           their
           guard
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           well
           accompanied
           in
           euerie
           designe
           .
           The
           second
           in
           couert
           Countries
           ,
           marishie
           and
           boggie
           ;
           which
           are
           the
           aptest
           for
           stratagemes
           and
           surprizes
           ,
           making
           men
           watchfull
           &
           prouident
           euermore
           to
           suspect
           the
           worst
           ,
           wheresoeuer
           they
           come
           .
           The
           third
           and
           last
           ,
           are
           the
           fortifications
           of
           Countries
           ,
           or
           those
           Countries
           that
           stand
           most
           vpon
           them
           ,
           which
           employ
           the
           spirits
           and
           ingenious
           parts
           of
           Souldiers
           ,
           after
           an
           extraordinarie
           manner
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           Nauarre
           and
           Sauoy
           are
           apt
           for
           ,
           and
           the
           Lowe
           Countries
           that
           bee
           wasted
           :
           The
           seconde
           ,
           Ireland
           will
           furnish
           men
           with
           :
           And
           ,
           in
           the
           worlde
           for
           the
           third
           ,
           a
           man
           cannot
           haue
           better
           experience
           then
           in
           the
           Lowe
           Countries
           .
           So
           as
           when
           such
           Trauailers
           haue
           gotten
           experience
           in
           one
           ,
           if
           they
           desire
           perfection
           ,
           let
           them
           trauaile
           for
           the
           other
           :
           For
           in
           few
           Countries
           &
           wars
           shall
           men
           finde
           all
           .
        
         
           Then
           ,
           
           being
           arriued
           into
           the
           Armie
           or
           Garrison
           and
           entred
           into
           the
           seruice
           ,
           first
           ,
           with
           great
           diligence
           euerie
           
           
           thing
           of
           speciall
           make
           contained
           either
           in
           discipline
           of
           seruice
           ought
           to
           be
           obserued
           :
           and
           for
           euerie
           mans
           better
           vnderstanding
           ,
           let
           them
           discourse
           thereof
           and
           question
           .
           
           Secondly
           ,
           let
           such
           be
           verie
           studious
           to
           be
           obserue
           all
           lawes
           and
           ordinances
           of
           that
           discipline
           ;
           as
           also
           to
           obey
           euerie
           speciall
           Commandement
           of
           their
           Cōmanders
           :
           for
           them
           consisteth
           the
           honor
           of
           a
           soldier
           .
           And
           though
           the
           disciplin
           permit
           much
           libertie
           of
           idlenes
           ,
           (
           wherby
           many
           are
           entised
           to
           gaming
           ,
           vnholy
           &
           vnprofitable
           exercises
           )
           .
           Let
           such
           ,
           being
           strangers
           especially
           ,
           abstain
           frō
           those
           childish
           recreations
           ,
           and
           either
           confer
           about
           things
           they
           are
           ignorant
           of
           ,
           or
           reade
           such
           books
           of
           warre
           &
           historie
           ,
           that
           may
           sharpen
           and
           giue
           knowledge
           continually
           to
           them
           ;
           or
           with
           company
           follow
           the
           managing
           of
           Armes
           offensiue
           or
           defensiue
           ,
           wherin
           men
           cannot
           be
           too
           skilful
           :
           or
           the
           exercise
           of
           vaulting
           ,
           leaping
           ,
           swimming
           ,
           darting
           ,
           shooting
           ,
           &
           such
           other
           of
           the
           arme
           as
           gather
           strength
           &
           nimblenes
           
           to
           the
           body
           ,
           which
           in
           wars
           are
           of
           no
           small
           proofe
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           aboue
           all
           things
           let
           strangers
           feare
           to
           motimie
           ,
           or
           accept
           of
           quarrels
           ,
           but
           rather
           put
           vp
           iniuries
           then
           offer
           any
           .
           For
           there
           is
           a
           ciuill
           and
           honorable
           redresse
           of
           wrongs
           ,
           in
           war
           ,
           to
           be
           expected
           from
           the
           General
           ,
           Mareschall
           ,
           &
           Cōmanders
           of
           the
           Armie
           ,
           whose
           sentence
           ought
           to
           be
           expected
           in
           all
           things
           of
           the
           same
           nature
           ,
           yea
           in
           accepting
           of
           Combates
           for
           the
           honor
           of
           ones
           Prince
           and
           Countrie
           against
           the
           enemies
           ,
           if
           occasion
           be
           offered
           .
        
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           such
           take
           heede
           ,
           they
           neuer
           offer
           to
           accept
           of
           Combate
           ,
           
           for
           the
           honour
           of
           another
           Nation
           ,
           if
           any
           of
           the
           same
           serue
           in
           the
           same
           place
           :
           for
           that
           is
           an
           iniurie
           
           to
           that
           Nation
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           as
           none
           may
           serue
           vnder
           infidels
           ,
           in
           case
           there
           be
           wars
           in
           Christendom
           :
           and
           as
           none
           may
           go
           and
           serue
           vnder
           such
           as
           are
           doubtfull
           friends
           vnto
           
           their
           Countrie
           or
           Enimies
           ;
           so
           are
           all
           to
           be
           carefull
           to
           serue
           ,
           where
           the
           right
           is
           most
           apparant
           ,
           and
           where
           the
           Gospell
           is
           preached
           in
           the
           armie
           ,
           that
           God
           may
           giue
           thē
           best
           successe
           So
           in
           case
           there
           be
           no
           wars
           in
           Christēdom
           ,
           let
           such
           trauaile
           to
           other
           nations
           (
           after
           licence
           obtained
           of
           their
           Prince
           )
           and
           seeke
           seruice
           of
           such
           Princes
           that
           neither
           warre
           against
           Christians
           ,
           nor
           haue
           an
           ill
           quarrell
           in
           hand
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           a
           shame
           for
           any
           to
           take
           part
           with
           enemies
           or
           with
           infidels
           against
           ones
           own
           Coūtrie
           :
           so
           it
           is
           requisite
           on
           the
           other
           side
           that
           they
           serue
           in
           those
           wars
           amongst
           infidels
           ,
           whose
           cause
           and
           quarrel
           is
           iust
           &
           good
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           men
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           let
           all
           those
           who
           will
           make
           
           their
           pretence
           good
           in
           the
           opinion
           of
           men
           ,
           carry
           themselues
           so
           strictly
           in
           these
           and
           other
           common
           duties
           pertaining
           to
           souldiers
           ,
           as
           that
           they
           make
           not
           profession
           thereof
           ,
           but
           to
           establish
           peace
           and
           tranquillitie
           ,
           when
           happily
           they
           shal
           returne
           home
           to
           their
           Countrie
           ,
           as
           good
           Bees
           with
           wax
           and
           honey
           ,
           to
           their
           hiue
           of
           the
           Common-weale
           ,
           and
           demeane
           themselues
           so
           in
           times
           of
           peace
           ,
           as
           they
           giue
           ensample
           to
           gowned
           men
           ,
           of
           peaceable
           and
           orderly
           liuing
           ;
           neither
           in
           riot
           nor
           in
           ambition
           ,
           or
           pride
           ,
           which
           keepe
           reuell
           roupt
           in
           the
           dereigled
           crue
           of
           Trauailers
           .
           Now
           ,
           as
           concerning
           the
           last
           order
           of
           Voluntarie
           speciall
           Trauailers
           :
           namely
           of
           Physicians
           .
        
         
           By
           the
           word
           Physician
           ,
           is
           meant
           first
           such
           as
           haue
           the
           lawfull
           calling
           ;
           
           and
           either
           haue
           alreadie
           or
           intende
           to
           take
           degrees
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           giue
           countenance
           to
           their
           knowledge
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           by
           the
           name
           I
           conceit
           such
           as
           haue
           the
           facultie
           ,
           and
           naturall
           knowledge
           of
           euerie
           thing
           ,
           concerning
           diseases
           or
           wounds
           in
           the
           bodie
           or
           minde
           of
           man.
           
        
         
         
           For
           ,
           
           the
           remedying
           of
           all
           which
           ,
           there
           are
           two
           things
           requirable
           ;
           namely
           ,
           the
           simple
           knowledge
           of
           euerie
           liuing
           and
           inanimate
           thing
           ,
           whether
           of
           Mineralls
           ,
           Vegetables
           ,
           sensible
           Animalles
           ,
           or
           of
           man
           and
           the
           experience
           how
           each
           of
           these
           in
           seuerall
           Countries
           and
           bodies
           haue
           their
           certaine
           operations
           .
           And
           seeing
           without
           doubt
           God
           hath
           planted
           ,
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           meanes
           (
           either
           of
           simples
           or
           of
           Compounds
           )
           to
           remedie
           any
           sickenesse
           or
           cure
           any
           wound
           ,
           although
           the
           knowledge
           or
           meanes
           be
           not
           alwaies
           blessed
           ;
           wee
           may
           collect
           the
           lawfulnesse
           of
           Physiciās
           trauaile
           also
           .
           And
           though
           God
           haue
           fitted
           euerie
           Climate
           and
           Countrie
           with
           meanes
           to
           relieue
           the
           common
           distresses
           and
           grieueances
           of
           men
           ,
           yet
           wee
           see
           for
           want
           of
           knowledge
           in
           Physicians
           either
           how
           to
           vse
           the
           simples
           in
           their
           owne
           Countries
           or
           how
           to
           compound
           them
           aright
           according
           to
           the
           Dose
           of
           euery
           body
           natural
           ,
           they
           are
           enforced
           to
           search
           into
           other
           Countries
           for
           aide
           .
        
         
           For
           ,
           though
           we
           haue
           ,
           as
           other
           Countries
           ,
           many
           singular
           things
           to
           remedie
           the
           decay
           or
           disquiets
           of
           nature
           :
           yet
           seeing
           the
           simples
           of
           other
           Countries
           ,
           for
           some
           particular
           bodies
           and
           griefes
           ,
           are
           more
           naturall
           then
           many
           compounds
           of
           our
           own
           ,
           &
           the
           skil
           is
           lesse
           to
           apply
           them
           ,
           why
           shold
           not
           necessitie
           make
           Physicians
           trauel
           for
           knowledge
           as
           the
           old
           wife
           for
           neede
           .
           We
           see
           the
           artificiall
           Bezar
           stone
           to
           be
           lesse
           profitable
           for
           some
           bodies
           then
           the
           natural
           ;
           the
           fained
           
             Sanguis
             Draconis
          
           thē
           the
           right
           which
           is
           brought
           frō
           Africa
           :
           &
           so
           of
           such
           like
           adulterous
           resemblāces
           ,
           which
           necessitie
           ,
           &
           mens
           gains
           haue
           laboured
           &
           arted
           .
           In
           the
           Vniuersities
           of
           learned
           men
           ,
           that
           science
           ,
           and
           store
           of
           bookes
           of
           all
           things
           in
           the
           world
           for
           simples
           and
           compoundes
           according
           to
           their
           natures
           ,
           
           and
           vertues
           are
           better
           described
           then
           any
           one
           by
           his
           own
           trauaile
           can
           amend
           :
           (
           For
           in
           Trauaile
           there
           must
           necessarily
           bee
           much
           time
           spent
           ,
           and
           little
           practise
           had
           at
           home
           :
           and
           practise
           is
           no
           doubt
           the
           best
           thing
           that
           maketh
           a
           good
           Physician
           )
           neuerthelesse
           for
           some
           diseases
           a
           man
           shall
           happily
           learne
           more
           by
           trauaile
           ,
           then
           by
           all
           these
           at
           home
           .
        
         
           For
           ,
           
           there
           are
           many
           of
           our
           capitall
           diseases
           easily
           cured
           in
           other
           Countries
           .
           Now
           then
           ,
           hee
           that
           will
           make
           good
           of
           his
           pretence
           ,
           must
           labour
           into
           the
           grounds
           of
           Astronomie
           and
           Astrologie
           ,
           as
           of
           proportiō
           .
           For
           ,
           without
           these
           ,
           such
           wander
           without
           a
           guide
           in
           the
           wildernes
           of
           nature
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           during
           their
           trauaile
           (
           after
           licence
           obtained
           )
           let
           them
           make
           vse
           of
           euerie
           thing
           they
           shall
           see
           ;
           aswell
           of
           things
           knowne
           as
           of
           the
           vnknowne
           .
           For
           the
           difference
           of
           Climates
           and
           soyles
           ,
           alter
           much
           the
           nature
           of
           euerie
           thing
           .
        
         
           In
           like
           sort
           must
           such
           obserue
           the
           persons
           in
           euerie
           Countrie
           ,
           
           so
           particularly
           as
           they
           can
           ,
           and
           marke
           their
           common
           and
           accidentall
           diseases
           ,
           &
           to
           take
           knowledge
           of
           their
           cures
           .
           So
           if
           there
           be
           any
           speciall
           Bathes
           ,
           Waters
           ,
           Pooles
           ,
           Spawes
           ,
           or
           Springs
           ,
           the
           operation
           whereof
           may
           cure
           any
           maladie
           ,
           to
           learne
           their
           vertues
           .
        
         
           And
           lastly
           to
           frequent
           the
           most
           famous
           places
           and
           companies
           of
           learned
           men
           ,
           whereby
           such
           may
           better
           their
           knowledge
           ,
           &
           increase
           their
           discourse
           :
           which
           is
           no
           small
           thing
           ,
           in
           a
           Physician
           ,
           to
           be
           well
           mannered
           ,
           ciuill
           ,
           wittie
           ,
           and
           pleasant
           ,
           and
           of
           able
           disposition
           to
           delight
           his
           patiēts
           by
           discourse
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           if
           such
           light
           vpō
           simples
           ,
           which
           are
           either
           of
           a
           strāge
           nature
           or
           that
           excell
           ours
           ,
           let
           them
           bee
           carefull
           to
           transplant
           them
           ;
           hauing
           a
           care
           
           to
           the
           soile
           ,
           climate
           ,
           and
           growing
           of
           such
           ,
           that
           Arte
           here
           may
           repaire
           the
           naturall
           defect
           of
           the
           Countrey
           .
           But
           considering
           many
           ,
           when
           they
           returne
           home
           ,
           are
           tainted
           with
           the
           humor
           of
           most
           trauailers
           ,
           namely
           selfe
           conceipt
           ,
           
           and
           better
           thinking
           of
           themselues
           then
           is
           conuenient
           ,
           let
           them
           be
           as
           respectiue
           to
           relieue
           the
           poore
           &
           the
           needie
           as
           the
           rich
           .
           For
           many
           Physicians
           will
           not
           go
           out
           of
           the
           doores
           to
           saue
           a
           poore
           mans
           life
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           them
           be
           carefull
           to
           administer
           noe
           desperate
           or
           vnknowen
           thing
           vnto
           any
           :
           for
           such
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           former
           case
           ,
           are
           no
           lesse
           then
           murtherers
           before
           God
           ,
           if
           their
           patients
           proue
           not
           well
           vnder
           them
           .
           Neither
           let
           couetousnes
           ouer-rule
           them
           ,
           as
           those
           Physicians
           and
           Surgeons
           that
           dallie
           with
           mens
           bodies
           to
           get
           much
           monie
           :
           but
           let
           euerie
           one
           accoumpt
           it
           his
           duetie
           to
           do
           good
           to
           any
           .
           And
           in
           so
           doing
           they
           shall
           finde
           God
           their
           Physician
           not
           only
           of
           their
           bodyes
           but
           of
           their
           soules
           :
           wheras
           otherwise
           the
           saying
           of
           our
           Nation
           may
           be
           applyed
           fitly
           vnto
           them
           ,
           Physicians
           cure
           your selues
           .
           Thus
           farre
           of
           the
           speciall
           Voluntarie
           Trauailers
           .
        
         
           The
           ende
           of
           the
           first
           part
           .
        
      
       
         
         
         
           
             Page
             35.
             
             A.
             The
             second
             part
             ,
             in
             part
             ,
             abstracted
             .
          
           
             We
             haue
             described
             volūtary
             regular
             Trauailers
             to
             be
             Nobles
             &
             Commons
             :
             and
             the
             Nobles
             to
             be
             
               
                 1
                 ,
                 Generall
                 :
                 of
                 whom
                 it
                 is
                 to
                 bee
                 considered
                 what
                 they
                 are
                 to
                 vndergoe
                 ,
                 
                   
                     1
                     ,
                     Before
                     trauaile
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           put
                           on
                        
                         the
                         pretence
                         of
                         benefiting
                         the
                         Common
                         weale
                         ,
                         and
                         to
                         shun
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Ambition
                             .
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Sensualitie
                             .
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             Vaine-glory
                             .
                          
                           
                             4
                             ,
                             Couetousnesse
                             .
                          
                           
                             5
                             ,
                             Vanitie
                             of
                             knowledge
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           suruay
                        
                         their
                         Abilities
                         in
                         Iudgement
                         and
                         Knowledge
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           bee
                        
                         sufficiently
                         instructed
                         in
                         the
                         knowledge
                         of
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Matters
                             belonging
                             to
                             themselues
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Qualities
                                 ,
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     Necessary
                                     ,
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         ,
                                         To
                                         Speake
                                         ,
                                         or
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         ,
                                         Vnderstād
                                         the
                                         language
                                         of
                                         that
                                         Countrey
                                         ,
                                         into
                                         which
                                         men
                                         trauaile
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     For
                                     ornation
                                     ,
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         ,
                                         Skill
                                         in
                                         managing
                                         of
                                         Armes
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         ,
                                         Skill
                                         in
                                         Musicke
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3
                                         ,
                                         Skill
                                         in
                                         Dauncing
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4
                                         ,
                                         Skill
                                         in
                                         Portraying
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Vertues
                                 Morall
                                 and
                                 Diuine
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 Sciences
                                 ,
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     ,
                                     Astronomie
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     Astrologie
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     3
                                     ,
                                     Cosmographie
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     4
                                     ,
                                     Geographie
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     5
                                     ,
                                     Geometrie
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     6
                                     ,
                                     Hydrography
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     7
                                     ,
                                     Arithmeticke
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     8
                                     ,
                                     Architectury
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Matters
                             belonging
                             to
                             the
                             Countrey
                             into
                             which
                             they
                             trauaile
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         4
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           be
                           well
                        
                         accommodated
                         for
                         trauaile
                         with
                         things
                         needfull
                         .
                      
                       
                         5
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           resolue
                        
                         to
                         trauaile
                         into
                         such
                         Countries
                         ,
                         as
                         may
                         afford
                         least
                         offence
                         and
                         most
                         profit
                         .
                      
                       
                         6
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           demand
                        
                         licence
                         of
                         God
                         ,
                         of
                         Prince
                         ,
                         and
                         Parents
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     2
                     ,
                     
                       In
                       trauaile
                    
                     .
                     Looke
                     the
                     next
                     Table
                     .
                     *
                  
                   
                     ●
                     ,
                     Being
                     Returned
                     :
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           manifest
                        
                         the
                         soundnes
                         of
                         their
                         Religion
                         by
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Diligent
                             and
                             orderly
                             seruing
                             of
                             God.
                             
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Wise
                             and
                             faithfull
                             Conuersation
                             :
                             which
                             is
                             discouered
                             by
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Silence
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Incuriositie
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 Sprightfulnes
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4
                                 ,
                                 Prudence
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 5
                                 ,
                                 Bountie
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 6
                                 ,
                                 Faithfulnesse
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           preferre
                        
                         Honestie
                         before
                         Policie
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           be
                           knowen
                        
                         by
                         vertuous
                         Endeuours
                         .
                      
                       
                         4
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           be
                           stored
                        
                         of
                         a
                         worthy
                         friend
                         .
                      
                       
                         5
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           be
                           Constant
                        
                         to
                         his
                         Honourable
                         friend
                         without
                         ambition
                         .
                      
                       
                         6
                         ,
                         
                           To
                           bee
                           studious
                        
                         for
                         forraine
                         aduertisements
                         :
                         but
                         not
                         ignorant
                         of
                         home-matters
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 2
                 ,
                 Speciall
                 :
                 Of
                 whom
                 before
                 we
                 haue
                 abbridged
                 .
                 *
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Page
             35.
             
             B.
             The
             rest
             of
             the
             second
             part
             ,
             abstracted
             .
          
           
             
               We
               haue
               abstracted
            
             Voluntary
             Trauailers
             general
             ,
             to
             consider
             points
             before
             and
             after
             trauell
             :
             let
             vs
             nowe
             here
             abbreuiate
             what
             is
             meete
             in
             the
             interim
             of
             trauaile
             :
             namely
             ,
             
               
                 1
                 ,
                 
                   To
                   attempt
                
                 nothing
                 without
                 a
                 good
                 conscience
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 make
                 supplications
                 to
                 God
                 daly
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 ,
                 
                   To
                   prouide
                
                 for
                 the
                 health
                 of
                 their
                 bodies
                 ,
                 
                   
                     1
                     ,
                     By
                     Diet
                     ,
                  
                   
                     2
                     ,
                     By
                     trauaile
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         To
                         haue
                         faithfull
                         guides
                         and
                         compainons
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         To
                         chuse
                         the
                         least
                         dangerous
                         way
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         ,
                         To
                         be
                         otherwise
                         well
                         accommodated
                         .
                      
                       
                         4
                         ,
                         To
                         be
                         defeded
                         against
                         th'intemperatnesse
                         of
                         the
                         aire
                         .
                      
                       
                         5
                         ,
                         To
                         be
                         Armed
                         against
                         accidences
                         on
                         the
                         way
                         .
                      
                       
                         6
                         ,
                         To
                         arriue
                         timely
                         in
                         the
                         Inne
                         ,
                         &c.
                         
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     3
                     ,
                     By
                     moderationi
                     of
                     passions
                     ,
                  
                
              
               
                 3
                 ,
                 
                   To
                   be
                
                 Humane
                 and
                 courteous
                 towards
                 all
                 .
              
               
                 4
                 ,
                 
                   To
                   applie
                
                 themselues
                 vnto
                 the
                 Customes
                 and
                 maners
                 of
                 the
                 countrey
                 that
                 are
                 not
                 
                   per
                   se
                   Mala.
                
                 
              
               
                 5
                 ,
                 
                   To
                   put
                
                 in
                 practice
                 the
                 qualities
                 for
                 ornation
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 ,
                 
                   
                     1
                     ,
                     Armes
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     ,
                     Musicke
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     ,
                     Poetry
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     ,
                     Dancing
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     ,
                     Portraying
                     .
                  
                   
                     6
                     ,
                     Vaulting
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     ,
                     Running
                     .
                  
                   
                     ●
                     ,
                     Dexteritie
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 6
                 ,
                 Singularly
                 to
                 gain
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     
                       The
                       Tongue
                    
                     :
                     which
                     consisteth
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         In
                         right
                         vnderstandig
                         the
                         same
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         I
                         proper
                         speaking
                         and
                         reading
                         it
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         ,
                         In
                         true
                         writing
                         ,
                         &c.
                         
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     2
                     ,
                     
                       The
                       Nature
                    
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     to
                     be
                     discouered
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         
                           In
                           Ciuilitie
                        
                         ,
                         or
                         Barbarousnesse
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         
                           In
                           freedome
                        
                         ,
                         or
                         Seruilenesse
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         ,
                         
                           In
                           Religiousnesse
                        
                         ,
                         or
                         Profanenesse
                         .
                      
                       
                         4
                         ,
                         
                           In
                           Warlike
                        
                         ,
                         or
                         Esseminatenesse
                         .
                      
                       
                         5
                         ,
                         In
                         Constitution
                         of
                         body
                         and
                         mind
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     3
                     ,
                     
                       The
                       Countrey
                    
                     to
                     be
                     suruayed
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         In
                         the
                         name
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         In
                         the
                         populousnesse
                         ,
                         or
                         scarcitie
                         of
                         the
                         people
                         .
                      
                       
                         3
                         ,
                         In
                         the
                         situation
                         .
                      
                       
                         4
                         ,
                         In
                         the
                         quatititie
                         .
                      
                       
                         5
                         ,
                         In
                         the
                         Commo
                         dities
                         which
                         are
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Naturall
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 The
                                 temperatnesse
                                 of
                                 the
                                 ayre
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 The
                                 fruitfulnesse
                                 of
                                 the
                                 foyle
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 The
                                 plenty
                                 of
                                 Rituers
                                 and
                                 Ports
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4
                                 ,
                                 Baths
                                 ,
                                 and
                                 medicinable
                                 things
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Artisiciall
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Buildings
                                 ,
                                 ad
                                 fortitfications
                                 ,
                                 &c.
                                 
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Trades
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 Sciences
                                 Mechanicke
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         6
                         ,
                         
                           In
                           the
                           discommodities
                        
                         that
                         doe
                         consist
                         of
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Impersections
                             .
                          
                           
                             2.
                             
                             Wants
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     4
                     ,
                     
                       The
                       Lawe
                    
                     :
                     and
                     Customes
                     may
                     bee
                     discerned
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         Generally
                         &c.
                         
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Particularly
                         &c.
                         
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             In
                             Matters
                             Ecclesicasticall
                             ,
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             In
                             matters
                             Temporall
                             .
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             In
                             matters
                             Regall
                             ,
                             or
                             of
                             Prerogatiue
                             .
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     5
                     ,
                     The
                     Gouernments
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         Interior
                         .
                         *
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Exterior
                         ,
                         descrying
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             The
                             persons
                             gouerning
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 The
                                 Monarke
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 The
                                 Nobles
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 The
                                 Popularitie
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             
                               The
                               people
                            
                             gouerned
                             doe
                             consist
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Of
                                 Husbandmen
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Of
                                 Handi-crafts
                                 men
                                 and
                                 Labourers
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 Of
                                 Merchants
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4
                                 ,
                                 Of
                                 the
                                 Nobilitie
                                 and
                                 Gentrie
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 5
                                 ,
                                 Of
                                 stipendary
                                 Souldiers
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 6
                                 ,
                                 Of
                                 Ecclesiasticall
                                 persons
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             
                               The
                               Instruments
                            
                             whereby
                             men
                             gouerne
                             ,
                             and
                             be
                             gouerned
                             ,
                             are
                             looked
                             into
                             ,
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 By
                                 their
                                 goodnesse
                                 or
                                 euilnesse
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 By
                                 the
                                 timely
                                 precuenting
                                 or
                                 neglecting
                                 of
                                 matters
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 B
                                 the
                                 execution
                                 ,
                                 or
                                 not
                                 ,
                                 of
                                 lawes
                                 in
                                 force
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     6
                     ,
                     The
                     secress
                     ,
                     
                       
                         1
                         ,
                         Common
                         ,
                         regardeth
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             Intelligence
                             of
                             forraine
                             Friends
                             ,
                             Neuters
                             ,
                             or
                             Enemies
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 In
                                 Populousnesse
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 In
                                 Scarcitie
                                 of
                                 people
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 In
                                 well
                                 disciplining
                                 them
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4
                                 ,
                                 In
                                 permitting
                                 a
                                 liberty
                                 from
                                 Martiall
                                 discipline
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 5
                                 ,
                                 Whether
                                 Religious
                                 or
                                 Profane
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 6
                                 ,
                                 Whether
                                 Warlike
                                 or
                                 Esteminate
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 7
                                 ,
                                 Whether
                                 Free
                                 or
                                 Seruile
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             Kowledge
                             of
                             the
                             ordinary
                             strength
                             of
                             the
                             State.
                             
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 
                                   For
                                   sufficiencie
                                
                                 of
                                 people
                                 :
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 
                                   For
                                   store
                                
                                 of
                                 Comodities
                                 :
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 
                                   For
                                   plentie
                                
                                 of
                                 Munition
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4
                                 ,
                                 For
                                 the
                                 Treasure
                                 
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     How
                                     increased
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Reuenues
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Conquests
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Gifts
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Tributes
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         5
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Traficke
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         6
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Merchandise
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         7
                                         ,
                                         By
                                         Taxations
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     ,
                                     How
                                     dispended
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         ,
                                         On
                                         Almes-houses
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         ,
                                         On
                                         Housekeeping
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         3
                                         ,
                                         On
                                         Building
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         4
                                         ,
                                         On
                                         Payments
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         5
                                         ,
                                         On
                                         Gifts
                                         to
                                         strangers
                                         .
                                      
                                       
                                         6
                                         ,
                                         On
                                         Donatiues
                                         politicke
                                         .
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         2
                         ,
                         Accidentall
                         ,
                         are
                         to
                         be
                         sought
                         out
                         
                           
                             1
                             ,
                             
                               In
                               the
                               persons
                            
                             gouerning
                             by
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Election
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 Inheritance
                                 generall
                                 or
                                 speciall
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 Any
                                 other
                                 hope
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             2
                             ,
                             
                               In
                               persons
                            
                             gouerned
                             :
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 ,
                                 Addicted
                                 to
                                 ouer-much
                                 libertie
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 ,
                                 How
                                 standing
                                 affected
                                 to
                                 the
                                 Prince
                                 or
                                 gouernment
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 3
                                 ,
                                 Whether
                                 wiser
                                 then
                                 their
                                 generation
                                 requireth
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 4
                                 ,
                                 How
                                 affected
                                 in
                                 rumors
                                 .
                              
                               
                                 5
                                 ,
                                 Who
                                 be
                                 popular
                                 beyond
                                 Custome
                                 .
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             3
                             ,
                             In
                             the
                             instruments
                             ,
                             &c.
                             
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 7
                 ,
                 To
                 aduertise
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 Councel
                 ,
                 of
                 things
                 important
                 and
                 needfull
                 .
              
               
                 8
                 ,
                 
                   To
                   dee
                
                 all
                 the
                 honour
                 he
                 may
                 vnto
                 the
                 Ambassadors
                 of
                 his
                 Prince
                 ,
                 in
                 cafe
                 there
                 be
                 any
                 in
                 that
                 trauaile
                 .
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           The
           second
           part
           .
        
         
           THese
           Generall
           Voluntarie
           Trauailers
           are
           of
           the
           temporall
           Nobilitie
           of
           the
           Land
           ,
           
           whether
           superior
           or
           inferior
           :
           and
           before
           they
           vndertake
           Trauaile
           ,
           if
           they
           will
           be
           bettered
           thereby
           ,
           are
           to
           vndergoe
           sixe
           dueties
           .
           The
           first
           is
           to
           counsaile
           and
           deliberate
           with
           themselues
           ,
           whether
           they
           bee
           mooued
           with
           the
           iust
           pretence
           of
           doing
           good
           to
           the
           Common
           weale
           ,
           whereof
           they
           are
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           enabling
           of
           themselues
           ,
           with
           such
           knowledges
           as
           appertaine
           to
           their
           seuerall
           callings
           ;
           or
           whether
           their
           owne
           lusts
           and
           affections
           pricke
           them
           not
           forward
           .
           For
           oft
           men
           are
           deceiued
           for
           want
           of
           due
           consideration
           thereof
           ,
           which
           turneth
           the
           plots
           of
           men
           topsieturuie
           .
           And
           though
           it
           be
           hard
           to
           res●lue
           on
           this
           with
           humane
           strength
           and
           reason
           ,
           (
           for
           that
           reason
           ,
           which
           by
           nature
           is
           in
           man
           ,
           is
           feeble
           and
           differeth
           
           little
           from
           that
           of
           brute
           beasts
           )
           yet
           there
           is
           another
           reason
           in
           man
           ,
           or
           the
           same
           at
           the
           least
           enlightned
           and
           sanctified
           by
           God
           ,
           the
           which
           through
           faith
           and
           knowledge
           of
           his
           reuealed
           wil
           ,
           teacheth
           man
           to
           do
           that
           which
           is
           good
           and
           pleasing
           in
           his
           sight
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           as
           this
           reason
           is
           pure
           &
           of
           an
           holy
           vnderstāding
           nature
           ,
           so
           must
           the
           resolutiōs
           of
           men
           (
           if
           they
           would
           be
           approued
           and
           crowned
           with
           blessing
           )
           be
           shaped
           accordingly
           .
           And
           therefore
           all
           particular
           affects
           ,
           rising
           from
           the
           disordinate
           appetite
           of
           man
           corrupt
           and
           vnsauorie
           (
           as
           Ambition
           ,
           Sensualitie
           ,
           
           vaine
           glorie
           ,
           couetousnes
           ,
           vanitie
           of
           knowledge
           ,
           &
           such
           like
           )
           must
           die
           in
           these
           honorable
           kind
           of
           Trauailers
           ;
           and
           in
           lieu
           of
           them
           the
           rootes
           of
           all
           vertuous
           affections
           must
           be
           planted
           ,
           to
           the
           glorie
           of
           God
           ,
           the
           good
           of
           themselues
           ,
           their
           Prince
           &
           Countrie
           .
           For
           ,
           considering
           these
           are
           principally
           the
           select
           members
           ordeined
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           by
           the
           appointing
           hand
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           helpe
           the
           motion
           and
           gouernement
           of
           the
           helme
           in
           temporall
           &
           ciuill
           causes
           oftentimes
           ,
           let
           such
           take
           heede
           those
           vaine
           and
           gadding
           humors
           plucke
           not
           downe
           the
           iudgement
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           presse
           such
           to
           trauaile
           for
           punishment
           of
           their
           wayes
           ;
           whereby
           none
           can
           seale
           vnto
           themselues
           the
           assurance
           of
           life
           ,
           or
           prosperitie
           ,
           during
           their
           trauaile
           or
           afterwards
           .
        
         
           Now
           ,
           
           in
           the
           second
           place
           it
           is
           required
           that
           such
           examine
           themselues
           before
           trauaile
           ,
           whether
           they
           haue
           capable
           parts
           answerable
           to
           the
           callings
           of
           these
           Trauailers
           .
           The
           capable
           parts
           of
           Trauailers
           consist
           in
           knowledge
           and
           iudgement
           of
           those
           things
           that
           may
           best
           profit
           them
           in
           trauaile
           ,
           
           and
           furnish
           them
           of
           things
           needeful
           ,
           by
           which
           men
           are
           fitted
           to
           accomplish
           so
           honorable
           an
           enterprise
           .
        
         
         
           By
           Iudgement
           is
           meant
           the
           vnderstanding
           age
           ,
           seeing
           into
           the
           affaires
           of
           their
           natiue
           Countrie
           :
           Knowledge
           ,
           it
           is
           of
           the
           wants
           which
           are
           naturally
           in
           vs
           ;
           the
           which
           are
           to
           be
           supplyed
           and
           repaired
           ,
           by
           learning
           and
           experience
           .
        
         
           For
           ,
           as
           without
           iudgement
           men
           cannot
           gather
           the
           best
           things
           in
           trauaile
           ,
           
           that
           may
           fitte
           iumpest
           with
           the
           State
           of
           their
           Countrie
           and
           themselues
           :
           so
           without
           knowledge
           things
           cannot
           bee
           performed
           well
           .
           
           And
           therefore
           it
           behoueth
           euerie
           one
           ,
           so
           intending
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           to
           be
           endued
           with
           learning
           and
           discretion
           :
           for
           by
           learning
           knowledge
           is
           atchieued
           ,
           and
           discretiō
           enableth
           the
           iudgement
           to
           discerne
           what
           things
           and
           Policies
           are
           to
           be
           receiued
           what
           reiected
           .
           And
           vnlesse
           men
           put
           on
           before
           trauaile
           these
           Armours
           ,
           they
           cannot
           winne
           the
           forte
           of
           their
           desires
           .
           For
           ,
           he
           that
           trauaileth
           to
           see
           experiences
           in
           other
           Nations
           ,
           and
           hath
           not
           power
           to
           discerne
           ,
           
           what
           are
           needefull
           to
           bee
           gathered
           ,
           commeth
           home
           as
           a
           bodie
           to
           the
           graue
           without
           a
           soule
           .
           In
           which
           plight
           we
           see
           daily
           experience
           in
           this
           Land
           :
           for
           many
           trauaile
           young
           that
           want
           both
           :
           others
           of
           more
           vnderstanding
           that
           want
           iudgement
           and
           others
           whose
           iudgemēts
           are
           actiue
           ,
           yet
           faile
           in
           learning
           .
           So
           as
           many
           when
           they
           come
           home
           proue
           too
           subtill
           ,
           &
           without
           conscience
           ,
           in
           their
           resolutions
           ,
           and
           consequently
           dangerous
           to
           be
           conuersed
           with
           ;
           others
           new
           fangled
           hobby
           horses
           ,
           &
           of
           smal
           vnderstanding
           ,
           or
           little
           the
           better
           to
           be
           conuersed
           with
           .
        
         
           From
           hence
           the
           third
           dutie
           springeth
           ,
           
           namely
           Instruction
           in
           knowledge
           fit
           for
           trauailers
           :
           the
           which
           is
           either
           of
           things
           appertaining
           to
           the
           Country
           where
           such
           trauel
           ,
           or
           to
           thēselues
           .
           
           First
           ,
           as
           concerning
           things
           belonging
           to
           thēselues
           ,
           they
           are
           three
           ;
           qualities
           ,
           vertues
           and
           sciences
           .
           
           The
           qualities
           are
           duple
           ;
           either
           for
           necessitie
           ,
           
           or
           for
           Ornation
           .
           The
           necessarie
           is
           the
           speaking
           or
           the
           vnderstanding
           of
           the
           tongues
           of
           those
           Countries
           into
           which
           such
           trauaile
           :
           for
           these
           are
           the
           instruments
           of
           knowledge
           and
           experience
           ;
           without
           which
           men
           shall
           consume
           great
           time
           vnprofitably
           in
           other
           Countries
           ,
           whiles
           they
           are
           learning
           the
           tongue
           .
           And
           therefore
           let
           such
           practise
           the
           tongues
           before
           they
           trauaile
           ,
           that
           they
           make
           not
           a
           shadowe
           of
           their
           knowledge
           as
           many
           doe
           :
           who
           trauailing
           into
           other
           Countries
           attaine
           to
           nothing
           ,
           saue
           the
           speaking
           of
           their
           languages
           .
           
           The
           qualities
           for
           Ornation
           ,
           are
           practise
           in
           managing
           of
           Armes
           and
           weapons
           ,
           skill
           in
           Musicke
           and
           daunsing
           and
           drawing
           the
           counterfeites
           of
           any
           thing
           :
           The
           estimation
           of
           all
           which
           are
           so
           approued
           that
           they
           neede
           no
           confirmation
           ;
           For
           euerie
           man
           liuing
           in
           the
           Courts
           of
           Princes
           shall
           bee
           honoured
           by
           them
           .
           The
           second
           point
           of
           knowledge
           are
           vertues
           ,
           
           which
           must
           be
           the
           Councellors
           of
           such
           in
           euerie
           Action
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           esteemed
           ,
           and
           make
           them
           right
           Courtiers
           at
           the
           first
           entrance
           ,
           in
           euerie
           forreine
           State.
           And
           therefore
           let
           them
           inhabite
           euerie
           diuine
           and
           morall
           vertue
           ,
           that
           traineth
           men
           vp
           to
           humanitie
           &
           ciuile
           conuersation
           :
           without
           which
           it
           is
           a
           vaine
           thing
           to
           trauaile
           and
           expect
           any
           good
           ende
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           and
           third
           point
           of
           knowledge
           is
           Science
           or
           the
           knowledge
           in
           naturall
           and
           mathematicall
           Artes
           :
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           an
           insight
           in
           the
           grounds
           of
           Astronomie
           ,
           Astrology
           ,
           Cosmographie
           ,
           Geographie
           ,
           Hydrographie
           ,
           Geometrie
           ,
           Arithmeticke
           and
           Architecture
           :
           all
           which
           whosoeuer
           trauaileth
           shall
           employ
           ,
           and
           without
           which
           many
           things
           of
           note
           shall
           be
           foreslowen
           ,
           and
           left
           vnperfectly
           knowen
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           better
           men
           are
           grounded
           in
           
           these
           ,
           the
           more
           profite
           shall
           they
           make
           of
           their
           times
           .
           In
           so
           much
           as
           if
           a
           skilfull
           fortifier
           or
           Architectist
           doe
           but
           lay
           his
           eyes
           vpon
           the
           modell
           of
           any
           Towne
           or
           fortification
           ,
           he
           will
           deliuer
           the
           true
           plot
           ,
           strength
           or
           weakenes
           naturall
           or
           artificiall
           that
           it
           containes
           ,
           or
           ghesse
           verie
           neere
           ;
           the
           which
           an
           ignorant
           person
           can
           neuer
           doo
           ,
           but
           by
           chaunce
           .
           So
           it
           is
           of
           those
           which
           excell
           in
           Corography
           or
           Geographie
           ;
           who
           but
           riding
           poste
           through
           a
           Countrie
           will
           make
           a
           particular
           description
           of
           euerie
           thing
           seated
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           in
           proportion
           or
           neere
           ,
           aswell
           of
           Townes
           ,
           Fortes
           ,
           Houses
           ,
           as
           of
           Riuers
           ,
           Hilles
           ,
           Dales
           ,
           Woddes
           ,
           Plaines
           and
           Wayes
           ,
           or
           any
           thing
           else
           that
           lies
           within
           the
           kenning
           of
           their
           eies
           ,
           or
           by
           necessarie
           collection
           .
           And
           therefore
           we
           finde
           recorded
           that
           in
           times
           of
           war
           messengers
           of
           the
           enemie
           were
           wont
           to
           be
           blinded
           ,
           when
           they
           approched
           neere
           the
           fortifications
           or
           Campes
           ,
           and
           so
           carried
           backe
           till
           they
           were
           out
           of
           kenning
           .
           The
           which
           may
           be
           saide
           of
           the
           rest
           :
           For
           these
           Artes
           are
           instruments
           to
           settle
           and
           fixe
           in
           the
           memorie
           obiects
           that
           fall
           to
           the
           senses
           ,
           
           but
           especially
           to
           the
           eye
           :
           euen
           as
           wee
           see
           the
           practicke
           Musicians
           will
           instantly
           play
           whatsoeuer
           chaunceth
           in
           harmonies
           sound
           to
           their
           eare
           .
           I
           consideratly
           left
           out
           Musicke
           among
           the
           Mathematicall
           Artes
           ,
           though
           it
           be
           an
           excellent
           Science
           :
           yet
           in
           a
           Trauailer
           or
           Gentleman
           let
           it
           be
           rather
           a
           qualitie
           ,
           as
           we
           haue
           saide
           to
           grace
           him
           in
           conuenient
           times
           ,
           
           and
           places
           to
           be
           sociable
           ,
           then
           a
           Science
           whereof
           men
           make
           profession
           .
           For
           ,
           a
           Gentleman
           may
           haue
           the
           qualitie
           to
           play
           well
           vpon
           gentlemanlike
           instruments
           ,
           without
           the
           Science
           or
           Arte
           of
           any
           grounds
           of
           musicke
           ;
           euen
           as
           there
           may
           be
           excellent
           Musicians
           that
           can
           not
           strike
           one
           true
           stroke
           of
           any
           instrument
           ,
           and
           yet
           both
           concluded
           
           vnder
           one
           name
           .
           For
           the
           theorie
           &
           practicke
           in
           Musicke
           are
           two
           ;
           &
           the
           one
           seemely
           for
           gentlemē
           of
           other
           means
           ,
           namely
           the
           practicke
           :
           although
           it
           cānot
           be
           but
           a
           singular
           commendation
           for
           any
           that
           excell
           in
           both
           ,
           so
           that
           hinder
           not
           other
           more
           necessarie
           sciences
           .
           As
           touching
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           Countrie
           wherein
           men
           trauaile
           ,
           wee
           haue
           in
           other
           places
           prescribed
           sufficient
           rules
           to
           make
           prouision
           ,
           and
           to
           remooue
           inconueniences
           ,
           so
           as
           for
           breuitie
           the
           same
           may
           be
           omitted
           here
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           duetie
           is
           of
           Charitie
           .
           For
           ,
           
           hauing
           gotten
           licence
           of
           their
           Prince
           ,
           &
           friends
           to
           whom
           such
           owe
           subiection
           (
           otherwise
           their
           pretēce
           will
           seeme
           Irregular
           )
           they
           must
           accommodate
           themselues
           of
           all
           things
           needfull
           for
           their
           trauaile
           ;
           
           the
           chiefe
           whereof
           is
           only
           prouision
           of
           monie
           :
           which
           by
           billes
           of
           exchange
           ,
           is
           the
           safest
           and
           most
           profitable
           way
           ,
           the
           course
           also
           being
           common
           .
           Onely
           this
           ,
           let
           such
           take
           order
           they
           may
           haue
           sufficient
           of
           Marchants
           wheresoeuer
           they
           shall
           come
           :
           for
           want
           breedeth
           many
           inconueniences
           .
           And
           therefore
           let
           such
           proportion
           their
           estate
           with
           the
           largest
           before
           trauaile
           :
           the
           which
           must
           bee
           according
           to
           euerie
           ones
           course
           ,
           estate
           and
           retinewe
           .
           For
           ,
           some
           Countries
           are
           verie
           chargeable
           generally
           ;
           where
           either
           dearth
           ,
           much
           riotte
           ,
           or
           troubles
           reigne
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           of
           what
           State
           soeuer
           a
           man
           be
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           good
           to
           trauaile
           with
           a
           greater
           traine
           ,
           
           then
           neede
           requires
           .
           For
           ,
           it
           is
           vnpossible
           that
           such
           an
           one
           shall
           attaine
           vnto
           the
           light
           of
           many
           things
           and
           secrets
           :
           which
           more
           priuate
           men
           may
           .
           Neither
           can
           it
           quit
           cost
           ,
           since
           the
           voluntarie
           action
           of
           any
           subiect
           (
           vnlesse
           in
           some
           publike
           seruice
           of
           their
           Prince
           and
           Countrie
           )
           ought
           to
           bee
           contented
           with
           meane
           pompe
           .
           For
           ,
           such
           in
           a
           strange
           Countrie
           are
           subiect
           to
           
           scoffes
           ;
           and
           in
           an
           Enemies
           or
           a
           Neuters
           Countrey
           ,
           Iealousie
           and
           publique
           eyes
           will
           bee
           looking
           on
           such
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           fift
           place
           it
           is
           required
           ,
           
           that
           they
           resolue
           to
           goe
           into
           such
           Countreys
           ,
           the
           state
           of
           which
           may
           best
           like
           the
           State
           of
           which
           they
           are
           ,
           and
           which
           may
           afford
           them
           best
           gaine
           of
           knowledge
           and
           experience
           ;
           either
           to
           reforme
           in
           them
           defects
           of
           nature
           ,
           
           or
           to
           benefite
           most
           their
           Common
           weale
           .
           And
           though
           the
           enemies
           policie
           auaileth
           most
           vnto
           the
           State
           of
           ones
           Countrey
           ,
           yet
           when
           such
           that
           haue
           made
           their
           abode
           there
           ,
           shall
           returne
           ,
           it
           is
           doubtfull
           ,
           how
           acceptable
           that
           may
           bee
           .
           For
           commonly
           ,
           great
           suspicion
           tendeth
           on
           such
           long
           after
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           the
           interim
           of
           their
           trauailes
           they
           carrie
           themselues
           with
           risentiment
           and
           respect
           .
           The
           Enemies
           of
           euery
           State
           are
           two
           ,
           
           such
           as
           stand
           out
           in
           Religion
           ,
           and
           contrary
           opinion
           ,
           in
           the
           seruice
           of
           God
           :
           and
           such
           as
           iniustice
           ,
           either
           of
           not
           due
           reuerēce
           exhibited
           ,
           or
           of
           defamation
           ,
           or
           of
           preiudice
           ,
           in
           goods
           or
           persons
           really
           ,
           or
           collaterally
           ,
           dayly
           worketh
           amongst
           Princes
           .
           
           But
           of
           Countries
           to
           be
           trauailed
           into
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           double
           consideration
           ,
           whose
           friendships
           are
           auaileable
           to
           the
           Common
           weale
           :
           to
           weet
           ,
           Those
           that
           neighborhood
           ,
           Religion
           ,
           aliance
           ,
           perpetuall
           vnitie
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           natural
           and
           ciuill
           bonds
           ,
           haue
           conioyned
           in
           loue
           ,
           league
           ,
           and
           confederacie
           :
           and
           ,
           Those
           which
           merchandise
           ,
           mutuall
           commerce
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           foraine
           policie
           to
           benefit
           each
           others
           Land
           ,
           haue
           linked
           in
           amitie
           :
           Which
           also
           are
           by
           so
           much
           the
           more
           fast
           tied
           ,
           
           by
           how
           much
           one
           standeth
           in
           neede
           of
           another
           ,
           how
           farre
           soeuer
           they
           bee
           distant
           off
           .
           In
           these
           ,
           Trauailers
           shall
           reape
           
           most
           profit
           &
           contentation
           for
           their
           Common
           weale
           .
           For
           as
           he
           that
           would
           learne
           any
           facultie
           ,
           had
           neede
           to
           studie
           the
           best
           books
           that
           write
           thereof
           ;
           so
           a
           Trauailer
           that
           laboreth
           for
           the
           good
           of
           his
           Countrey
           ,
           must
           frequent
           those
           places
           ,
           that
           afford
           most
           points
           of
           needfull
           knowledge
           and
           experience
           .
           And
           though
           a
           wise
           man
           may
           collect
           ,
           out
           of
           euery
           Coūtrie
           he
           abideth
           in
           ,
           some
           profitable
           obseruations
           ,
           yet
           the
           neighbour
           countreys
           of
           this
           Iland
           yeeld
           more
           requisite
           considerations
           than
           others
           .
           Hereof
           it
           commeth
           ,
           that
           by
           the
           motions
           of
           
             France
             ,
             Spaine
             ,
             Germany
          
           ,
           the
           Lowe
           Countreys
           ,
           Burgundie
           ,
           and
           Denmarke
           ,
           this
           Realme
           is
           in
           action
           ,
           &
           made
           sensible
           ,
           either
           of
           trouble
           ,
           detriment
           ,
           or
           quiet
           ;
           whereas
           the
           troubles
           of
           Muscouie
           ,
           the
           free
           Townes
           ,
           high
           
             Germany
             ,
             Italy
             ,
             Barbary
          
           ,
           the
           dominions
           of
           the
           Turke
           and
           Persian
           ,
           incommodate
           this
           nation
           little
           ,
           but
           by
           diuerting
           of
           the
           trade
           of
           merchants
           another
           way
           .
           But
           as
           touching
           those
           Countreys
           ,
           which
           afford
           particular
           gaine
           of
           knowledge
           and
           information
           of
           maners
           and
           ciuill
           cariage
           ,
           these
           Trauailers
           shal
           find
           in
           euery
           good
           and
           orderly
           gouernment
           thorow
           Christendome
           ,
           but
           singularly
           here
           at
           home
           ,
           &
           in
           the
           Courts
           of
           France
           ,
           &
           Vniuersities
           of
           
             Germany
             ,
             Spaine
          
           ,
           and
           Burgundie
           .
           And
           though
           Italie
           haue
           the
           common
           prayse
           for
           these
           ,
           yet
           the
           inconueniences
           and
           corruptions
           ,
           that
           are
           mixed
           with
           the
           ciuilitie
           of
           that
           Countrey
           ,
           may
           other
           wayes
           perswade
           men
           of
           iudgement
           .
           And
           since
           I
           seeme
           to
           contrary
           the
           opinions
           of
           many
           worthy
           Gentlemen
           ,
           let
           it
           not
           be
           impertinent
           here
           to
           consider
           some
           speciall
           things
           cōcerning
           that
           State.
           For
           ,
           
           Italy
           moueth
           most
           of
           our
           Trauailers
           to
           go
           and
           visit
           ,
           of
           any
           other
           State
           in
           the
           world
           :
           And
           not
           without
           cause
           ,
           it
           being
           an
           ancient
           
           nurcerie
           and
           shop
           of
           libertie
           ,
           the
           which
           to
           the
           affects
           of
           men
           is
           precious
           and
           estimable
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           I
           find
           amongst
           an
           infinite
           number
           of
           licencious
           mouers
           ,
           fiue
           seemly
           halers
           of
           men
           thither
           ,
           
           hardly
           found
           otherwhere
           all
           together
           .
           The
           first
           is
           the
           temperatnesse
           
           of
           the
           aire
           ,
           and
           fruitfulnesse
           of
           the
           soyle
           ,
           with
           answerable
           delights
           ,
           from
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Countrey
           .
           Yet
           we
           see
           how
           slender
           a
           thing
           that
           is
           to
           drawe
           honourable
           personages
           ,
           vnlesse
           necessitie
           for
           health
           sake
           presse
           them
           .
           The
           second
           is
           the
           speaking
           of
           the
           tongue
           and
           
           residencing
           in
           the
           notable
           Vniuersities
           there
           found
           .
           As
           concerning
           the
           tongue
           ,
           although
           it
           bee
           an
           excellent
           and
           eloquent
           speach
           ,
           of
           many
           other
           it
           may
           bee
           to
           vs
           least
           estimable
           .
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           in
           vaine
           it
           is
           to
           goe
           so
           farre
           for
           that
           ,
           which
           at
           home
           with
           small
           paines
           may
           singularly
           bee
           attained
           vnto
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           the
           Vniuersities
           there
           are
           little
           beneficiall
           for
           a
           Generalist
           ,
           such
           as
           these
           Trauailers
           not
           vnworthily
           arrogate
           .
           The
           third
           is
           the
           variable
           manners
           and
           inclinations
           
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           to
           ciuilitie
           and
           humanitie
           ,
           the
           which
           by
           right
           of
           prescription
           belongeth
           to
           that
           nation
           of
           all
           the
           world
           .
           
           Yet
           considering
           the
           Court
           of
           England
           at
           this
           day
           is
           the
           most
           compleat
           in
           all
           things
           and
           vnto
           all
           people
           of
           other
           nations
           &
           Courts
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           that
           which
           can
           make
           men
           (
           if
           they
           be
           as
           studious
           therin
           ,
           as
           abroad
           ,
           to
           enforme
           themselues
           )
           perfect
           in
           ciuility
           &
           good
           maners
           ,
           &
           obseruant
           enough
           ;
           both
           for
           that
           the
           puritie
           of
           Religion
           (
           which
           is
           the
           best
           Ciuilian
           )
           and
           the
           long
           continuance
           thereof
           with
           vs
           ,
           hath
           framed
           our
           Nobilitie
           in
           fashion
           ,
           and
           our
           Prince
           in
           State
           ,
           to
           recommend
           the
           Court
           of
           England
           aboue
           anie
           that
           I
           could
           euer
           heare
           of
           ,
           in
           all
           points
           that
           are
           
           honorable
           and
           commendable
           :
           This
           is
           but
           in
           shew
           a
           
           fond
           entiser
           .
           The
           fourth
           ,
           is
           the
           multiplex
           and
           different
           gouernments
           ,
           and
           sundrie
           policies
           there
           found
           ;
           namely
           ,
           of
           Rome
           ,
           of
           Venice
           ,
           of
           Naples
           ,
           of
           Florence
           ,
           of
           Millane
           ,
           of
           Genoa
           ,
           of
           Mantoa
           ,
           of
           Ferrara
           ,
           of
           Placentia
           and
           Parma
           ,
           of
           Vrbine
           ,
           and
           others
           .
           But
           these
           being
           different
           gouernments
           from
           ours
           ,
           and
           better
           described
           already
           ,
           than
           any
           one
           Trauailer
           is
           able
           to
           pen
           downe
           :
           though
           this
           bee
           of
           the
           fiue
           the
           principall
           ,
           yet
           how
           little
           it
           booteth
           our
           Sate
           ,
           I
           leaue
           to
           Politicians
           
           to
           resolue
           .
           The
           fift
           and
           last
           ,
           is
           the
           speciall
           gallerie
           of
           monuments
           and
           olde
           aged
           memorials
           of
           histories
           ,
           records
           of
           persons
           and
           things
           to
           bee
           seene
           thorowout
           the
           Countrey
           .
           But
           this
           being
           a
           fantasticall
           attracter
           ,
           and
           a
           glutton-feeder
           of
           the
           appetite
           ,
           rather
           than
           of
           necessarie
           knowledge
           ,
           I
           will
           mention
           no
           further
           thereof
           .
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           
           all
           these
           together
           are
           auaileable
           ,
           were
           it
           not
           for
           the
           infinite
           corruptions
           ,
           almost
           ineuitable
           ,
           that
           inuest
           Trauailers
           after
           small
           abode
           there
           ;
           as
           it
           is
           reported
           ,
           I
           know
           not
           vpon
           what
           ground
           ,
           of
           the
           Realme
           of
           Ireland
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           let
           these
           honorable
           Trauailers
           frequuent
           the
           best
           places
           :
           and
           if
           so
           bee
           they
           must
           needes
           goe
           thither
           ,
           let
           them
           beware
           of
           Rome
           ,
           
           the
           Forge
           of
           euery
           policie
           ,
           that
           setteth
           Princes
           at
           oddes
           ,
           or
           that
           continueth
           them
           in
           debates
           ,
           little
           or
           much
           :
           the
           tempter
           of
           Subiects
           to
           ciuil
           dissensions
           ,
           &
           the
           seller
           of
           all
           wickednes
           and
           heathenish
           impieties
           ,
           or
           the
           machediuell
           of
           euill
           policies
           and
           practises
           ,
           that
           are
           vnmeete
           subiects
           for
           these
           worthy
           Trauailers
           to
           spend
           their
           time
           about
           .
           As
           for
           any
           good
           thing
           ,
           which
           that
           State
           can
           benefit
           a
           Trauailer
           by
           ,
           I
           haue
           not
           heard
           of
           ,
           otherwise
           than
           the
           loathing
           
           of
           the
           same
           afterwards
           :
           for
           which
           pretence
           no
           man
           hath
           warrant
           to
           trauaile
           thither
           ,
           or
           other-where
           .
        
         
           Now
           in
           the
           last
           and
           sixt
           place
           it
           is
           required
           of
           all
           Trauailers
           ,
           
           that
           they
           demaund
           licence
           and
           fauour
           at
           the
           hands
           of
           God
           ,
           vpon
           these
           grounds
           to
           protect
           and
           blesse
           them
           in
           their
           iourney
           ;
           and
           not
           without
           the
           good
           leaue
           of
           their
           Prince
           and
           parents
           .
           For
           if
           it
           be
           a
           commendable
           point
           and
           duetie
           for
           a
           man
           to
           aske
           his
           Parents
           ,
           Tutor
           ,
           Master
           ,
           and
           Prince
           leaue
           to
           trauaile
           ,
           then
           is
           it
           the
           office
           of
           a
           man
           ,
           to
           desire
           the
           same
           at
           the
           hands
           of
           God
           ,
           
           who
           is
           the
           Souereigne
           of
           all
           those
           .
           For
           without
           his
           pleasure
           and
           consent
           alasse
           where
           are
           our
           motions
           to
           any
           good
           acte
           ,
           or
           the
           meanes
           by
           which
           they
           are
           aduanced
           or
           preserued
           ?
           So
           that
           though
           this
           be
           the
           last
           considered
           of
           vs
           ,
           yet
           is
           it
           the
           first
           and
           best
           of
           all
           things
           to
           be
           respected
           and
           performed
           .
           For
           since
           knowledge
           ,
           learning
           ,
           experience
           ,
           honour
           ,
           health
           ,
           prosperitie
           ,
           and
           all
           other
           blessings
           ,
           be
           the
           mediate
           or
           immediate
           gifts
           of
           God
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           foolishnes
           for
           any
           to
           perswade
           ,
           and
           blesse
           their
           owne
           actions
           without
           consulting
           with
           God
           the
           eternall
           reason
           ,
           that
           guideth
           all
           things
           to
           their
           proper
           endes
           ;
           yea
           ,
           the
           dereigled
           Trauailers
           to
           labour
           in
           vaine
           ,
           and
           for
           a
           punishment
           to
           returne
           home
           no
           better
           ,
           than
           when
           they
           went
           foorth
           ;
           and
           peraduenture
           in
           many
           things
           worse
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           the
           obseruance
           of
           his
           reuealed
           will
           encourageth
           man
           to
           goe
           forward
           in
           all
           godlinesse
           ,
           and
           commendable
           actions
           ;
           so
           the
           neglect
           thereof
           maketh
           him
           taste
           of
           his
           secret
           iudgements
           ,
           prepared
           for
           the
           carelesse
           and
           wilfull
           breakers
           of
           his
           commaund
           and
           will.
           Hitherto
           concerning
           the
           generall
           dueties
           before
           trauaile
           .
        
         
         
           In
           the
           interim
           of
           trauaile
           ,
           
           there
           likewise
           resteth
           sixe
           generall
           obseruations
           of
           these
           Trauailers
           for
           the
           aduancement
           of
           their
           peregrination
           :
           Whereof
           the
           first
           is
           to
           attempt
           nothing
           without
           consulting
           with
           their
           conscience
           ,
           
           and
           imploring
           the
           fauour
           of
           God
           ,
           that
           euery
           action
           may
           haue
           a
           promise
           of
           blessing
           ,
           and
           acceptation
           aswell
           among
           those
           with
           whom
           such
           shall
           liue
           ,
           as
           of
           their
           owne
           Prince
           and
           Countrey
           ,
           when
           happily
           they
           shall
           returne
           .
           The
           neglect
           whereof
           openeth
           the
           gate
           to
           infinite
           dangers
           and
           euils
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           feare
           of
           God
           ,
           which
           is
           an
           adiunct
           to
           this
           duetie
           ,
           serueth
           for
           a
           curbe
           to
           restraine
           all
           improuident
           &
           violent
           courses
           ,
           that
           carie
           men
           into
           inconueniences
           ,
           and
           for
           a
           guide
           to
           aduise
           them
           of
           all
           things
           warrantable
           ,
           honourable
           and
           pleasing
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           God
           &
           men
           :
           and
           therefore
           it
           is
           requirable
           ,
           that
           these
           diligently
           euery
           day
           priuately
           conferre
           and
           consult
           with
           God
           in
           their
           spirits
           and
           prayers
           made
           vnto
           him
           .
           The
           first
           thus
           regarding
           the
           stay
           of
           the
           soule
           ;
           
           so
           the
           second
           office
           respecteth
           the
           good
           health
           of
           the
           bodie
           ,
           whereof
           Trauailers
           are
           not
           to
           be
           carelesse
           &
           improuident
           :
           for
           he
           that
           dependeth
           on
           fortune
           ,
           exposeth
           himselfe
           to
           many
           deceits
           ,
           perils
           ,
           &
           losse
           of
           time
           .
           I
           therfore
           obserue
           three
           preuenters
           of
           mischiefes
           ,
           
           &
           inconueniences
           to
           the
           safety
           &
           health
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           namely
           ,
           Diet
           ,
           Trauailing
           or
           Exercise
           ,
           and
           moderation
           of
           Passions
           .
        
         
           First
           ,
           
           let
           the
           diet
           of
           euery
           man
           be
           so
           moderate
           ,
           as
           neither
           the
           ayre
           wherein
           such
           liue
           afflict
           them
           ,
           either
           with
           exceeding
           heate
           or
           cold
           ,
           the
           which
           in
           some
           countreys
           Trauailers
           shal
           meete
           with
           ,
           but
           by
           little
           and
           little
           accustome
           their
           bodies
           to
           endure
           the
           hardnes
           of
           the
           Countrey
           clime
           ,
           which
           to
           contrary
           bodies
           is
           very
           
           dangerous
           suddainly
           .
           For
           which
           cause
           ,
           Auicen
           the
           notable
           naturalist
           auouched
           ,
           that
           if
           a
           Scythian
           should
           violētly
           ,
           &
           in
           a
           very
           short
           space
           be
           trāsported
           into
           India
           ,
           either
           he
           would
           suddainly
           fall
           sicke
           or
           die
           :
           the
           which
           he
           would
           not
           necessarily
           bee
           ,
           so
           be
           it
           he
           tooke
           time
           in
           trauaile
           by
           land
           or
           sea
           .
           Neither
           let
           any
           continue
           long
           in
           those
           places
           ,
           where
           the
           aire
           is
           pestiferous
           ,
           vnlesse
           their
           bodies
           can
           away
           therwith
           .
           For
           which
           cause
           the
           Cynicke
           Diogenes
           reioyced
           after
           his
           banishment
           ,
           that
           he
           made
           a
           good
           change
           to
           be
           exiled
           from
           Sinope
           (
           a
           most
           piercing
           and
           sharpe
           ayre
           about
           the
           confines
           of
           the
           Euxine
           sea
           )
           to
           liue
           afterwards
           in
           Greece
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           let
           the
           diet
           of
           all
           men
           ,
           for
           eating
           ,
           drinking
           ,
           sleeping
           ,
           clothing
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           be
           answerable
           to
           euery
           ones
           nature
           ,
           that
           such
           may
           alwaies
           keep
           themselues
           in
           one
           temper
           ,
           if
           possibly
           ,
           Winter
           and
           Summer
           ;
           the
           which
           is
           the
           greatest
           preseruatiue
           of
           mans
           health
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           preuenter
           of
           inconuenience
           of
           health
           is
           trauailing
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ,
           and
           dayly
           exercise
           ,
           
           when
           such
           are
           abiding
           in
           any
           place
           ,
           with
           moderation
           and
           respect
           .
           For
           ,
           ouer-much
           labour
           distill
           the
           vitall
           and
           animal
           spirits
           ,
           which
           is
           most
           dangerous
           .
           For
           the
           trauailing
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ,
           
           sixe
           things
           are
           to
           bee
           regarded
           .
           First
           ,
           to
           haue
           in
           iourneying
           (
           if
           neede
           require
           )
           faithfull
           and
           honest
           guides
           and
           
           companions
           :
           and
           in
           speciall
           cases
           ,
           let
           such
           change
           rayment
           with
           their
           guides
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           let
           them
           of
           
           two
           wayes
           take
           the
           least
           dangerous
           ,
           and
           most
           passeable
           :
           so
           as
           alwayes
           the
           neerest
           way
           is
           not
           the
           best
           to
           bee
           chosen
           .
           Hereof
           the
           Germanes
           haue
           a
           saying
           ,
           
             Gut
             vneg
             vnih
             vnar
             nie
             krumb
             :
          
           and
           wee
           haue
           a
           Prouerbe
           not
           much
           vnlike
           ,
           The
           farther
           
           
           way
           about
           ,
           the
           neerer
           way
           home
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           in
           long
           iourneys
           to
           be
           prouided
           of
           meat
           and
           drinke
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           prouisions
           .
           Therefore
           those
           that
           passe
           thorow
           the
           deserts
           of
           
             Arabia
             ,
             Tartarie
             ,
             Persia
             ,
             Scythia
             ,
          
           and
           the
           Carouans
           of
           Swecia
           and
           Muscouie
           ,
           make
           large
           prouisions
           :
           and
           for
           some
           passages
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           sea
           of
           Sande
           in
           Africa
           ,
           and
           other
           places
           ,
           men
           are
           guided
           by
           the
           Compasse
           ,
           standing
           in
           need
           of
           Pilots
           for
           the
           passage
           .
           
           Fourthly
           ,
           to
           make
           prouision
           against
           the
           extreamities
           of
           heate
           and
           colde
           ,
           that
           in
           some
           places
           are
           outragious
           ,
           in
           which
           the
           seasons
           of
           the
           yeere
           are
           to
           be
           respected
           .
           Wherefore
           he
           that
           will
           trauaile
           thorow
           Swecia
           ,
           and
           Muscouie
           on
           sleddes
           ,
           vnlesse
           he
           shall
           rub
           his
           nosthrils
           with
           the
           snowe
           and
           yee
           ,
           to
           recall
           and
           settle
           his
           motiue
           spirits
           ,
           he
           shall
           be
           in
           extreame
           danger
           to
           lose
           them
           thorow
           the
           excesse
           of
           colde
           .
           And
           in
           the
           yeere
           1498
           ,
           of
           seuenty
           thousand
           Turkes
           that
           made
           an
           inrode
           into
           Muscouie
           ,
           fourtie
           thousand
           suddenly
           were
           frozen
           to
           death
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           Turkes
           verily
           beleeue
           ,
           that
           the
           Polonians
           and
           Muscouites
           are
           defenced
           by
           the
           celestiall
           powers
           .
           No
           person
           is
           able
           to
           trauell
           out
           of
           doores
           in
           the
           Troglodites
           land
           ,
           without
           shooes
           ,
           the
           ground
           is
           so
           scalding
           hote
           :
           insomuch
           that
           they
           roste
           their
           meat
           ,
           by
           putting
           the
           same
           into
           a
           brasse
           vessell
           ,
           and
           setting
           it
           in
           the
           Sunne
           .
           And
           in
           the
           kingdom
           of
           Naples
           and
           Champain
           ,
           the
           heat
           is
           so
           great
           ,
           and
           ayre
           so
           pestiferous
           ,
           during
           Iune
           ,
           Iuly
           ,
           and
           August
           ,
           till
           the
           first
           raine
           of
           September
           ,
           that
           the
           better
           sort
           will
           not
           trauaile
           ,
           though
           the
           King
           commaund
           them
           ,
           from
           home
           .
           Let
           these
           suffice
           for
           Trauailers
           to
           beware
           thereof
           ,
           vnlesse
           vpon
           vrgent
           necessitie
           ,
           and
           
           with
           good
           respect
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           to
           be
           prouided
           against
           the
           
           rage
           of
           wilde
           beastes
           ,
           and
           of
           robbers
           ,
           the
           which
           by
           good
           companie
           is
           the
           safest
           way
           alwayes
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           to
           
           arriue
           early
           at
           their
           Inne
           or
           baite
           ,
           and
           to
           looke
           that
           the
           chamber
           where
           such
           lodge
           be
           well
           seated
           and
           defended
           :
           to
           haue
           in
           their
           chamber
           a
           Tinder
           boxe
           to
           light
           fire
           or
           candle
           ;
           and
           finally
           ,
           vnlesse
           need
           require
           ,
           to
           dissemble
           departure
           from
           the
           Inne
           .
           Of
           this
           last
           ,
           a
           man
           cannot
           bee
           too
           carefull
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           and
           last
           preuenter
           of
           sickenesse
           ,
           
           and
           censurer
           of
           health
           is
           passion
           ,
           which
           is
           quadruplex
           (
           according
           to
           the
           foure
           complexions
           generall
           of
           men
           )
           namely
           ,
           Mirth
           ,
           Sorow
           ,
           Anger
           ,
           and
           Patience
           :
           the
           which
           remedie
           or
           continue
           euery
           distemperature
           of
           the
           mind
           .
           And
           as
           ,
           
             per
             antiperistasin
          
           ,
           bodily
           discords
           are
           tuned
           and
           appeased
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           of
           the
           mind
           .
           For
           Mirth
           is
           a
           cordiall
           to
           sorowfull
           and
           melancholicke
           bodies
           ;
           wheras
           sorow
           so
           much
           continueth
           that
           humor
           ,
           as
           desperatnesse
           ,
           or
           frensie
           ,
           or
           both
           is
           to
           be
           feared
           .
           Sorow
           ,
           in
           meane
           ,
           maketh
           sanguine
           bodies
           ,
           and
           merrily
           disposed
           ,
           wise
           ,
           &
           full
           of
           respect
           .
           But
           of
           these
           two
           ,
           mirth
           is
           euermore
           to
           be
           cōmended
           ,
           so
           it
           be
           not
           ouer-light
           &
           vnciuil
           .
           So
           chollerick
           bodies
           ,
           seeing
           they
           are
           fretting
           &
           angry
           at
           light
           occasiōs
           ,
           let
           them
           cure
           their
           imperfectiōs
           of
           nature
           by
           patience
           :
           for
           such
           are
           otherwise
           vnsociable
           &
           dangerous
           to
           be
           cōuersed
           with
           ,
           as
           endangering
           themselues
           .
           For
           I
           neuer
           saw
           so
           cholericke
           a
           man
           ,
           but
           hee
           hath
           met
           with
           his
           match
           :
           and
           this
           of
           strangers
           is
           reproueable
           .
           So
           those
           of
           flegmaticke
           spirits
           that
           patience
           hath
           enfeebled
           ,
           that
           such
           want
           the
           harts
           of
           men
           ,
           as
           ordained
           to
           suffer
           all
           things
           ,
           though
           this
           be
           a
           ciuill
           &
           singular
           vertue
           in
           Trauailers
           ,
           yet
           let
           none
           be
           in
           extreamity
           so
           patient
           ,
           as
           it
           make
           himself
           a
           sot
           &
           a
           foole
           ,
           
           to
           heare
           his
           God
           ,
           and
           his
           Prince
           &
           Country
           ,
           and
           his
           honor
           wronged
           ,
           whē
           as
           honestly
           and
           fitly
           he
           may
           ,
           &
           ought
           to
           make
           resistance
           or
           apprehension
           .
           Finally
           ,
           as
           the
           tyrannizing
           of
           these
           ,
           subiect
           many
           to
           incurable
           euils
           ,
           
           bringing
           to
           consumption
           the
           vitall
           and
           animall
           spirits
           :
           so
           ought
           euery
           worthy
           Trauailer
           to
           preuent
           these
           inward
           mischiefs
           by
           godly
           and
           timely
           counsell
           ,
           that
           those
           slie
           passions
           frustrate
           not
           his
           enterprise
           .
        
         
           Now
           in
           the
           third
           place
           ,
           
           let
           euery
           Trauailer
           bee
           of
           such
           honest
           and
           seemely
           carriage
           ,
           towards
           all
           with
           whom
           they
           conuerse
           ,
           for
           ciuilitie
           and
           humanity
           ,
           as
           neither
           contempt
           ,
           derision
           ,
           irrision
           ,
           pertinacitie
           in
           discourse
           ,
           bitternesse
           ,
           or
           no
           respect
           be
           vsed
           .
           For
           these
           be
           dissoluers
           of
           friendship
           ,
           and
           daungerous
           perturbations
           for
           anie
           stranger
           ,
           in
           the
           Countrey
           of
           an
           other
           .
        
         
           Fourthly
           ,
           
           it
           is
           the
           duetie
           of
           all
           men
           to
           fit
           and
           applie
           themselues
           ,
           not
           onely
           to
           their
           maners
           and
           customes
           with
           whom
           they
           liue
           ;
           but
           singularly
           to
           haue
           an
           eye
           of
           diligent
           watch
           to
           their
           particular
           affaires
           as
           well
           for
           knowledge
           and
           encrease
           of
           experience
           ,
           as
           for
           the
           retention
           of
           a
           sound
           and
           holy
           conscience
           .
           As
           touching
           the
           first
           branch
           ,
           let
           no
           man
           loose
           the
           raigns
           of
           his
           owne
           lust
           and
           fancie
           amongst
           strangers
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           expose
           himselfe
           to
           reproche
           &
           scandall
           .
           And
           considering
           many
           nations
           are
           apt
           to
           deceiue
           ,
           a
           man
           must
           liue
           warily
           with
           them
           ,
           taking
           heed
           he
           giue
           no
           offence
           .
           And
           though
           the
           customes
           of
           other
           nations
           ,
           where
           a
           man
           liueth
           ,
           are
           to
           be
           followed
           ,
           yet
           in
           the
           case
           of
           God
           ,
           or
           of
           a
           mans
           own
           conscience
           ,
           ther
           ought
           to
           be
           a
           scruple
           .
           For
           as
           it
           becommeth
           none
           to
           leaue
           the
           truth
           ,
           or
           to
           exercise
           any
           wicked
           actiō
           there
           ;
           so
           neither
           let
           any
           follow
           the
           beastly
           guises
           ,
           or
           wicked
           customs
           of
           the
           coūtrey
           ,
           
           wherby
           honesty
           &
           good
           maners
           may
           be
           corrupted
           :
           
           but
           in
           euery
           State
           to
           obserue
           thē
           ,
           as
           Diet
           ,
           Apparell
           ,
           Gesture
           ,
           Curtesie
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           which
           in
           some
           places
           are
           precisely
           to
           be
           obserued
           .
           But
           as
           cōcerning
           that
           other
           branch
           ,
           let
           men
           auoid
           to
           sacrifice
           or
           do
           reuerence
           to
           any
           Idole
           or
           Hobgoblin
           .
           For
           though
           many
           haue
           so
           large
           a
           cōscience
           ,
           that
           they
           perswade
           thēselues
           ,
           so
           they
           keepe
           their
           hearts
           to
           God
           ,
           they
           may
           bend
           their
           knee
           ,
           and
           bow
           themselues
           before
           such
           trash
           without
           hurt
           at
           all
           ,
           yet
           God
           will
           not
           forget
           the
           hypocrisie
           of
           such
           .
           For
           whoso
           vseth
           any
           outward
           reuerence
           to
           any
           Idole
           or
           diuel
           ,
           incurreth
           the
           wrath
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           is
           thereby
           made
           subiect
           to
           all
           imperfections
           and
           euils
           .
           And
           if
           in
           ciuil
           matters
           many
           be
           wonderful
           respectiue
           ,
           that
           they
           will
           not
           come
           in
           presence
           ,
           when
           they
           know
           for
           certaintie
           ,
           that
           they
           shall
           see
           or
           heare
           their
           M●stris
           ,
           Prince
           ,
           or
           friend
           dishonored
           ,
           how
           much
           more
           ought
           al
           men
           in
           the
           case
           of
           God
           to
           be
           precise
           ;
           not
           only
           to
           shun
           the
           sight
           &
           hearing
           of
           their
           God
           blasphemed
           ,
           and
           dishonored
           by
           their
           Masses
           ,
           and
           estimation
           of
           reliques
           &
           images
           ,
           but
           to
           seeke
           to
           right
           the
           same
           if
           it
           lay
           in
           their
           powers
           ?
        
         
           But
           cōsidering
           no
           stranger
           hath
           warrant
           ,
           at
           this
           day
           ,
           
           to
           oppose
           himselfe
           against
           them
           in
           their
           owne
           countrey
           ,
           let
           him
           rather
           abiure
           so
           heathenish
           a
           place
           ,
           where
           he
           cannot
           liue
           freely
           ,
           than
           endure
           the
           sight
           thereof
           :
           yea
           ,
           though
           some
           thinke
           themselues
           dischargeable
           ,
           if
           they
           trauaile
           ,
           and
           not
           both
           see
           &
           heare
           them
           .
           If
           there
           be
           any
           such
           ,
           let
           them
           imitate
           that
           worthy
           Themistocles
           :
           who
           hauing
           ,
           in
           the
           vaine
           yeeres
           of
           his
           youth
           ,
           accustomed
           himselfe
           to
           learn
           an
           endure
           the
           sight
           of
           many
           things
           ,
           which
           in
           nature
           hee
           abhorred
           ,
           
           which
           gaue
           him
           the
           smacke
           of
           an
           excellent
           memory
           ,
           yet
           in
           the
           better
           time
           of
           his
           yeeres
           he
           did
           spend
           more
           time
           ,
           to
           learne
           to
           forget
           things
           vnnecessarie
           and
           euill
           ;
           than
           in
           learning
           that
           which
           was
           honorable
           ;
           &
           found
           it
           more
           difficult
           &
           hard
           for
           him
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           knowledge
           of
           much
           euill
           tempteth
           man
           ful
           oft
           ,
           &
           withdraweth
           the
           hart
           more
           out
           of
           the
           way
           ,
           than
           the
           strength
           of
           naturall
           reason
           can
           set
           him
           aright
           againe
           long
           after
           .
        
         
           Fiftly
           ,
           
           let
           euery
           one
           ,
           in
           his
           calling
           ,
           exercise
           such
           ornate
           and
           seemely
           qualities
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           that
           both
           may
           inable
           them
           for
           ciuill
           conuersation
           ,
           as
           also
           for
           auaile
           in
           things
           requireable
           in
           Nobilitie
           and
           Gentlemen
           .
           And
           of
           the
           nobler
           sort
           it
           is
           required
           alwayes
           ,
           that
           they
           discouer
           spirited
           bodies
           ,
           and
           more
           actiue
           minds
           than
           other
           Gentlemen
           ,
           labouring
           to
           perfect
           them
           by
           much
           industry
           .
           
           The
           things
           to
           be
           exercised
           ,
           are
           ,
           horsemanship
           ,
           managing
           of
           all
           sorts
           of
           weapons
           ,
           musicke
           ,
           dancing
           ,
           Poetrie
           ,
           limming
           and
           portraiting
           ,
           vaulting
           ,
           running
           ,
           &
           practising
           the
           fiue
           strengths
           of
           the
           arme
           ,
           namely
           ,
           griping
           ,
           lifting
           ,
           thrusting
           and
           holding
           out
           at
           the
           armes
           end
           ,
           pulling
           and
           drawing
           ,
           and
           throwing
           or
           darting
           .
           These
           by
           practise
           wil
           giue
           vigor
           to
           the
           defect
           of
           nature
           :
           for
           by
           nature
           it
           is
           impossible
           to
           be
           strong
           in
           all
           ,
           the
           one
           being
           contrary
           to
           the
           other
           :
           the
           benefit
           wherof
           is
           so
           great
           ,
           that
           little
           men
           shall
           haue
           no
           disaduantage
           ,
           by
           the
           greatest
           persons
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           in
           exercising
           ,
           or
           single
           encountring
           ,
           so
           the
           one
           practise
           and
           the
           other
           neuer
           .
           But
           these
           ,
           being
           recreations
           ,
           may
           not
           hinder
           more
           necessary
           studies
           ,
           though
           to
           excell
           in
           them
           be
           honorable
           ,
           and
           right
           excellent
           .
        
         
           The
           sixt
           and
           last
           generall
           duetie
           ,
           
           which
           is
           the
           very
           point
           which
           euery
           Trauailer
           ought
           to
           lay
           his
           
           witts
           about
           ,
           To
           get
           knowledge
           for
           the
           bettering
           of
           himselfe
           and
           his
           Countrie
           :
           This
           ,
           being
           the
           obiect
           of
           their
           Countries
           defects
           and
           the
           subiect
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           
           in
           a
           word
           containeth
           Six
           generall
           heads
           ,
           to
           be
           learned
           and
           vnderstood
           :
           namely
           ,
           the
           tongue
           ,
           the
           Nature
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           the
           Customes
           ;
           the
           Gouernment
           of
           the
           State
           ;
           &
           the
           secrets
           of
           the
           same
           :
           the
           which
           are
           to
           be
           sought
           out
           wheresoeuer
           these
           shall
           come
           .
           And
           though
           some
           one
           of
           these
           inuest
           many
           with
           the
           honorable
           title
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           
           yet
           in
           how
           much
           any
           shall
           be
           found
           defectiue
           in
           any
           of
           these
           ,
           by
           so
           farre
           is
           hee
           short
           of
           the
           compleatnesse
           and
           true
           estimation
           that
           apprertaineth
           to
           Trauailers
           Regular
           and
           honorable
           .
           These
           things
           are
           the
           vtensils
           ,
           and
           materialls
           of
           States
           men
           ,
           concerning
           forraine
           matters
           :
           the
           which
           many
           actiue
           mindes
           though
           sitting
           at
           home
           are
           well
           read
           in
           :
           and
           except
           it
           bee
           for
           the
           secrets
           and
           other
           occurrences
           ,
           alteratiōs
           &
           changes
           ,
           the
           difference
           is
           not
           much
           betweene
           the
           home
           States
           man
           ,
           not
           hauing
           spent
           some
           time
           in
           trauaile
           ,
           &
           the
           compleate
           Trauailer
           ,
           for
           forraine
           matters
           .
           Yet
           ,
           herein
           hath
           a
           Trauailer
           the
           start
           of
           a
           home
           States
           man
           ,
           which
           is
           fed
           by
           aduertisements
           only
           ,
           and
           is
           ledde
           by
           other
           mens
           eyes
           :
           Euen
           as
           a
           Soldier
           in
           Action
           may
           presume
           of
           better
           euēt
           ,
           then
           the
           Theorist
           ,
           whose
           booke
           rules
           ,
           in
           accidentall
           things
           ,
           faile
           many
           times
           as
           in
           particular
           motions
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           eye
           hath
           a
           more
           perfect
           sense
           in
           iudgement
           then
           the
           eare
           ,
           if
           the
           same
           be
           rightly
           considered
           by
           iudgement
           .
        
         
           Of
           these
           sixe
           the
           tongue
           is
           the
           first
           by
           right
           to
           be
           discoursed
           of
           :
           
           the
           right
           knowledge
           whereof
           is
           somewhat
           more
           then
           wee
           required
           such
           to
           learne
           before
           they
           vndertooke
           trauaile
           .
           For
           ,
           now
           in
           the
           interim
           of
           trauaile
           
           it
           is
           requisite
           ,
           that
           Trauailers
           grow
           in
           perfection
           :
           otherwise
           such
           as
           stay
           at
           home
           may
           ranke
           with
           them
           ,
           which
           is
           reproachfull
           .
           The
           perfection
           wherof
           consisteth
           in
           three
           things
           ,
           
           namely
           ,
           in
           vnderstanding
           ,
           speaking
           ,
           and
           writing
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           To
           vnderstand
           a
           tongue
           perfectly
           ,
           
           is
           not
           barely
           to
           vnderstand
           what
           is
           read
           or
           heard
           pronounced
           ,
           but
           to
           obserue
           the
           peculiar
           phrase
           ,
           idiom
           &
           constructiō
           of
           words
           ,
           and
           singularly
           to
           note
           whereof
           the
           tongue
           hath
           his
           speciall
           deriuation
           if
           it
           be
           a
           deriuatiue
           ,
           or
           his
           composition
           :
           wherin
           Trauailers
           cānot
           be
           too
           good
           Grāmarians
           .
           For
           ,
           in
           these
           dayes
           there
           is
           the
           true
           confusion
           of
           Babell
           and
           languages
           ,
           
           through
           the
           world
           either
           deriuatiuely
           ,
           or
           compositiuely
           ,
           or
           both
           .
           And
           though
           at
           all
           times
           the
           like
           might
           be
           auouched
           ,
           howsoeuer
           there
           was
           generally
           held
           many
           ancient
           Tongues
           ,
           as
           the
           Hebrue
           ,
           the
           Chaldean
           or
           Assyrian
           ,
           the
           Arabian
           ,
           and
           the
           Egyptian
           ;
           yet
           by
           their
           characters
           and
           composition
           it
           is
           euident
           that
           they
           were
           all
           confounded
           ,
           or
           perished
           ,
           sauing
           the
           Hebrue
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           most
           auncient
           of
           all
           the
           rest
           ;
           and
           the
           spring
           from
           which
           the
           rest
           deriuatiuely
           or
           compositiuely
           are
           descended
           ;
           necessitie
           and
           imitation
           ,
           being
           the
           parent
           of
           these
           and
           succeeding
           languages
           .
           For
           ,
           Adam
           the
           good
           Grammarian
           of
           the
           Hebrue
           tongue
           ,
           appropriated
           words
           ,
           not
           
             ad
             placitum
          
           ,
           but
           according
           to
           the
           nature
           of
           things
           ;
           and
           framed
           a
           certaine
           idiome
           of
           speach
           which
           in
           his
           dayes
           was
           generally
           spoken
           till
           the
           confusion
           of
           Languages
           .
        
         
           So
           ,
           since
           ,
           other
           Monarches
           of
           the
           world
           haue
           excogitated
           words
           according
           to
           the
           light
           of
           nature
           ,
           and
           operation
           of
           things
           vnknowne
           ,
           to
           perfect
           their
           deriued
           languages
           by
           composition
           and
           meere
           inuention
           .
        
         
         
           Now
           ,
           
           as
           we
           see
           the
           simple
           and
           vncorrupt
           Hebrue
           Tongue
           was
           the
           originall
           ,
           to
           other
           Languages
           ,
           and
           singularly
           to
           the
           Phoenician
           ,
           Chaldean
           ,
           &
           Assyrian
           ,
           (
           these
           two
           only
           differing
           in
           that
           the
           Assyrian
           had
           the
           purer
           dialect
           and
           rellish
           of
           the
           Hebrue
           )
           so
           euerie
           Monarchie
           haue
           arrogated
           the
           deriuation
           and
           composition
           of
           the
           Tongues
           subiected
           vnto
           them
           .
           Hereof
           it
           comes
           ,
           that
           the
           foure
           Monarchiall
           tongues
           are
           accompted
           originals
           ,
           by
           vsurpatiō
           ,
           and
           not
           of
           proprietie
           :
           namely
           ,
           the
           Chaldean
           or
           Assyrian
           ,
           which
           in
           the
           first
           Monarchie
           was
           famous
           ,
           &
           to
           particular
           States
           subiected
           gaue
           words
           and
           manners
           of
           speach
           :
           Howbeit
           ,
           the
           Armenian
           ,
           and
           Arabian
           languages
           held
           their
           own
           though
           in
           some
           wordes
           and
           phrases
           they
           might
           be
           by
           commerce
           cōfounded
           ,
           as
           we
           see
           other
           neighbour
           Countries
           through
           the
           world
           borrowe
           and
           search
           from
           others
           to
           appropriate
           their
           tongues
           .
           
           So
           was
           it
           of
           the
           second
           Monarchie
           ,
           the
           Persian
           ,
           when
           not
           onely
           the
           Chaldean
           becāe
           corrupted
           ,
           but
           that
           Language
           also
           was
           driuen
           to
           search
           after
           the
           phrases
           and
           words
           of
           the
           Persian
           ,
           till
           the
           third
           Monarchie
           came
           vp
           by
           Alexander
           ,
           namely
           ,
           
           the
           Grecian
           :
           the
           singularitie
           of
           which
           tongue
           for
           proprietie
           of
           words
           hath
           deriued
           it selfe
           into
           the
           veines
           of
           all
           Ciuil
           Countries
           ,
           but
           singularly
           of
           States
           tributary
           ;
           making
           the
           fourth
           Monarchie
           glorious
           ,
           namely
           the
           Romaine
           .
           And
           this
           Monarchie
           stretched
           it self
           far
           and
           neere
           .
           
           We
           see
           the
           generall
           esteeme
           of
           the
           Latine
           tongue
           ,
           through
           Europe
           ;
           giuing
           as
           it
           were
           deriuation
           ,
           vnto
           the
           Italian
           and
           Spanish
           tongues
           ,
           with
           many
           proper
           and
           apt
           words
           ;
           making
           also
           
             France
             ,
             Germanie
             ,
             England
          
           and
           other
           Iles
           &
           Coūtries
           fertile
           by
           the
           proper
           idiom
           of
           that
           tong
           ,
           as
           tributary
           States
           to
           the
           same
           ,
           especially
           wher
           Colonies
           or
           gouernmēts
           be
           established
           .
           Herof
           it
           coms
           to
           
           passe
           that
           our
           English
           tongue
           hath
           a
           smacke
           of
           the
           Britanish
           (
           which
           is
           a
           deriuatiue
           from
           the
           Grecian
           or
           Natolian
           tongue
           )
           of
           the
           Latine
           ,
           
           of
           the
           Scottish
           ,
           and
           Pictish
           ,
           of
           the
           Danish
           ,
           Gothish
           ,
           Vandalish
           and
           Norwegian
           ,
           of
           the
           Norman
           and
           French
           tongues
           ;
           and
           also
           of
           the
           Flemish
           and
           Wallonish
           :
           which
           though
           not
           by
           conquest
           ,
           yet
           since
           the
           reigne
           of
           Henrie
           the
           first
           ,
           by
           permissiō
           haue
           inhabited
           this
           Land
           whereof
           our
           tongue
           rellisheth
           also
           :
           as
           in
           these
           dayes
           (
           through
           commerce
           and
           affaires
           )
           of
           the
           Italian
           and
           Spanish
           and
           Irish
           tongues
           ,
           howbeit
           we
           hold
           that
           the
           Brittish
           tongue
           is
           one
           of
           the
           Eleuen
           mother
           tongues
           in
           Europe
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           stāds
           the
           French
           tongue
           ,
           the
           Italian
           ,
           Spanish
           ,
           Scottish
           ,
           and
           Dutch
           (
           though
           of
           others
           the
           most
           pure
           )
           being
           fallats
           and
           good
           gallimaufries
           of
           others
           tongues
           according
           either
           as
           they
           haue
           beene
           conquered
           and
           gouerned
           by
           strangers
           ,
           or
           thorow
           comemerce
           stand
           in
           neede
           of
           one
           anothers
           wordes
           and
           phrases
           .
        
         
           Wherof
           it
           may
           be
           concluded
           ,
           that
           euerie
           language
           in
           his
           owne
           Countrey
           is
           most
           honorable
           ,
           and
           equally
           ancient
           ,
           though
           it
           be
           a
           a
           deriuatiue
           ,
           
             quoad
             tempus
          
           ,
           but
           not
           
             quoad
             perfectionem
          
           .
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           we
           see
           some
           Languages
           more
           general
           then
           other
           ,
           &
           more
           esteemed
           here
           in
           Europe
           ,
           
           and
           that
           for
           two
           causes
           .
           One
           through
           situatiō
           of
           the
           Coūtrie
           ,
           which
           maketh
           other
           neighbour
           Nations
           of
           necessitie
           acquaint
           themselues
           with
           one
           anothers
           Language
           (
           the
           which
           chanceth
           to
           few
           Ilands
           )
           that
           they
           may
           trafficke
           and
           haue
           commerce
           .
           Hence
           the
           French
           ,
           the
           high
           Duch
           ,
           and
           the
           Sclavonian
           tongues
           are
           generall
           tongues
           ,
           passing
           through
           many
           kingdomes
           and
           States
           .
           The
           like
           may
           also
           bee
           alleaged
           for
           some
           other
           States
           within
           the
           Continent
           that
           haue
           been
           at
           any
           
           time
           great
           ,
           and
           enforced
           others
           to
           seeke
           to
           them
           .
           The
           other
           cause
           is
           thorow
           the
           perfection
           of
           the
           tongue
           ,
           as
           of
           copiousnes
           &
           learning
           cōtained
           therin
           ,
           the
           which
           also
           make
           the
           same
           generally
           to
           bee
           regarded
           for
           necessitie
           of
           knowledge
           ,
           or
           for
           perfecting
           their
           owne
           barbarisme
           .
           Hence
           the
           Greeke
           and
           Latine
           tongues
           are
           so
           generally
           taught
           and
           learned
           ,
           thorow
           the
           greatest
           parts
           of
           the
           whole
           world
           :
           the
           words
           and
           phrases
           whereof
           are
           so
           well
           knowen
           ,
           that
           the
           Princes
           of
           Europe
           negotiate
           and
           contract
           in
           writing
           in
           the
           Latine
           ,
           
           as
           the
           Turke
           with
           Christian
           Princes
           in
           the
           Greeke
           ,
           as
           also
           for
           that
           princes
           Soueraigne
           will
           not
           yeeld
           at
           this
           day
           the
           honour
           to
           other
           Kings
           than
           to
           those
           that
           are
           indifferent
           ,
           and
           cannot
           bee
           challenged
           of
           any
           people
           .
           And
           hence
           haue
           the
           French
           and
           Italians
           gotten
           the
           starte
           of
           vs
           ,
           in
           that
           their
           tongue
           was
           sooner
           refined
           ,
           and
           cast
           into
           bookes
           of
           many
           arts
           and
           histories
           and
           points
           of
           knowledge
           :
           though
           at
           this
           day
           the
           English
           tongue
           draweth
           neere
           to
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           best
           of
           them
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           hence
           it
           commeth
           ,
           
           that
           the
           yong
           Gentlemen
           of
           England
           affect
           so
           much
           the
           Italian
           tongue
           ;
           For
           that
           containeth
           spirit
           of
           inuention
           good
           phrase
           ,
           vtterance
           ,
           and
           delightfull
           matter
           to
           their
           appetites
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           returne
           to
           our
           point
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           (
           hauing
           made
           obseruance
           of
           these
           things
           ,
           
           concerning
           the
           state
           of
           the
           tongue
           of
           that
           countrey
           wherein
           they
           trauaile
           )
           moreouer
           take
           paines
           in
           the
           speaking
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           naturall
           accent
           and
           tune
           of
           the
           countrey
           .
           And
           as
           ,
           by
           much
           reading
           and
           labour
           ,
           a
           man
           shall
           attaine
           to
           the
           vnderstanding
           ,
           and
           consequently
           ,
           by
           a
           diligent
           obseruation
           ,
           to
           the
           writing
           ;
           so
           by
           conference
           
           and
           much
           parley
           the
           speaking
           of
           the
           tongue
           will
           be
           soone
           attained
           vnto
           .
           And
           in
           speaking
           of
           the
           Tongues
           ,
           euery
           Countreys
           accent
           ,
           time
           and
           tune
           is
           best
           without
           affectation
           :
           Hence
           wee
           see
           those
           that
           speake
           the
           high
           Dutch
           ,
           do
           striue
           to
           vtter
           their
           words
           highly
           ,
           and
           with
           spirit
           ,
           not
           hudling
           as
           the
           French
           ,
           but
           distinctly
           ,
           as
           the
           Italian
           &
           Spaniard
           ,
           yet
           not
           with
           that
           chaunting
           manner
           .
           Likewise
           in
           speaking
           the
           Latine
           there
           is
           a
           more
           ciuill
           elocution
           and
           cariage
           of
           the
           mouth
           ,
           than
           in
           speaking
           the
           high
           Dutch
           ,
           or
           Sclauonish
           ,
           &
           with
           greater
           tēperance
           ,
           
           yet
           with
           some
           affectation
           like
           the
           Italian
           &
           Spaniard
           :
           euen
           so
           in
           writing
           elegantly
           ,
           euery
           tongue
           in
           effect
           hauing
           peculiar
           Characters
           ,
           men
           must
           follow
           the
           most
           esteemed
           fashion
           both
           in
           framing
           the
           letters
           &
           sentences
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Orthography
           of
           the
           country
           .
           I
           meane
           ,
           hauing
           occasion
           to
           write
           letters
           ,
           let
           such
           vse
           that
           kind
           of
           hand
           most
           common
           and
           commendable
           ,
           and
           those
           phrases
           which
           in
           letters
           almost
           euery
           nation
           hath
           peculiar
           ,
           as
           in
           sub
           .
           and
           superscriptiōs
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           least
           error
           in
           these
           ,
           may
           either
           offer
           wrong
           to
           the
           party
           written
           vnto
           ,
           or
           discouer
           weaknes
           &
           imperfectiō
           reproueable
           in
           Trauailers
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           as
           the
           vnderstāding
           of
           a
           tongue
           is
           gottē
           by
           good
           Authors
           ,
           principles
           ,
           &
           common
           conference
           with
           men
           :
           so
           to
           speake
           the
           tongue
           well
           it
           behoueth
           a
           Trauailer
           to
           frequēt
           those
           places
           &
           persons
           ,
           where
           &
           amongst
           whō
           the
           tongue
           best
           flourisheth
           .
           And
           as
           the
           Court
           &
           Citie
           excel
           in
           the
           dialect
           ,
           and
           fine
           phrase
           ;
           so
           the
           Countrey
           phrase
           &
           words
           are
           of
           no
           lesse
           esteeme
           and
           regard
           :
           in
           so
           much
           as
           no
           man
           can
           be
           accounted
           worthily
           excellent
           in
           any
           tongue
           ,
           that
           wants
           discretion
           to
           speake
           Court-like
           and
           Country-like
           ,
           when
           ,
           and
           where
           it
           is
           requisite
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           considering
           the
           manifold
           
           Countries
           that
           Trauailers
           may
           come
           into
           ,
           it
           may
           be
           demanded
           here
           (
           although
           we
           haue
           long
           plodded
           vpō
           the
           tongue
           already
           )
           
           whether
           euery
           tongue
           be
           of
           equal
           importāce
           ,
           to
           be
           perfectly
           vnderstood
           &
           spoken
           of
           these
           Trauailers
           ?
           For
           answere
           wherof
           ,
           I
           presuppose
           two
           rules
           :
           first
           ,
           it
           is
           impossible
           for
           any
           man
           to
           be
           an
           obseruer
           of
           things
           required
           in
           these
           Trauailers
           ,
           &
           an
           excellent
           linguist
           in
           al
           tongues
           ,
           considering
           the
           infinite
           time
           such
           an
           one
           must
           spend
           in
           the
           gaining
           of
           thē
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           such
           necessity
           for
           a
           Trauailer
           to
           learn
           them
           all
           ;
           wherfore
           let
           him
           busie
           himselfe
           about
           such
           only
           as
           may
           stand
           his
           State
           &
           Country
           in
           best
           auaile
           ,
           
           if
           so
           be
           he
           shal
           happily
           come
           to
           prefermēt
           .
           This
           resteth
           in
           the
           iudgemēt
           of
           Trauailers
           chiefly
           ,
           To
           make
           election
           :
           for
           sometimes
           the
           state
           of
           things
           alter
           ,
           that
           necessitate
           a
           State
           to
           haue
           in
           recōmendation
           the
           general
           speakers
           of
           such
           and
           such
           tongues
           .
           But
           for
           this
           Coūtry
           ,
           no
           one
           rule
           of
           certainty
           can
           perpetually
           hold
           to
           all
           men
           ,
           considering
           many
           Trauailers
           prescribe
           vnto
           thē
           diuers
           ends
           :
           as
           some
           the
           knowledge
           only
           of
           the
           tongues
           ;
           others
           trauaile
           for
           knowledge
           contēplatiue
           ,
           to
           whō
           the
           Hebrue
           ,
           Greek
           ,
           Latine
           ,
           Chaldie
           ,
           &
           Syriack
           tongues
           are
           most
           precious
           ,
           wherin
           all
           ancient
           monuments
           of
           things
           past
           to
           bee
           knowen
           ,
           are
           treasured
           vp
           ;
           which
           rauish
           more
           the
           mind
           ,
           then
           the
           knowledge
           of
           things
           present
           ,
           by
           how
           much
           they
           prognosticate
           future
           euents
           .
           But
           for
           these
           honourable
           Trauailers
           (
           in
           regard
           of
           their
           pretence
           )
           the
           Latine
           ,
           
           the
           French
           ,
           and
           the
           Spanish
           tongues
           are
           most
           necessary
           ,
           and
           like
           to
           hold
           .
           So
           the
           alteration
           of
           things
           causeth
           a
           necessity
           for
           a
           season
           to
           trauaile
           in
           the
           Italian
           ,
           as
           at
           this
           time
           the
           Germane
           and
           the
           Lowe
           Countrey
           language
           ,
           that
           of
           
             Denmarke
             ,
             Muscouie
          
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           confrontire
           
           tongues
           :
           The
           which
           let
           Trauailers
           busie
           themselues
           about
           ,
           more
           then
           other
           tongues
           ,
           that
           for
           illustration
           and
           contemplatiue
           knowledge
           ,
           and
           learning
           ,
           are
           to
           bee
           respected
           ,
           whensoeuer
           it
           is
           requisite
           .
           Let
           these
           things
           suffice
           for
           the
           first
           point
           to
           bee
           respected
           of
           Trauailers
           Voluntary
           .
        
         
           2
           The
           second
           is
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           people
           of
           that
           Nation
           ,
           
           in
           which
           they
           trauaile
           ;
           which
           is
           the
           generall
           inclination
           ,
           sway
           ,
           maners
           ,
           and
           fashion
           of
           thē
           in
           euery
           common
           motion
           ,
           or
           action
           ,
           whereby
           may
           be
           discouered
           imperfection
           in
           things
           euil
           ,
           or
           apprehension
           of
           that
           which
           is
           good
           :
           by
           the
           ensample
           whereof
           other
           Nations
           may
           generally
           reforme
           things
           amisse
           ,
           and
           establish
           their
           policie
           ,
           euen
           as
           Trauailers
           in
           particular
           may
           fashion
           themselues
           for
           all
           seasons
           ,
           places
           and
           persons
           to
           be
           compleat
           ,
           in
           ciuill
           conuersation
           in
           the
           iudgement
           of
           the
           world
           .
           Now
           that
           Trauailers
           may
           discouer
           this
           amongst
           the
           people
           of
           a
           Nation
           or
           State
           ,
           
           let
           them
           consider
           fiue
           things
           :
           First
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           bee
           ciuill
           or
           barbarous
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           whether
           they
           be
           free
           or
           seruile
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           whether
           religious
           or
           profane
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           whether
           warlike
           or
           effeminate
           .
           And
           fiftly
           ,
           of
           what
           condition
           of
           bodie
           ,
           and
           disposition
           of
           mind
           .
           These
           containe
           the
           maners
           ,
           nature
           ,
           and
           inclination
           of
           all
           people
           in
           a
           generalitie
           ;
           of
           which
           we
           will
           discourse
           in
           order
           .
           
           And
           first
           ,
           therefore
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           consider
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           in
           generall
           be
           ciuill
           or
           barbarous
           ;
           and
           that
           whether
           by
           discipline
           (
           the
           best
           Ciuilian
           Master
           )
           
           or
           by
           naturall
           temperature
           of
           bodies
           .
           Such
           are
           the
           Grecians
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           the
           Iles
           of
           Iapan
           and
           Chios
           :
           as
           on
           the
           contrary
           side
           ,
           the
           people
           of
           
             Africa
             ,
             America
             ,
             Magellanica
          
           ,
           and
           those
           
           of
           Northeast
           Europe
           and
           Asia
           ,
           by
           nature
           barbarists
           .
           The
           vse
           of
           which
           obseruation
           ,
           for
           the
           Common-weale
           ,
           may
           appeare
           by
           these
           two
           rules
           ;
           First
           that
           ciuill
           
           nations
           ,
           gouerned
           by
           lawes
           diuine
           and
           humane
           written
           ,
           may
           either
           be
           feared
           for
           enemies
           ,
           or
           trusted
           for
           friends
           in
           case
           they
           be
           neighbours
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           same
           Religion
           and
           of
           good
           abilitie
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           that
           barbarous
           people
           are
           neuer
           good
           faithfull
           friends
           ,
           but
           for
           their
           profit
           ,
           being
           euer
           wauering
           and
           treacherous
           ,
           nor
           if
           enemies
           other
           than
           mortall
           ;
           yet
           if
           their
           power
           be
           not
           ouer-great
           ,
           are
           easily
           vanquished
           .
        
         
           But
           the
           priuate
           vse
           that
           Trauailers
           must
           make
           to
           themselues
           hereby
           ,
           
           is
           to
           chase
           away
           such
           barbarousnesse
           and
           rudenesse
           as
           possesseth
           them
           ,
           to
           establish
           a
           more
           humane
           and
           sociable
           carriage
           .
           For
           better
           discouerie
           of
           these
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           marke
           the
           gesture
           ,
           apparell
           ,
           
           decencie
           ,
           conuersation
           ,
           diet
           ,
           feeding
           ,
           giuing
           of
           honour
           ,
           and
           all
           other
           actions
           of
           the
           people
           of
           a
           countrey
           ,
           one
           towards
           another
           ;
           regarding
           .
           or
           contemning
           all
           moral
           vices
           ,
           with
           better
           iudgement
           than
           those
           fantastickes
           ,
           which
           bring
           home
           with
           them
           some
           apish
           ceremonies
           of
           curtesie
           ,
           and
           strange
           fashions
           of
           apparell
           ,
           but
           nothing
           else
           ,
           to
           giue
           them
           commendations
           at
           their
           returnes
           .
           It
           may
           not
           be
           vnknowen
           moreouer
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           no
           nation
           in
           the
           world
           but
           may
           be
           reduced
           to
           ciuilitie
           ,
           and
           forced
           in
           time
           to
           put
           off
           barbarousnesse
           ,
           seeing
           in
           all
           people
           God
           hath
           sowen
           the
           seedes
           of
           that
           which
           is
           good
           ,
           
           within
           the
           furrowes
           and
           fieldes
           of
           euery
           ones
           heart
           :
           which
           groweth
           more
           or
           lesse
           according
           to
           the
           pleasure
           of
           the
           seedeman
           ,
           manifested
           in
           the
           proportioning
           of
           nature
           ,
           whereof
           euery
           climate
           hath
           a
           seuerall
           stroke
           ,
           as
           being
           an
           instrument
           
           whereby
           God
           frameth
           capabilitie
           more
           or
           lesse
           to
           comprehend
           the
           same
           .
           Hence
           we
           see
           ,
           those
           that
           inhabite
           vnder
           the
           intemperate
           Zones
           hot
           or
           cold
           bee
           more
           brutish
           ,
           simple
           ,
           and
           sauage
           than
           others
           between
           the
           Tropicks
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           temperate
           .
           So
           also
           it
           is
           to
           be
           vnderstood
           ,
           that
           no
           nation
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           how
           Courtlike
           soeuer
           ,
           but
           hath
           the
           dregs
           and
           lees
           of
           barbarous
           inciuility
           ;
           and
           that
           many
           heathen
           people
           ,
           by
           the
           light
           of
           nature
           meerly
           inscribed
           in
           their
           hearts
           ,
           rest
           for
           ensamples
           and
           reproofes
           to
           many
           ciuill
           nations
           gouerned
           by
           a
           diuiner
           knowledge
           ,
           in
           points
           of
           ciuil
           actions
           &
           conuersation
           .
           For
           proofe
           whereof
           ,
           
           behold
           how
           the
           English
           ,
           Scottish
           ,
           French
           ,
           Italians
           ,
           &
           Spanish
           which
           are
           the
           most
           reformed
           &
           courtlike
           people
           ,
           are
           tainted
           with
           some
           blemish
           of
           barbarousnesse
           ,
           the
           which
           of
           other
           heathen
           nations
           they
           might
           learne
           to
           reforme
           .
           
           And
           though
           of
           all
           ciuill
           nations
           we
           here
           may
           iustly
           chalenge
           preeminence
           ,
           yet
           how
           barbarous
           are
           we
           in
           many
           things
           ?
           namely
           ,
           the
           Commons
           of
           this
           land
           ,
           in
           the
           entertainement
           of
           strangers
           ,
           pursuing
           them
           with
           the
           vncharitablenesse
           of
           hatred
           and
           despight
           ,
           like
           the
           Lithuanians
           ,
           that
           vse
           neither
           faith
           nor
           ciuility
           to
           them
           .
           Neither
           are
           we
           alone
           :
           for
           the
           Commons
           of
           France
           and
           Spaine
           carie
           as
           hard
           a
           hand
           toward
           strangers
           ;
           whereas
           the
           African
           heathen
           Negros
           ,
           are
           so
           charitable
           to
           strangers
           ,
           that
           nothing
           shall
           be
           denied
           them
           ,
           if
           it
           rest
           in
           their
           powers
           to
           relieue
           their
           distresse
           and
           wants
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           are
           the
           people
           of
           the
           East
           India
           ,
           so
           respectiue
           of
           strangers
           ,
           that
           the
           State
           deputeth
           certain
           persons
           to
           supplie
           them
           with
           all
           things
           requisite
           :
           and
           in
           case
           a
           stranger
           chance
           to
           die
           ,
           the
           merchants
           of
           their
           countrey
           shall
           haue
           deliuered
           vnto
           them
           their
           
           goods
           .
           And
           verely
           of
           al
           reformed
           States
           ,
           ther
           is
           none
           ,
           I
           iudge
           ,
           more
           humane
           toward
           strangers
           at
           this
           day
           ,
           than
           are
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           England
           ,
           &
           of
           Polonia
           .
           What
           vnciuisitie
           of
           manners
           and
           policie
           doth
           the
           Pope
           in
           most
           of
           his
           regiments
           vse
           ,
           forbidding
           marriage
           to
           Priests
           ?
           that
           which
           the
           Ethiopians
           ,
           vpon
           the
           same
           inconuenience
           politicke
           ,
           permitted
           notwithstanding
           ;
           rather
           hazarding
           the
           incōuenience
           of
           remisnes
           &
           couetousnes
           ,
           than
           the
           mischiefe
           of
           many
           more
           horrible
           sins
           .
           How
           vnseemly
           is
           the
           custome
           of
           the
           Frenchmen
           toward
           their
           King
           ,
           and
           ancients
           in
           nobility
           &
           yeers
           ?
           Short
           of
           that
           the
           Arabians
           attributed
           to
           euery
           ancient
           in
           yeeres
           .
           Behold
           what
           great
           respect
           the
           Turkes
           ,
           Tartarians
           ,
           and
           Persians
           giue
           to
           their
           Princes
           :
           in
           which
           point
           the
           French
           come
           shortest
           .
           All
           men
           know
           how
           sauage
           the
           Italians
           are
           toward
           their
           wiues
           by
           imprisoning
           ,
           cooping
           vp
           ,
           &
           locking
           vp
           al
           ,
           thorow
           the
           heat
           of
           their
           ielous
           harts
           ,
           though
           themselues
           are
           the
           most
           Libertines
           thorow
           the
           world
           :
           And
           yet
           the
           Parthian
           heathen
           are
           so
           courteous
           ,
           ciuill
           &
           kind
           to
           their
           wiues
           ,
           as
           without
           manifest
           proofes
           ,
           they
           wil
           not
           be
           ouer
           ielous
           or
           suspicious
           .
           From
           whom
           I
           suppose
           the
           French
           haue
           learned
           not
           a
           little
           renowne
           in
           that
           point
           ,
           not
           trauailing
           to
           presse
           down
           that
           ,
           which
           like
           y
           e
           Palme
           tree
           ,
           the
           more
           it
           increaseth
           .
           Be
           not
           the
           Dutchmen
           most
           slouēly
           and
           sluttish
           in
           their
           apparell
           ,
           &
           feeding
           ?
           wheras
           the
           Africans
           detest
           the
           same
           ,
           accounting
           bodily
           cleanlinesse
           and
           honestie
           a
           point
           of
           dutie
           .
           And
           though
           the
           Turks
           and
           Indians
           ,
           &
           other
           Barbarians
           of
           Africk
           ,
           and
           the
           sauage
           out-lawes
           of
           many
           nations
           ,
           eat
           their
           meat
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           yet
           are
           they
           more
           neat
           &
           cleanly
           ,
           than
           those
           Dutchmen
           or
           our
           Irish.
           So
           the
           barbarousnesse
           
           which
           of
           all
           other
           Nations
           possesseth
           those
           Dutchmen
           except
           the
           Tartarians
           or
           Hell-hounds
           ,
           which
           equally
           account
           it
           an
           honour
           to
           be
           drunke
           )
           to
           eate
           ,
           to
           drinke
           ,
           and
           become
           more
           vnciuill
           than
           beasts
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           not
           reprehended
           in
           the
           Scythians
           ,
           that
           cruell
           natiō
           :
           none
           daring
           to
           drink
           any
           wine
           ,
           but
           such
           as
           the
           King
           shall
           drinke
           vnto
           ,
           and
           giue
           vnto
           ;
           which
           is
           commonly
           to
           those
           onely
           ,
           that
           in
           times
           of
           watre
           haue
           killed
           most
           of
           their
           enemies
           ,
           and
           shed
           most
           blood
           .
           For
           amongst
           them
           none
           are
           reputed
           valiant
           ,
           but
           such
           as
           haue
           caroused
           the
           blood
           of
           men
           .
           Doe
           not
           the
           Egyptians
           refraine
           to
           eate
           or
           drinke
           more
           than
           sufficeth
           nature
           ?
           and
           that
           for
           good
           cause
           ,
           seeing
           superfluitie
           of
           meate
           breedeth
           all
           diseases
           ,
           and
           many
           incurable
           .
           The
           reparation
           of
           which
           abuse
           nature
           teacheth
           in
           the
           Schoole
           of
           brute
           beastes
           .
           Hath
           not
           that
           enemie
           of
           reason
           of
           those
           Dutchmen
           and
           Tartars
           infected
           the
           greater
           number
           of
           our
           gallants
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           ciuill
           nations
           ,
           since
           their
           conuerse
           in
           the
           Lowe
           Countreys
           ?
           In
           so
           much
           that
           at
           ordinary
           assemblies
           some
           striue
           to
           be
           first
           and
           most
           drunke
           :
           others
           are
           compelled
           to
           the
           like
           ,
           against
           nature
           and
           manners
           ,
           whereof
           many
           bitter
           incouueniences
           haue
           growen
           :
           insomuch
           as
           I
           see
           not
           why
           it
           should
           be
           a
           lesse
           matter
           for
           any
           that
           compels
           another
           to
           drinke
           against
           his
           will
           ,
           and
           thereby
           mscarieth
           in
           health
           ,
           than
           in
           forcing
           any
           to
           eate
           or
           drinke
           poyson
           .
           And
           it
           is
           knowen
           ,
           that
           vnder
           the
           raigne
           of
           heathen
           Monarchs
           it
           was
           a
           law
           ,
           at
           feasts
           not
           to
           bee
           compelled
           to
           drinke
           more
           than
           euery
           man
           pleased
           .
        
         
           The
           Italian
           ,
           although
           in
           conuersation
           hee
           be
           not
           offensiue
           ,
           but
           obedient
           and
           humble
           to
           his
           superiour
           ,
           
           to
           his
           equall
           obseruant
           ,
           to
           his
           inferior
           gentill
           and
           courteous
           ,
           amiable
           to
           strangers
           and
           swimming
           in
           complements
           and
           louing
           tearmes
           ,
           yet
           the
           least
           occasion
           dissolueth
           auncient
           bonds
           of
           loue
           ;
           so
           vnsteadie
           and
           inconstant
           are
           they
           in
           ciuill
           offices
           noe
           lesse
           important
           then
           the
           other
           .
           As
           it
           fareth
           with
           those
           that
           frequent
           our
           Ordinaries
           ,
           such
           as
           be
           gamesters
           ,
           the
           least
           crossing
           of
           whom
           ,
           though
           great
           friends
           and
           companions
           other
           waies
           ,
           looseth
           the
           simmond
           of
           frendship
           compounded
           in
           many
           places
           ,
           and
           many
           yeares
           ,
           at
           an
           instant
           .
           For
           ,
           such
           would
           haue
           the
           world
           know
           ,
           the
           ciuilitie
           that
           is
           in
           them
           cannot
           brooke
           vnciuilitie
           profered
           ,
           without
           risentiment
           in
           the
           highest
           nature
           .
           And
           ,
           as
           in
           picking
           of
           quarrells
           so
           in
           managing
           them
           ,
           I
           thinke
           no
           nation
           hath
           beene
           so
           rude
           in
           generall
           :
           For
           ,
           whether
           cause
           be
           proffered
           or
           no
           ,
           or
           whether
           it
           stands
           men
           vpon
           to
           make
           iust
           risentiment
           and
           seeke
           reparation
           for
           iniurie
           ,
           or
           indignitie
           ,
           or
           whether
           such
           be
           in
           the
           right
           or
           wrong
           ,
           euerie
           man
           according
           to
           his
           fancie
           proceedeth
           ,
           or
           as
           the
           stare
           standes
           humorous
           .
           What
           Gothishe
           barbarousnesse
           possesseth
           the
           Italians
           ,
           in
           the
           pursuite
           of
           their
           lust
           ?
           What
           vnciuilitie
           and
           alluringnesse
           to
           lust
           ,
           do
           their
           Curtizans
           in
           gesture
           and
           apparell
           vse
           ?
           And
           ,
           though
           the
           Tarnassariās
           (
           a
           people
           in
           habiting
           the
           Cost
           of
           Bengala
           )
           neuer
           marrie
           women
           ,
           before
           some
           white
           Christian
           or
           Mawhometan
           haue
           cropped
           their
           Virginities
           ,
           yet
           afterwardes
           doe
           they
           carrie
           themselues
           so
           ciuilly
           that
           the
           least
           inconstancie
           bringeth
           death
           on
           such
           ;
           not
           vnlike
           to
           an
           olde
           custome
           that
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           Scotland
           vsed
           in
           times
           past
           to
           leuie
           the
           Virginitie
           of
           all
           such
           Maides
           as
           held
           of
           their
           Mannors
           :
           and
           in
           case
           such
           were
           married
           before
           homage
           Virgineall
           
           done
           ,
           to
           their
           Lords
           they
           were
           subiect
           to
           great
           fines
           .
           So
           by
           the
           like
           barbarous
           custome
           the
           chiefe
           sacrificing
           Priest
           of
           Calecut
           ,
           before
           the
           King
           would
           marrie
           his
           Ladie
           ,
           was
           enioyned
           to
           take
           the
           Assaie
           of
           the
           Queene
           ,
           and
           trie
           her
           Virginitie
           :
           for
           which
           acte
           the
           king
           alwayes
           rewarded
           him
           with
           an
           hundred
           Crownes
           .
           Yet
           wee
           see
           how
           detestable
           that
           barbarousnesse
           is
           amongst
           other
           heathen
           people
           ,
           that
           death
           is
           thought
           to
           good
           for
           any
           Adulterer
           ,
           or
           fornicator
           ,
           or
           deflowrer
           of
           Virgines
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           what
           inconstant
           luxuriousnesse
           and
           superfluitie
           of
           vnciuilitie
           ,
           in
           fashions
           and
           apparell
           ,
           toucheth
           the
           French
           ;
           The
           which
           ,
           except
           of
           vs
           English
           ,
           is
           reproued
           of
           most
           Nations
           in
           the
           world
           .
        
         
           And
           amongst
           many
           barbarousnesses
           of
           manners
           ,
           how
           strange
           is
           that
           of
           the
           French
           mens
           dissimulation
           to
           their
           verie
           friends
           ?
           The
           which
           is
           left
           also
           hereditarie
           from
           the
           Lumbards
           to
           the
           Italians
           that
           haue
           any
           education
           .
        
         
           I
           feare
           me
           ,
           other
           Nations
           trauailing
           thither
           will
           say
           that
           we
           beginne
           to
           smell
           of
           that
           disease
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           fencerlike
           and
           gladiatorious
           behauiour
           bemaddeth
           the
           Germanes
           ?
           What
           corruption
           of
           manne●s
           generaly
           reigne
           in
           the
           Italians
           ?
           Insomuch
           that
           other
           lesse
           accort
           Countries
           then
           ours
           haue
           this
           cōmon
           prouerbe
           ,
           wherof
           it
           shall
           suffice
           to
           touch
           that
           of
           the
           Germanes
           ;
           
             
               Multi
               Germani
               rustici
            
             
               In
               Italiam
               proficiscuntur
               angeli
               ;
            
             
               Redeunt
               diaboli
               vrbani
               .
            
          
           What
           inconstant
           countenance
           ,
           do
           these
           Italians
           sauor
           of
           ?
           What
           arrogancie
           and
           insolencie
           discouereth
           the
           Spaniard
           to
           his
           superior
           and
           equall
           ;
           what
           insupporrablenesse
           
           to
           his
           inferior
           and
           subiect
           ?
           What
           falsehoods
           may
           men
           finde
           in
           the
           Gelderlanders
           ?
           whereas
           Turkes
           being
           Heathens
           are
           keepers
           of
           promise
           .
           What
           crueltie
           and
           tyrannie
           do
           the
           Spaniards
           and
           Irish
           discouer
           to
           their
           enemies
           ?
           What
           pride
           of
           the
           French
           ?
           What
           pertinacitie
           generally
           do
           Schollers
           ,
           Courtiers
           ,
           and
           Souldiers
           discouer
           ?
           What
           inhospitalitie
           do
           the
           Germanes
           keepe
           ?
           What
           anger
           and
           hastinesse
           of
           the
           Irish
           ?
           yea
           of
           the
           poorest
           kerne
           .
        
         
           Thus
           ,
           by
           these
           examples
           ,
           may
           a
           Trauailer
           suruey
           the
           ciuilitie
           and
           barbarousnesse
           of
           Nations
           ,
           in
           euerie
           vertue
           actiue
           or
           morall
           ;
           
           chiefly
           in
           the
           Court
           and
           Citties
           .
           For
           the
           Countrie
           people
           rellish
           of
           rudenesse
           euermore
           ;
           though
           in
           some
           points
           they
           may
           serue
           for
           samplers
           of
           great
           ciuilitie
           ,
           and
           true
           carriages
           ,
           of
           the
           which
           a
           trauailer
           must
           in
           particular
           make
           obseruance
           .
           But
           considering
           ,
           that
           which
           is
           Ciuilitie
           in
           one
           Nation
           is
           vnaccustomed
           and
           reiected
           in
           other
           State
           ;
           it
           may
           be
           doubted
           how
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           demeane
           himselfe
           to
           be
           compleat
           ,
           
           and
           know
           which
           to
           retaine
           .
           The
           answere
           is
           easie
           :
           for
           it
           is
           euer
           presupposed
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           no
           breach
           of
           office
           or
           of
           ciuilitie
           being
           in
           another
           Nation
           to
           obserue
           the
           fashions
           ,
           guises
           and
           customes
           ,
           of
           the
           same
           ,
           in
           things
           indifferent
           and
           ceremoniall
           ,
           although
           they
           grate
           on
           barbarisme
           ;
           as
           superfluitie
           of
           complements
           and
           words
           ,
           such
           as
           the
           French
           and
           Italians
           vse
           ,
           the
           manner
           of
           eating
           and
           drinking
           ,
           whether
           vppon
           the
           ground
           lying
           along
           ,
           as
           in
           Turkie
           and
           Africke
           ,
           or
           standing
           :
           The
           manner
           of
           saluting
           with
           the
           hatte
           on
           without
           bending
           of
           the
           knee
           ,
           without
           bowing
           of
           the
           bodie
           ,
           without
           imbracing
           ,
           without
           profering
           of
           the
           hand
           ,
           without
           conioyning
           ,
           without
           kissing
           
           and
           such
           like
           externall
           customes
           of
           indifferencie
           ,
           becomming
           well
           enough
           the
           boundes
           of
           euerie
           Countrie
           .
           For
           ,
           though
           it
           be
           a
           rule
           with
           vs
           that
           those
           ceremonies
           ,
           and
           ciuill
           vses
           come
           neérest
           to
           the
           point
           of
           true
           cariage
           ,
           and
           consequently
           most
           commendable
           ,
           that
           expresse
           humilitie
           ,
           and
           curtesie
           ,
           and
           encrease
           affection
           of
           most
           kindnesse
           and
           humanitie
           (
           hence
           comes
           our
           salutations
           bareheaded
           ,
           and
           hand
           kissing
           ,
           bowed
           bodies
           and
           knees
           ,
           embracings
           ,
           conioyning
           and
           shaking
           of
           the
           hand
           ,
           peculiar
           to
           great
           personages
           ;
           hence
           the
           Italians
           and
           French
           haue
           gotten
           probatum
           of
           their
           humilious
           phrases
           and
           kind
           complements
           of
           kissing
           their
           hands
           ;
           the
           Spaniardes
           of
           humbly
           kissing
           the
           hands
           of
           those
           they
           respect
           and
           conuerse
           with
           ,
           men
           as
           women
           ,
           the
           Dutch
           in
           their
           carrowsing
           in
           like
           sort
           as
           we
           vse
           ,
           in
           contracts
           by
           imposition
           of
           hands
           and
           afterwards
           by
           kissing
           them
           )
           yet
           we
           see
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           Italians
           cānot
           brooke
           kissing
           openly
           of
           women
           ,
           nor
           the
           French
           being
           long
           bareheaded
           ;
           and
           in
           like
           expressions
           other
           Nations
           are
           as
           precise
           .
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           in
           the
           expressions
           of
           moral
           vertues
           and
           vices
           ,
           a
           Trauailer
           must
           be
           so
           curious
           and
           graue
           ,
           that
           hee
           not
           only
           beware
           to
           committe
           sinne
           and
           do
           as
           the
           people
           do
           ,
           but
           cleaue
           wholly
           to
           the
           vertue
           and
           meane
           of
           things
           ,
           abhorring
           blaspheming
           ,
           swearing
           ,
           rayling
           ,
           malreporting
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           vices
           of
           the
           tongue
           ,
           as
           of
           all
           other
           actions
           and
           customes
           of
           wickednesse
           which
           are
           euill
           in
           their
           owne
           nature
           ,
           without
           circumstances
           .
           And
           these
           Trauailers
           haue
           prerogatiue
           of
           other
           Nations
           to
           prescribe
           against
           many
           though
           indifferent
           and
           against
           all
           euill
           customes
           ,
           that
           swarue
           from
           the
           rule
           of
           Nature
           &
           humanitie
           .
           Thus
           hauing
           long
           stayed
           vpon
           this
           haunt
           
           of
           the
           first
           discouerer
           of
           the
           nature
           of
           people
           ,
           
           the
           second
           offereth
           it self
           ,
           for
           the
           Trauailer
           to
           know
           ;
           Whether
           the
           people
           be
           Free
           or
           Seruile
           .
           For
           al
           people
           considered
           as
           Subiects
           are
           one
           of
           these
           two
           .
           
           And
           though
           by
           nature
           largely
           cōsidered
           ,
           one
           man
           is
           equally
           so
           free
           as
           another
           ;
           none
           more
           seruile
           (
           for
           seruitude
           is
           politicke
           )
           yet
           we
           see
           some
           people
           politickly
           seruile
           as
           free
           ,
           some
           more
           ,
           some
           lesse
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           alteration
           of
           times
           and
           things
           .
           By
           the
           words
           seruile
           &
           free
           then
           are
           meant
           ,
           not
           the
           naturall
           (
           since
           all
           by
           nature
           are
           seruile
           to
           sinne
           and
           vnrighteousnesse
           ,
           and
           are
           equally
           free
           from
           miserie
           and
           subiection
           )
           but
           the
           politicall
           ,
           which
           maketh
           some
           people
           free
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           misery
           and
           seruitude
           ,
           and
           other
           seruile
           to
           slauery
           ,
           miserie
           ,
           and
           subiection
           .
           Now
           seeing
           all
           people
           of
           a
           State
           are
           vnder
           subiection
           in
           generalitie
           ,
           in
           this
           place
           the
           nature
           of
           a
           people
           must
           bee
           sought
           out
           of
           such
           as
           are
           free
           from
           slauery
           and
           miserie
           ,
           
           and
           of
           those
           that
           are
           seruiled
           vnto
           them
           .
           Of
           people
           free
           in
           this
           sense
           ,
           there
           be
           some
           by
           prescription
           enfranchised
           ,
           
           the
           gouernment
           of
           whose
           States
           by
           good
           lawes
           haue
           made
           them
           free
           from
           long
           miserie
           or
           slauery
           :
           Such
           are
           the
           Commons
           and
           Nobilitie
           of
           this
           land
           ,
           whose
           freedome
           is
           such
           ,
           as
           they
           enioy
           their
           owne
           things
           so
           freely
           as
           the
           Prince
           .
           The
           like
           may
           be
           sayd
           of
           the
           States
           of
           France
           and
           Germanie
           ,
           and
           of
           other
           well
           ordered
           Common
           wealths
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           such
           freedome
           generally
           reigneth
           in
           France
           ,
           as
           with
           vs
           here
           in
           Kent
           ,
           that
           what
           slaue
           or
           bondman
           shal
           but
           land
           in
           France
           ,
           is
           immediatly
           made
           free
           :
           and
           whosoeuer
           abideth
           one
           yeere
           in
           Kent
           ,
           shall
           be
           euer
           after
           enfranchised
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           there
           be
           others
           free
           by
           arrogation
           ,
           
           who
           according
           to
           the
           state
           of
           
           times
           and
           things
           licentiously
           vse
           their
           libertie
           .
           Such
           in
           times
           past
           were
           the
           people
           of
           Denmarke
           :
           whose
           force
           was
           their
           law
           ,
           in
           so
           much
           that
           their
           Prince
           held
           his
           royaltie
           at
           their
           placitum
           .
           For
           ,
           if
           at
           any
           time
           they
           misliked
           any
           of
           his
           actions
           he
           was
           instantly
           deposed
           ,
           and
           an
           other
           set
           in
           his
           place
           .
           Such
           at
           this
           day
           is
           the
           freedome
           of
           the
           Venetians
           ,
           that
           they
           seeme
           to
           beare
           a
           hard
           hand
           ouer
           their
           Dukes
           .
           And
           such
           is
           the
           common
           nature
           of
           euery
           Democracie
           and
           Aristocracie
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           
           there
           bee
           some
           whose
           policie
           and
           state
           haue
           continued
           them
           in
           much
           freedome
           from
           miserie
           and
           slauerie
           ,
           as
           euer
           striuing
           against
           seruitude
           .
           Such
           were
           the
           Sclauonians
           ,
           the
           Switzers
           ,
           and
           the
           Lumbards
           ,
           the
           Neapolitanes
           ,
           in
           the
           Romane
           gouernement
           :
           in
           so
           much
           as
           these
           people
           being
           euer
           confederates
           with
           that
           mightie
           Empire
           ,
           yet
           durst
           they
           giue
           succour
           to
           the
           banished
           from
           Rome
           .
           Such
           were
           the
           Hungarians
           against
           the
           Turke
           .
        
         
           Such
           generally
           are
           the
           Nobility
           of
           most
           Christian
           States
           ,
           who
           as
           Libertines
           are
           euer
           out
           of
           tyranny
           ,
           before
           the
           Cōmons
           .
           Such
           are
           the
           Spaniards
           that
           chuse
           rather
           to
           die
           than
           to
           be
           made
           slaues
           .
           And
           such
           is
           the
           naturall
           affect
           of
           those
           that
           either
           haue
           enioyed
           long
           freedom
           ,
           or
           feele
           sensibly
           the
           hard
           yoke
           of
           bondage
           .
           In
           a
           word
           ,
           
           such
           are
           the
           people
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           who
           not
           being
           accustomed
           to
           ciuility
           and
           obeisance
           ,
           spurne
           so
           much
           against
           the
           same
           :
           For
           ,
           the
           Nobility
           spurn
           against
           subiection
           ;
           &
           the
           Cōmons
           folow
           their
           Lords
           &
           Leaders
           ,
           thorow
           want
           of
           ciuility
           &
           Christian
           knowledge
           that
           keepeth
           euery
           man
           
             in
             officio
          
           .
           The
           markes
           of
           liberty
           and
           freedome
           of
           people
           are
           riches
           &
           ease
           ;
           both
           peculiar
           to
           the
           Grecians
           and
           English
           ;
           the
           Germanes
           abound
           
           in
           ease
           :
           the
           Venetians
           procure
           their
           liberty
           by
           their
           riches
           .
        
         
           These
           things
           cōcerning
           the
           freenesse
           of
           people
           .
           The
           like
           in
           effect
           be
           considered
           of
           those
           people
           which
           are
           seruile
           ;
           namely
           ,
           
           whether
           they
           be
           seruiled
           thorow
           tyranny
           &
           oppression
           ,
           or
           thorow
           depression
           &
           keeping
           vnder
           violently
           ;
           both
           sorts
           being
           subiects
           of
           misery
           &
           calamitie
           .
           Of
           the
           first
           sort
           ,
           
           we
           heare
           of
           the
           Tartariās
           vnder
           their
           Cam
           ;
           for
           the
           whole
           State
           of
           all
           they
           haue
           standeth
           at
           his
           fancie
           to
           dispose
           of
           :
           the
           word
           of
           whose
           mouth
           serueth
           for
           a
           sword
           to
           reuenge
           him
           of
           rebels
           ,
           and
           yet
           they
           reioyce
           thereat
           ;
           neither
           dare
           any
           man
           say
           ,
           This
           is
           mine
           ,
           or
           anothers
           :
           neither
           can
           any
           man
           dwell
           other-where
           than
           his
           Lord
           assigneth
           him
           .
           The
           Liuonians
           vnder
           the
           Duke
           of
           Muscouie
           are
           so
           seruile
           ,
           that
           they
           dare
           not
           but
           call
           him
           Tzar
           ,
           or
           King
           ;
           where
           none
           other
           nations
           doe
           the
           same
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           so
           seruile
           are
           the
           Muscouites
           ,
           that
           they
           call
           themselues
           the
           slaues
           of
           the
           Duke
           :
           neither
           dare
           they
           sell
           anything
           ,
           before
           the
           Dukes
           officers
           haue
           surueyed
           the
           same
           .
           Alike
           seruile
           are
           the
           people
           of
           Lithuania
           ,
           in
           so
           much
           as
           the
           officers
           of
           the
           Countrey
           may
           enter
           into
           any
           mans
           house
           ,
           and
           take
           their
           pleasure
           of
           any
           thing
           ;
           where
           no
           farmer
           dare
           come
           in
           the
           presence
           of
           this
           Lord
           ,
           without
           gifts
           or
           bribes
           .
           So
           the
           Commons
           of
           Sweuia
           in
           times
           past
           were
           in
           great
           misery
           vpheld
           by
           their
           Princes
           and
           Nobilitie
           :
           For
           ,
           all
           commodities
           passed
           and
           repassed
           thorowe
           their
           fingers
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           such
           are
           those
           people
           ,
           whose
           ouer-rulers
           are
           Tyrants
           ,
           as
           the
           Turke
           generally
           thorow
           his
           Dominions
           ;
           the
           Pope
           ouer
           the
           Cleargie
           ,
           and
           many
           temporall
           States
           .
           Nowe
           of
           the
           second
           sort
           of
           Seruile
           ,
           
           wee
           find
           the
           husbandmen
           
           and
           tenants
           of
           Italie
           ,
           who
           liue
           hardly
           and
           poorely
           to
           vphold
           the
           Gentlemen
           their
           Land-lords
           .
           So
           liue
           the
           Boores
           vnder
           the
           Germane
           Nobilitie
           ,
           in
           greater
           miserie
           and
           subiection
           ,
           than
           the
           poorest
           person
           in
           this
           land
           .
           Such
           are
           moreouer
           the
           Commons
           of
           a
           Nation
           where
           either
           ciuill
           warres
           ,
           or
           omission
           of
           good
           and
           holesome
           lawes
           reigne
           .
           Such
           of
           late
           time
           were
           the
           Boores
           of
           the
           Low
           Countries
           ,
           and
           Pesants
           of
           France
           :
           so
           finally
           are
           al
           those
           Commons
           whose
           Nobility
           like
           Solons
           great
           flies
           breake
           thorow
           the
           net
           of
           the
           Lawe
           ,
           and
           where
           the
           Prince
           is
           remisse
           in
           gouernment
           .
        
         
           Now
           the
           markes
           of
           seruile
           people
           are
           hereby
           gathered
           ,
           
           namely
           ,
           Pouertie
           and
           Want
           ,
           and
           excessiue
           paines-taking
           and
           moyling
           to
           gaine
           their
           liuing
           .
           Such
           were
           the
           Irish
           :
           such
           are
           the
           Moores
           .
        
         
           It
           now
           remaines
           to
           shew
           what
           vse
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           make
           hereby
           .
           First
           ,
           
           by
           these
           ,
           the
           loyaltie
           and
           vnsteadinesse
           of
           Subiects
           are
           discouered
           :
           then
           their
           constancie
           and
           reuolting
           humor
           vpon
           occasions
           profered
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           who
           are
           to
           be
           trusted
           for
           friends
           ,
           and
           who
           feared
           for
           enemies
           :
           These
           being
           instruments
           for
           the
           Politician
           to
           plot
           vpon
           ;
           and
           therefore
           I
           will
           be
           sparing
           in
           the
           discourse
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           thing
           that
           discouereth
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           people
           is
           for
           our
           Trauailer
           to
           consider
           ,
           
           whether
           the
           people
           of
           a
           Nation
           or
           State
           bee
           Religious
           ,
           
           or
           Profane
           .
           These
           wordes
           must
           be
           restrained
           ;
           considering
           Religiousnesse
           is
           properly
           taken
           for
           the
           godly
           exercise
           of
           that
           profession
           ,
           without
           Idolatrie
           or
           superstition
           ,
           the
           which
           is
           true
           Religion
           .
           All
           other
           shewes
           are
           shadowes
           irreligious
           ,
           and
           not
           substantiall
           professions
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           may
           it
           be
           said
           of
           Profanenesse
           :
           which
           is
           of
           
           those
           people
           who
           leauing
           the
           pathe
           of
           mans
           dutie
           toward
           God
           wander
           in
           the
           field
           or
           wildernesse
           of
           error
           ,
           either
           through
           ignorance
           ,
           presumption
           ,
           or
           imperfectiō
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           that
           our
           Trauailer
           may
           not
           bee
           put
           to
           plunge
           ,
           the
           words
           in
           this
           place
           implie
           a
           larger
           vnderstanding
           .
           For
           ,
           by
           religious
           people
           is
           meant
           ,
           
           such
           as
           are
           passing
           deuoute
           and
           zealous
           in
           religion
           ,
           be
           they
           Christian
           ,
           Heathen
           ,
           or
           Antichistian
           .
           So
           likewise
           by
           prophane
           people
           I
           conceiue
           Libertines
           ,
           Atheistes
           ,
           and
           politicke
           religious
           people
           ,
           who
           oppose
           themselues
           against
           the
           superstitious
           and
           deuout
           practise
           of
           godlinesse
           :
           as
           temporizers
           aud
           epicureall
           worldlings
           .
           In
           this
           first
           sense
           most
           Nations
           in
           the
           world
           at
           this
           day
           are
           &
           haue
           been
           euer
           deuoute
           and
           religious
           :
           some
           in
           the
           truth
           ,
           as
           the
           true
           people
           of
           Israell
           ,
           and
           all
           such
           Christian
           people
           as
           of
           the
           certaintie
           of
           the
           Scriptures
           and
           worde
           of
           God
           do
           serue
           the
           Lord
           as
           hee
           commaundeth
           ,
           reiecting
           humane
           traditions
           and
           superstitiousnesse
           ,
           as
           prophanenesse
           politique
           and
           damnable
           .
           Heereupon
           rose
           that
           worthie
           custome
           of
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           Poland
           ,
           whensoeuer
           the
           Gospell
           was
           a
           reading
           in
           their
           Churches
           ,
           To
           draw
           out
           their
           swords
           ,
           signifying
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           readie
           to
           defend
           the
           truth
           thereof
           ,
           if
           any
           durst
           oppugne
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           And
           hence
           no
           doubt
           at
           the
           first
           sprang
           our
           custome
           heere
           in
           England
           ,
           of
           standing
           on
           our
           feete
           and
           rising
           vp
           ,
           when
           the
           Articles
           of
           our
           faith
           either
           are
           a
           reading
           ,
           or
           during
           the
           reading
           of
           the
           Gospell
           ;
           thereby
           expressing
           that
           by
           this
           wee
           will
           stand
           and
           abide
           against
           the
           world
           and
           other
           like
           ceremonies
           ,
           which
           superstitiō
           I
           feare
           hath
           corrupted
           .
           Heereupon
           ,
           are
           the
           Saxons
           noted
           to
           bee
           verie
           deuout
           ,
           but
           withall
           opinionatiue
           .
           
           So
           are
           the
           Bohemians
           deuout
           and
           zealous
           withall
           .
        
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           
           some
           are
           religious
           in
           idolatrie
           :
           as
           were
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           the
           Assyrians
           ,
           Philistines
           ,
           and
           those
           vncircumcised
           people
           that
           worshipped
           strange
           GODS
           .
           Such
           are
           at
           this
           day
           the
           barbarous
           people
           of
           the
           East
           and
           West
           Indies
           ,
           that
           worship
           the
           vgly
           shapes
           of
           Diuels
           ,
           of
           the
           Sunne
           ,
           Moone
           ,
           Starres
           ,
           of
           the
           Elements
           &
           of
           other
           Creatures
           .
           Others
           there
           are
           deuout
           in
           superstitiō
           :
           as
           the
           Turkes
           and
           Persians
           ,
           who
           with
           much
           deuotion
           are
           trained
           vp
           vnder
           the
           policie
           of
           their
           Prophets
           Mahomet
           and
           Haly.
           Lastly
           ,
           there
           are
           some
           blinded
           wonderfully
           in
           Idolatrie
           &
           superstition
           :
           such
           are
           the
           Popelings
           and
           those
           that
           goe
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           Catholickes
           ,
           but
           abusiuely
           .
           The
           which
           religious
           proceeding
           is
           so
           hatefull
           to
           those
           that
           follow
           the
           Greeke
           Church
           ,
           but
           singularly
           to
           the
           Muscouites
           ,
           that
           if
           any
           of
           their
           Nation
           bee
           but
           reputed
           to
           haue
           spoken
           with
           a
           Latine
           or
           Romane
           ,
           it
           behooueth
           him
           to
           bee
           purged
           ,
           before
           hee
           shall
           bee
           intertained
           and
           receiued
           to
           partake
           of
           the
           Communion
           :
           for
           they
           accompt
           such
           polluted
           .
        
         
           The
           verie
           like
           may
           a
           Trauailer
           consider
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           which
           be
           profane
           :
           such
           as
           the
           Epicures
           and
           Temporizers
           are
           that
           florish
           singularly
           in
           Italie
           .
           And
           according
           as
           it
           hath
           beene
           reported
           of
           the
           Normans
           in
           times
           past
           ,
           that
           they
           cared
           little
           for
           any
           of
           Gods
           seruice
           :
           So
           ,
           the
           Romanes
           profanenesse
           ,
           and
           contempt
           of
           vertue
           euerie
           Nation
           is
           full
           of
           ;
           Like
           as
           it
           hath
           beene
           spoken
           of
           the
           Cicilians
           ,
           that
           they
           regard
           no
           man
           whilest
           they
           themselues
           are
           in
           prosperitie
           .
        
         
           Thus
           a
           Trauailer
           may
           referre
           vnto
           his
           proper
           head
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           people
           concerning
           religiousnesse
           or
           
           profanenesse
           ,
           the
           which
           may
           in
           generalitie
           and
           in
           particular
           stand
           him
           in
           much
           stead
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           I
           suppose
           it
           also
           very
           needfull
           for
           a
           Trauailer
           ,
           
           to
           consider
           whether
           the
           people
           Religious
           or
           Profane
           so
           stand
           ,
           by
           the
           omission
           or
           want
           of
           lawes
           ,
           or
           by
           the
           seueritie
           of
           Lawes
           or
           customes
           .
           For
           ,
           though
           religion
           cannot
           be
           constrained
           ,
           yet
           it
           may
           bee
           restrained
           by
           ordinances
           ,
           so
           as
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           hardly
           discerne
           it
           .
           Hence
           wee
           see
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           France
           passing
           deuoute
           of
           Custome
           ,
           the
           Gascoignes
           religious
           without
           superstition
           ,
           our
           Commons
           in
           times
           past
           verie
           superstitious
           :
           as
           generally
           are
           all
           that
           bee
           newly
           weaned
           from
           poperie
           .
           Thus
           much
           as
           concerning
           the
           religiousnesse
           or
           profanenesse
           of
           people
           .
           
           The
           fourth
           resteth
           to
           be
           considered
           :
           whether
           the
           people
           of
           a
           Nation
           bee
           Warlike
           or
           Effeminate
           :
           Whereof
           let
           a
           Trauailer
           ground
           his
           obseruation
           vnder
           these
           three
           heads
           :
           namely
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           be
           effeminate
           or
           warlike
           through
           naturall
           complexion
           .
           Hence
           wee
           diuine
           all
           phlegmatickes
           and
           sanguinistes
           effeminate
           by
           nature
           ;
           as
           all
           melancholickes
           and
           cholerickes
           warlike
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           be
           effeminate
           for
           want
           of
           good
           discipline
           ,
           as
           commonly
           those
           are
           where
           either
           vices
           ,
           or
           great
           excesse
           abound
           ;
           these
           being
           great
           withdrawers
           of
           mens
           courages
           ,
           weakening
           and
           poisoning
           the
           powers
           of
           soule
           and
           body
           ,
           so
           as
           without
           discipline
           such
           men
           are
           vnapt
           for
           the
           warres
           altogether
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           be
           warlike
           through
           the
           feare
           of
           Tyrannie
           ,
           or
           by
           good
           discipline
           .
           For
           as
           discipline
           maketh
           some
           that
           naturally
           are
           cowardes
           and
           phlegmatickes
           good
           soldiers
           in
           time
           :
           so
           want
           of
           discipline
           we
           see
           giues
           the
           reignes
           of
           exces
           to
           breed
           vices
           &
           corruptiō
           of
           
           hearts
           ,
           and
           enfeebling
           of
           mindes
           otherwise
           of
           good
           temper
           for
           the
           warres
           :
           such
           are
           the
           sanguinistes
           .
           And
           as
           the
           excesse
           of
           commodities
           in
           a
           land
           make
           men
           idle
           ,
           so
           the
           barrennesse
           enforceth
           others
           to
           be
           industrious
           ,
           which
           is
           one
           of
           the
           best
           discouerers
           of
           a
           warlike
           people
           .
           Hereof
           it
           came
           to
           passe
           ,
           that
           the
           Sicilians
           haue
           been
           noted
           for
           cowards
           and
           effeminate
           ;
           whereas
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           the
           mountain●s
           and
           Alpes
           ,
           haue
           euer
           carried
           the
           name
           of
           hardie
           &
           warlike
           .
           The
           like
           some
           haue
           obserued
           in
           the
           Lowe
           Countrie
           people
           ,
           till
           discipline
           and
           feare
           of
           tyrannie
           procured
           them
           some
           choler
           .
           Wee
           reade
           of
           the
           Lithuanians
           for
           want
           of
           good
           discipline
           to
           be
           so
           effeminate
           and
           cowardly
           ,
           that
           they
           neuer
           goe
           to
           the
           warres
           willingly
           :
           and
           oftentimes
           being
           prest
           giue
           great
           summes
           of
           money
           to
           be
           released
           from
           the
           seruice
           .
           So
           in
           times
           past
           (
           as
           Eusebius
           reciteth
           )
           were
           the
           people
           of
           Africke
           so
           effeminate
           and
           faineants
           that
           the
           women
           did
           euerie
           thing
           abroad
           for
           marchandize
           and
           husbandrie
           :
           as
           it
           hath
           been
           reported
           of
           the
           men
           of
           Holland
           that
           were
           wont
           to
           carrie
           their
           fardels
           on
           their
           heads
           ,
           whereas
           the
           women
           did
           carrie
           their
           burdens
           vnder
           their
           Armes
           .
           Yet
           so
           warlike
           were
           ,
           by
           the
           same
           ground
           ,
           the
           Denmarks
           ,
           that
           going
           to
           the
           warres
           the
           souldiers
           would
           neuer
           abandon
           their
           leaders
           ,
           but
           die
           in
           the
           field
           rather
           then
           flie
           so
           long
           as
           their
           Leaders
           liued
           :
           it
           being
           moreouer
           an
           infamie
           reputed
           for
           souldiers
           to
           die
           in
           their
           beddes
           ,
           or
           of
           other
           sickenesses
           then
           that
           which
           commeth
           by
           warres
           .
           Herby
           also
           we
           finde
           the
           valiancie
           of
           the
           Switzers
           according
           to
           their
           discipline
           :
           whereas
           the
           Arabians
           and
           Asiaticques
           are
           tainted
           with
           cowardize
           .
           The
           English
           likewise
           are
           feared
           of
           all
           men
           for
           their
           valiancie
           ,
           euen
           as
           the
           Hungarians
           are
           reputed
           hardie
           and
           stoute
           .
           In
           so
           
           much
           that
           they
           haue
           beene
           branded
           for
           grayhoundes
           &
           wolues
           in
           regard
           of
           other
           Nations
           but
           Hares
           and
           Foxes
           ;
           Whereas
           the
           people
           of
           little
           Britaine
           haue
           been
           esteemed
           timorous
           ,
           especially
           where
           they
           bee
           opposed
           by
           the
           English
           :
           in
           like
           sort
           were
           those
           of
           Picardie
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           do
           not
           all
           men
           see
           heere
           in
           England
           ,
           in
           Scotland
           ,
           in
           France
           ,
           in
           
             Italie
             ,
             Spaine
          
           ,
           and
           Germanie
           ,
           that
           these
           things
           do
           alter
           the
           people
           from
           warlikenesse
           to
           effeminatenes
           :
           and
           contrariwise
           good
           &
           long
           discipline
           are
           meanes
           to
           recouer
           their
           ancient
           glorie
           ?
           whereby
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           not
           only
           discouer
           the
           present
           estate
           of
           things
           ,
           but
           be
           able
           with
           the
           politician
           to
           diuine
           into
           what
           chaunces
           such
           people
           may
           fall
           .
        
         
           The
           fift
           and
           last
           discouerer
           of
           the
           nature
           now
           remaineth
           ,
           
           for
           a
           Trauailer
           to
           make
           obseruation
           ,
           namely
           :
           of
           what
           Condition
           of
           bodie
           and
           Disposition
           of
           minde
           the
           people
           be
           of
           .
        
         
           As
           touching
           the
           condition
           of
           bodie
           ,
           
           Three
           things
           are
           to
           be
           respected
           :
           First
           ,
           the
           Stature
           ;
           whether
           tall
           ,
           lowe
           ,
           or
           of
           meane
           size
           of
           person
           ,
           Secondly
           ,
           
           of
           what
           complexion
           :
           whether
           faire
           ,
           browne
           ,
           
           blacke
           ,
           tawnie
           ,
           fatte
           ,
           leane
           ,
           slender
           ,
           or
           well
           limmed
           ;
           whether
           deformed
           or
           mōstrous
           in
           nature
           ,
           hauing
           more
           or
           lesse
           limmes
           ,
           then
           the
           common
           sort
           of
           people
           and
           such
           like
           :
           which
           for
           breuitie
           sake
           by
           examples
           I
           passe
           ouer
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           bee
           long
           
           or
           short
           liued
           ,
           and
           whether
           healthie
           or
           sickelie
           ,
           and
           whether
           great
           feeders
           and
           drinkers
           ,
           or
           not
           :
           The
           vses
           whereof
           being
           common
           ,
           I
           passe
           them
           ouer
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           for
           the
           inclination
           and
           disposition
           of
           the
           peoples
           mindes
           ,
           
           foure
           things
           are
           to
           be
           considered
           .
           First
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           bee
           giuen
           to
           idlenesse
           or
           paines
           
           taking
           ;
           then
           ,
           to
           what
           occupations
           and
           trades
           they
           are
           accustomed
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           whether
           they
           bee
           addicted
           to
           letters
           ,
           or
           otherwise
           incurious
           of
           learning
           :
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           vices
           and
           vertues
           the
           people
           are
           most
           giuen
           vnto
           ;
           and
           that
           whether
           by
           defect
           or
           administration
           of
           lawes
           ,
           or
           by
           their
           own
           temperatures
           .
           The
           least
           of
           these
           are
           of
           moment
           to
           be
           vnderstood
           .
           For
           besides
           the
           particular
           profit
           that
           euerie
           Trauailer
           shal
           reape
           thereby
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           publike
           and
           multiplex
           of
           stuffe
           for
           such
           (
           if
           so
           they
           happily
           afterward
           step
           to
           the
           helm
           and
           be
           called
           to
           aide
           the
           motion
           therof
           )
           to
           worke
           vpon
           ,
           either
           to
           reforme
           euils
           in
           their
           own
           Common-weale
           ,
           or
           to
           mooue
           commotion
           or
           pacification
           twixt
           forraine
           Powers
           and
           nations
           .
           Which
           ,
           for
           that
           these
           are
           the
           materials
           of
           politicians
           ,
           I
           omit
           to
           explane
           how
           and
           in
           what
           sort
           .
           And
           forasmuch
           as
           the
           nature
           of
           people
           in
           this
           point
           may
           be
           the
           better
           discouered
           in
           particular
           ,
           I
           propounde
           foure
           Censures
           ,
           which
           open
           the
           verie
           affects
           of
           the
           heart
           ,
           vnto
           such
           as
           couet
           to
           know
           in
           particular
           the
           secrets
           of
           euerie
           ones
           minde
           ,
           
           in
           common
           actions
           expressing
           vertue
           or
           vice
           ;
           They
           are
           the
           exercises
           ,
           the
           diet
           ,
           the
           apparel
           ,
           and
           the
           conuersation
           of
           men
           :
           of
           which
           ,
           if
           we
           may
           not
           offend
           ,
           we
           will
           consider
           a
           little
           ,
           how
           &
           in
           what
           manner
           they
           may
           stand
           a
           Trauailer
           in
           stead
           either
           to
           establish
           peace
           ,
           or
           to
           entertaine
           war
           ,
           in
           case
           of
           imployment
           .
           First
           then
           ,
           of
           exercises
           some
           be
           honorable
           ,
           
           others
           for
           pastime
           and
           recreation
           .
           Such
           as
           follow
           the
           honorable
           ,
           whether
           warlike
           or
           of
           learning
           ,
           discouer
           good
           instruments
           of
           peace
           or
           warre
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           by
           the
           exercises
           of
           warre
           men
           shew
           couragious
           and
           high
           mindes
           ,
           spirited
           and
           strong
           bodies
           :
           so
           by
           exercising
           points
           of
           learning
           and
           knowledge
           ,
           honest
           and
           settled
           mindes
           are
           bewraied
           ;
           and
           consequently
           
           meete
           persons
           ,
           the
           one
           for
           peace
           the
           other
           for
           warres
           .
           Those
           ,
           that
           exercise
           for
           pastime
           and
           delight
           only
           ,
           are
           marked
           for
           corrupt
           ,
           and
           weake
           members
           in
           a
           State
           ,
           eithe
           for
           peace
           or
           warre
           :
           yet
           rather
           affecting
           peace
           then
           warre
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           Censure
           is
           the
           diet
           of
           men
           .
           Diet
           ,
           
           it
           is
           either
           of
           meate
           ,
           of
           drinke
           ,
           or
           of
           sleepe
           .
           Those
           that
           be
           Epicures
           in
           any
           of
           these
           three
           ,
           are
           to
           be
           taxed
           for
           the
           most
           part
           for
           slouthfull
           ,
           vitious
           and
           effeminate
           bodies
           .
           Those
           that
           be
           temperate
           in
           these
           three
           ,
           and
           accustome
           their
           bodies
           to
           endure
           hardnesse
           ,
           may
           be
           obserued
           for
           men
           of
           action
           and
           employment
           :
           and
           as
           these
           may
           prooue
           good
           instruments
           for
           warre
           ,
           so
           the
           other
           are
           scarce
           good
           for
           either
           .
        
         
           The
           apparell
           reuealeth
           like
           affections
           ;
           which
           consisteth
           either
           in
           the
           fashion
           ,
           
           or
           stuffe
           ,
           or
           colour
           .
           Those
           that
           keepe
           the
           fashion
           which
           is
           approued
           in
           the
           Court
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           Courtiers
           ,
           shew
           discretion
           and
           constancie
           .
           Where
           ,
           on
           the
           other
           side
           ,
           they
           bewraie
           lightnesse
           and
           ficklenesse
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           speciall
           cases
           .
           So
           doe
           all
           those
           that
           affect
           vneasie
           and
           vnhandsome
           fashions
           .
           Those
           moreouer
           are
           not
           euer
           the
           wisest
           that
           are
           first
           in
           the
           newe
           fashion
           ,
           but
           such
           rather
           that
           come
           in
           the
           taile
           ;
           if
           they
           doe
           it
           in
           this
           respect
           ,
           to
           see
           first
           whether
           the
           same
           bee
           better
           and
           more
           necessarie
           then
           the
           olde
           .
           But
           seeing
           fewe
           Nations
           in
           the
           World
           be
           variable
           in
           fashions
           but
           wee
           and
           the
           French
           ,
           I
           will
           shut
           vp
           this
           point
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           a
           meete
           fashion
           for
           Courtiers
           ,
           for
           souldiers
           ,
           and
           for
           other
           people
           ,
           necessarily
           distinct
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           Courtier
           respecteth
           comelinesse
           ,
           the
           soldier
           ease
           and
           warmth
           ,
           the
           rest
           are
           variable
           ;
           according
           as
           they
           stand
           in
           yeares
           ,
           or
           humors
           ,
           or
           necessitie
           .
           
           As
           concerning
           the
           state
           of
           apparell
           :
           Whosoeuer
           weareth
           not
           good
           apparel
           ,
           being
           a
           Courtier
           ,
           and
           in
           Court
           ,
           beseeming
           this
           Estate
           and
           being
           young
           ,
           discouers
           his
           discontentment
           or
           want
           of
           meanes
           :
           so
           they
           that
           goe
           more
           costly
           then
           the
           guise
           of
           the
           place
           or
           their
           habilitie
           can
           beare
           withall
           ,
           or
           not
           respecting
           times
           ,
           places
           and
           persons
           ,
           reuealeth
           vanitie
           and
           hautie
           Ambition
           .
           The
           like
           affections
           are
           bewraied
           by
           the
           third
           ,
           to
           weet
           the
           Colour
           ;
           it
           being
           for
           the
           most
           part
           generally
           through
           the
           world
           respected
           for
           a
           Concordance
           according
           to
           the
           fitnesse
           of
           yeares
           ,
           of
           persons
           ,
           of
           times
           ,
           &
           places
           ;
           the
           which
           are
           circumstances
           reuealing
           the
           affections
           or
           imperfections
           of
           men
           in
           the
           colours
           of
           their
           apparell
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           Censurer
           is
           the
           Conuersation
           of
           men
           ,
           
           with
           the
           vertuous
           or
           vitious
           ;
           whereby
           the
           secret
           carriages
           of
           the
           minde
           be
           discouered
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           those
           that
           keepe
           euill
           companie
           bewray
           imperfect
           mindes
           :
           so
           such
           as
           conuerse
           with
           the
           vertuous
           may
           be
           obserued
           for
           honest
           and
           trustie
           men
           to
           be
           imployed
           in
           the
           affaires
           of
           their
           common-wealth
           ,
           either
           for
           peace
           or
           warre
           ,
           if
           other
           things
           concurre
           withall
           .
           In
           which
           conuersation
           an
           eye
           must
           be
           had
           of
           such
           to
           discerne
           ,
           what
           wisedome
           ,
           valour
           ,
           temperancie
           ,
           liberalitie
           ,
           vprightnesse
           ,
           couragiousnesse
           of
           minde
           euerie
           one
           of
           the
           nobler
           sort
           in
           his
           actions
           discouers
           :
           and
           contrariwise
           of
           the
           vices
           and
           capitall
           euils
           that
           reigne
           in
           them
           .
           But
           of
           these
           wee
           haue
           opened
           enough
           :
           and
           also
           concerning
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           people
           :
           
           it
           now
           remaineth
           to
           speake
           of
           the
           thirde
           point
           of
           knowledge
           about
           which
           a
           Trauailer
           must
           busie
           himselfe
           ,
           in
           the
           interim
           of
           his
           Trauaile
           :
           namely
           ,
           in
           the
           suruey
           of
           the
           Countrie
           wherein
           he
           shall
           trauaile
           .
           But
           
           seeing
           the
           consideration
           hereof
           is
           multiplex
           ,
           it
           would
           be
           to
           many
           very
           tedious
           to
           handle
           euery
           species
           and
           subdiuision
           largely
           .
           Wherefore
           we
           will
           but
           make
           a
           discouerie
           ,
           &
           touch
           onely
           the
           most
           necessary
           things
           to
           be
           vnderstood
           .
        
         
           Of
           the
           Countrey
           there
           is
           a
           sixefold
           consideration
           :
           
           as
           first
           of
           the
           name
           ,
           to
           weet
           ;
           wherof
           the
           Countries
           or
           Cōmon-weales
           name
           hath
           his
           deriuation
           ;
           
           how
           many
           sundry
           names
           it
           hath
           had
           since
           the
           first
           habitation
           thereof
           ;
           and
           finally
           how
           long
           it
           hath
           continued
           in
           each
           name
           ,
           &
           what
           were
           the
           causes
           of
           alteration
           .
           The
           which
           things
           forasmuch
           as
           frō
           records
           they
           may
           be
           collected
           ,
           we
           wil
           not
           insist
           vpon
           them
           :
           adding
           only
           by
           way
           of
           implicatiō
           one
           vse
           hereof
           ,
           That
           such
           Cōmon-weales
           as
           neuer
           haue
           altered
           their
           names
           ,
           will
           hardly
           be
           subdued
           ,
           or
           brought
           vnder
           the
           yoke
           of
           an
           absolute
           Conquerer
           :
           whereas
           those
           that
           haue
           been
           accustomed
           to
           change
           their
           names
           ,
           may
           easily
           by
           Conquerers
           be
           perswaded
           to
           suffer
           a
           change
           .
           The
           second
           consideration
           is
           of
           the
           populousnesse
           or
           scarcitie
           of
           people
           ;
           
           the
           knowledge
           whereof
           is
           so
           auaileable
           ,
           as
           a
           Politician
           cannot
           well
           plot
           ,
           without
           good
           certificate
           thereof
           from
           time
           to
           time
           :
           for
           a
           multitude
           of
           people
           cannot
           well
           indure
           without
           much
           trafficke
           ,
           without
           many
           friends
           ;
           and
           in
           case
           of
           penurie
           ,
           death
           ,
           and
           want
           ,
           not
           well
           without
           disorder
           .
           Neither
           are
           a
           few
           people
           to
           be
           feared
           for
           great
           enemies
           ,
           or
           to
           be
           trusted
           for
           constant
           friends
           ,
           
           and
           such
           like
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           of
           the
           situation
           of
           the
           Countrie
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           earth
           and
           seas
           ,
           as
           of
           the
           heauens
           ;
           namely
           ,
           vnder
           what
           Climate
           it
           lieth
           ,
           and
           what
           signe
           doth
           patronize
           the
           same
           .
           But
           these
           things
           ,
           being
           they
           may
           be
           attained
           vnto
           by
           
           reading
           &
           perusing
           of
           Mappes
           and
           sea
           Charts
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           sufficient
           to
           vs
           to
           haue
           remembred
           them
           .
           
           Fourthly
           ,
           the
           quantitie
           (
           which
           is
           either
           of
           the
           length
           ,
           breadth
           ,
           circuit
           ,
           or
           figure
           of
           the
           Countrey
           )
           is
           to
           bee
           considered
           .
           The
           which
           also
           wee
           omitte
           to
           enlarge
           by
           discourse
           ,
           considering
           by
           the
           rules
           of
           Geometrie
           and
           Cosmographie
           ,
           any
           may
           easily
           attaine
           to
           the
           same
           .
           Onely
           let
           this
           not
           bee
           impertinent
           to
           be
           superadded
           ,
           how
           the
           marches
           of
           the
           countrey
           (
           if
           it
           be
           part
           of
           the
           Continent
           )
           is
           confronted
           with
           naturall
           defence
           or
           artificiall
           ;
           how
           it
           borders
           on
           other
           Countreys
           ,
           and
           what
           quarter
           there
           is
           kept
           ordinarily
           ,
           whereof
           in
           the
           sixt
           and
           last
           generall
           point
           of
           knowledge
           ,
           namely
           ,
           in
           the
           secrets
           of
           the
           State
           wee
           shall
           haue
           cause
           to
           treate
           .
           
           The
           fift
           consideration
           is
           to
           bee
           made
           of
           the
           commodities
           to
           bee
           found
           in
           the
           Countrey
           :
           And
           the
           sixt
           likewise
           of
           the
           discommodities
           .
           Of
           these
           two
           last
           we
           will
           dilate
           a
           little
           .
           First
           ,
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           obserue
           the
           commodities
           of
           a
           Countrey
           ,
           either
           as
           they
           stand
           naturally
           or
           artificially
           .
        
         
           The
           naturall
           commodities
           are
           foure
           :
           namely
           ,
           
           the
           goodnesse
           or
           temperatenesse
           of
           the
           Ayre
           ,
           the
           Fruitfulnesse
           of
           the
           soyle
           ,
           the
           plenty
           of
           Riuers
           and
           Ports
           (
           if
           the
           same
           coast
           the
           sea
           )
           :
           And
           lastly
           ,
           the
           Springs
           ,
           Lakes
           ,
           Baths
           ,
           Spawes
           ,
           or
           Pooles
           ,
           that
           haue
           any
           singular
           vertue
           in
           them
           .
        
         
           Touching
           the
           first
           ,
           
           let
           not
           a
           Trauailer
           weigh
           the
           goodnesse
           or
           temperatenesse
           of
           the
           ayre
           by
           his
           own
           constitution
           of
           body
           ,
           that
           peraduenture
           can
           away
           well
           with
           the
           same
           ,
           (
           as
           wee
           see
           some
           of
           our
           English
           bodies
           can
           away
           well
           enough
           in
           colde
           Moscouia
           ,
           others
           in
           hot
           Morea
           )
           but
           by
           the
           generall
           well-faring
           
           of
           the
           inhabitants
           without
           pestiferous
           diseases
           and
           accidents
           ,
           that
           seldome
           chaunce
           to
           that
           Land
           and
           people
           ,
           but
           extraordinarily
           .
           For
           ,
           by
           the
           secret
           worke
           of
           God
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           Nation
           so
           temperate
           ,
           but
           is
           subiect
           to
           corruption
           of
           Ayre
           ,
           when
           his
           secret
           will
           shall
           bee
           displeased
           therewith
           ,
           and
           that
           by
           the
           reuolution
           of
           the
           heauens
           ,
           and
           of
           things
           ingendred
           and
           conteined
           in
           them
           .
        
         
           Touching
           the
           second
           ,
           
           which
           is
           the
           Fruitfulnesse
           of
           the
           soyle
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           triple
           consideration
           ;
           either
           of
           such
           as
           mooue
           and
           growe
           vpon
           the
           superficies
           of
           the
           Land
           (
           as
           Vegetables
           ,
           and
           liuing
           sensible
           things
           )
           or
           of
           such
           things
           as
           are
           hid
           in
           the
           wombe
           and
           veines
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           molde
           it selfe
           .
           Touching
           the
           first
           of
           these
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           obserue
           what
           store
           there
           is
           found
           of
           irrationall
           Animals
           ,
           either
           wilde
           or
           domesticke
           ,
           seruing
           for
           the
           vse
           of
           man
           ;
           and
           especially
           whether
           the
           Countrey
           doe
           yeeld
           a
           superfluitie
           ;
           and
           whereof
           .
           As
           in
           generalitie
           ,
           Africk
           yeeldeth
           the
           best
           Mules
           ;
           Europe
           the
           best
           Lions
           ,
           as
           Herodotus
           and
           Plinie
           make
           report
           ,
           onely
           to
           bee
           found
           betweene
           the
           riuers
           Nestus
           and
           Achelous
           ;
           the
           one
           coasting
           Abdera
           ,
           a
           Citie
           of
           Thrace
           ;
           the
           other
           ,
           being
           a
           flood
           of
           Epyrus
           ,
           separateth
           Acarnania
           from
           Aetolia
           .
           So
           in
           particular
           ,
           wee
           finde
           England
           yeeldeth
           the
           greatest
           store
           of
           good
           Sheepe
           and
           Wooll
           :
           Muscouia
           the
           best
           Bees
           ;
           yeelding
           Honie
           and
           Wake
           in
           plentie
           ;
           and
           the
           best
           Furres
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           a
           Trauailer
           obserue
           what
           store
           of
           Vegetables
           ,
           either
           of
           Woods
           ,
           Trees
           for
           fruite
           ,
           or
           plants
           the
           Countrey
           yeeldeth
           .
           For
           ,
           euery
           Countrey
           hath
           his
           seuerall
           Commodities
           ,
           and
           singularitie
           of
           them
           ,
           fitted
           by
           the
           prouidence
           of
           God
           :
           
           as
           we
           reade
           of
           ,
           in
           Asia
           ,
           singular
           Cedars
           and
           Pine
           trees
           :
           so
           wee
           haue
           experience
           ,
           that
           for
           Firre
           trees
           and
           ship-masts
           ,
           Denmarke
           and
           the
           New
           found
           land
           is
           notorious
           ;
           for
           Vines
           ,
           France
           ;
           for
           Apples
           and
           such
           ordinary
           fruit
           England
           ;
           for
           Orenges
           ,
           Limons
           ,
           Pomegranates
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           Spaine
           and
           other
           hot
           Countries
           ;
           for
           oyle
           and
           Oliues
           ,
           Candia
           ,
           &c.
           
           As
           concerning
           the
           second
           ,
           which
           is
           of
           things
           hid
           in
           the
           veines
           and
           wombe
           of
           the
           earth
           (
           for
           what
           shall
           we
           need
           to
           enlarge
           the
           discourse
           with
           the
           huge
           woods
           to
           be
           found
           in
           Germany
           and
           Bohemia
           ,
           or
           with
           the
           notorious
           Vegetables
           of
           other
           Nations
           )
           namely
           ,
           the
           Mines
           of
           mettals
           and
           Fossiles
           whereof
           there
           are
           such
           sundrie
           species
           ,
           as
           it
           may
           seeme
           impertinent
           of
           vs
           to
           be
           further
           touched
           ,
           considering
           so
           soone
           as
           they
           are
           discouered
           ,
           they
           bee
           committed
           to
           writing
           .
           Now
           the
           last
           of
           those
           three
           is
           the
           fruitfulnesse
           of
           the
           molde
           ,
           yeelding
           vnto
           the
           industry
           of
           such
           people
           as
           Till
           and
           manure
           the
           same
           ,
           abundance
           of
           all
           things
           :
           the
           which
           also
           we
           wil
           referre
           to
           the
           artificiall
           consideration
           of
           the
           Countries
           commodities
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           naturall
           commodities
           of
           a
           countrey
           are
           the
           plentie
           of
           Riuers
           and
           Ports
           :
           
           whereof
           these
           things
           fall
           to
           the
           obseruation
           of
           a
           Trauailer
           ;
           From
           whence
           they
           haue
           their
           springs
           &
           thorowfare
           if
           they
           be
           riuers
           nauigable
           ,
           whether
           they
           be
           replenished
           with
           fish
           ,
           of
           what
           kindes
           ,
           and
           whether
           potable
           and
           commodious
           for
           the
           vse
           of
           man
           ,
           how
           these
           doe
           accommodate
           the
           Country
           ;
           and
           lastly
           where
           they
           haue
           bridges
           ,
           foords
           ,
           ferries
           ,
           or
           may
           bee
           waded
           ouer
           .
           But
           if
           the
           Countrey
           be
           maretine
           ,
           and
           ioyning
           to
           the
           sea
           ,
           what
           ,
           and
           what
           store
           of
           fish
           the
           coast
           aboundeth
           with
           ;
           how
           the
           sea
           
           ebbeth
           and
           floweth
           in
           euery
           Port
           and
           Creeke
           ,
           where
           there
           is
           good
           riding
           for
           shippes
           or
           boates
           ;
           what
           shallowes
           ,
           sands
           and
           flattes
           ;
           and
           lastly
           ,
           what
           good
           and
           dangerous
           landing
           ;
           whereof
           in
           the
           secrets
           and
           last
           part
           of
           the
           Trauailers
           knowledge
           we
           shall
           haue
           occasion
           to
           enlarge
           .
           But
           a
           Trauailer
           must
           be
           so
           prudent
           in
           searching
           out
           these
           things
           ,
           that
           he
           haue
           not
           a
           malicious
           or
           suspicious
           eye
           cast
           on
           him
           ;
           for
           it
           is
           one
           of
           the
           conuictors
           of
           Spies
           .
           
           Now
           the
           last
           of
           the
           naturall
           commodities
           ,
           as
           wee
           haue
           sayd
           ,
           are
           Springs
           ,
           Baths
           ,
           Spawes
           ,
           Lakes
           ,
           Pooles
           ,
           or
           other
           things
           of
           goodnesse
           and
           medicineable
           vertue
           and
           commoditie
           :
           the
           which
           are
           to
           be
           sought
           out
           in
           seuen
           things
           ,
           namely
           ,
           in
           their
           heat
           ,
           as
           Baths
           and
           Spawes
           :
           in
           their
           tastes
           and
           sauours
           ,
           as
           Plinie
           reporteth
           of
           a
           certaine
           Lake
           amongst
           the
           Troglodites
           ,
           which
           thrise
           a
           day
           and
           thrise
           a
           night
           ,
           for
           a
           season
           ,
           was
           euer
           bitter
           and
           salt
           ,
           and
           at
           other
           times
           sweete
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           in
           their
           colour
           ,
           as
           Diodorus
           reporteth
           ,
           in
           Egypt
           there
           was
           a
           Poole
           ,
           the
           colour
           of
           whose
           water
           was
           vermilion
           ,
           which
           being
           drunke
           would
           make
           men
           bewray
           secrets
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           in
           their
           odour
           or
           smel
           ,
           as
           that
           fountaine
           in
           the
           Citie
           Leuca
           ,
           of
           a
           most
           horrible
           smel
           ,
           spoken
           of
           by
           Strabo
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           in
           the
           motion
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           they
           are
           rising
           :
           as
           that
           fountaine
           besides
           Haslea
           which
           neuer
           riseth
           but
           early
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           at
           high
           noone
           ,
           and
           at
           the
           shutting
           in
           of
           the
           euening
           :
           And
           if
           therein
           any
           euill
           thing
           bee
           cast
           that
           may
           corrupt
           the
           same
           ,
           
             Theodorus
             Zuingerus
          
           mentioneth
           ,
           that
           for
           certaine
           dayes
           after
           it
           will
           not
           rise
           at
           all
           .
           Sixtly
           ,
           in
           their
           effects
           ,
           as
           that
           fountaine
           of
           Salmac
           in
           the
           countrey
           of
           Caria
           ;
           which
           ,
           as
           Strabo
           writeth
           ,
           maketh
           men
           effeminate
           &
           lither
           .
           That
           of
           Aphrodisium
           in
           
           Pyrrhea
           ,
           that
           causeth
           barrennesse
           ,
           as
           Plinie
           noteth
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           what
           commoditie
           either
           of
           them
           yeelde
           vnto
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           the
           which
           chiefly
           is
           to
           be
           considered
           ,
           of
           those
           nauigable
           Lakes
           that
           lie
           in
           the
           heart
           of
           the
           Land.
           
        
         
           Hitherto
           concerning
           the
           naturall
           :
           
           the
           Artificiall
           commodities
           now
           offer
           themselues
           ;
           which
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           find
           chiefly
           in
           two
           things
           ,
           namely
           ,
           in
           Buildings
           or
           in
           Trades
           &
           Sciēces
           Mechanick
           .
           And
           though
           the
           liberall
           Arts
           may
           seeme
           to
           bee
           of
           the
           number
           ;
           yet
           properly
           they
           are
           not
           the
           commodities
           of
           a
           Land
           or
           State.
           Because
           by
           the
           word
           Commodities
           is
           meant
           ,
           things
           that
           may
           be
           transported
           from
           State
           to
           State
           ,
           &
           caried
           out
           of
           one
           country
           into
           another
           :
           which
           the
           liberall
           Sciences
           well
           cannot
           saue
           in
           bookes
           :
           For
           the
           operatiō
           of
           the
           liberal
           Sciēces
           seem
           to
           be
           Spiritual
           or
           Mathematical
           ;
           wheras
           that
           of
           Mechanical
           arts
           sheweth
           to
           be
           corporal
           .
           But
           to
           our
           point
           ,
           
           of
           Buildings
           there
           may
           be
           a
           triple
           cōsideration
           :
           First
           ,
           what
           are
           the
           most
           cōmon
           buildings
           &
           houses
           of
           the
           country
           wherin
           the
           common
           people
           inhabite
           ,
           and
           of
           what
           stuffe
           they
           are
           made
           .
           For
           almost
           euery
           countrey
           differ
           therin
           .
           But
           whersoeuer
           great
           defects
           are
           of
           these
           ,
           as
           in
           
             Ireland
             ,
             Muscouie
          
           &
           other
           places
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           note
           of
           pouerty
           &
           barbarousnes
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           what
           manner
           of
           buildings
           are
           those
           of
           Towns
           &
           Cities
           ,
           &
           of
           the
           nobler
           sort
           of
           people
           :
           for
           these
           euermore
           draw
           neerest
           to
           ciuility
           ,
           and
           be
           freest
           from
           pouerty
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           is
           the
           Architecturie
           of
           Forts
           ,
           Townes
           ,
           Sconces
           ,
           Cittadels
           ,
           Castles
           ,
           Towers
           ,
           and
           of
           places
           fortified
           in
           the
           land
           ,
           about
           the
           discouery
           whereof
           a
           trauailer
           shall
           finde
           much
           vse
           of
           his
           Mathematickes
           ,
           learned
           before
           trauaile
           .
           But
           
           before
           wee
           make
           discouery
           of
           places
           fortified
           ,
           let
           it
           not
           bee
           impertinent
           to
           consider
           seuen
           points
           briefly
           in
           Cities
           or
           Townes
           :
           as
           first
           of
           the
           Quantities
           ,
           
           Figures
           and
           Circuits
           as
           well
           of
           the
           Cities
           themselues
           ,
           as
           of
           their
           suburbes
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           of
           their
           situation
           and
           strength
           ,
           and
           how
           they
           stand
           commodated
           by
           sea
           or
           land
           ,
           or
           discommodated
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           of
           the
           manner
           and
           matter
           of
           their
           buildings
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           of
           their
           places
           and
           things
           of
           speciall
           note
           ,
           as
           Gates
           ,
           Fountaines
           Bridges
           ,
           Churches
           ,
           Streets
           ,
           Religous
           houses
           ,
           palaces
           Arsenals
           ,
           Store
           houses
           Market
           places
           ,
           Rialtos
           ,
           publike
           Ambulatories
           ,
           Schooles
           ,
           Libraries
           ,
           Colledges
           ,
           Vniuersities
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           of
           Vniuersities
           it
           must
           be
           considered
           ,
           whether
           they
           bee
           of
           Physicke
           ,
           of
           the
           Lawe
           ,
           or
           of
           any
           other
           speciall
           studie
           and
           profession
           ,
           or
           mixt
           of
           all
           liberall
           Sciences
           together
           ,
           what
           number
           of
           Students
           ,
           what
           companies
           of
           strangers
           ,
           their
           orders
           ,
           priuiledges
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           :
           lastly
           ,
           what
           famous
           men
           in
           learning
           flourish
           in
           them
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           the
           number
           of
           the
           people
           of
           the
           Cities
           &
           Townes
           are
           to
           be
           learned
           so
           neere
           as
           may
           be
           .
           Sixtly
           ,
           the
           policie
           of
           them
           is
           to
           be
           regarded
           :
           which
           resteth
           either
           in
           the
           Ecclesiasticall
           ,
           Scholastical
           ,
           Oeconomical
           ,
           or
           politicall
           gouernment
           :
           whereof
           the
           politicall
           is
           most
           behooueful
           ,
           and
           therfore
           we
           will
           insist
           only
           vpon
           the
           same
           ;
           and
           that
           in
           one
           word
           to
           discerne
           the
           maner
           and
           disposition
           of
           the
           peoples
           liuing
           ,
           whether
           in
           idlenesse
           and
           pleasure
           ,
           as
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           this
           Land
           ,
           and
           of
           France
           ,
           or
           in
           trades
           and
           merchandise
           ,
           as
           the
           Nobility
           of
           the
           Venetian
           and
           Genoa
           States
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           with
           whom
           they
           vent
           that
           which
           is
           superfluous
           in
           their
           Towne
           ,
           from
           what
           other
           places
           they
           ordinarily
           
           bring
           such
           things
           as
           they
           want
           and
           stand
           in
           need
           of
           :
           and
           whether
           they
           be
           driuen
           to
           carie
           out
           their
           owne
           commodities
           ,
           or
           are
           sought
           vnto
           by
           forreine
           parts
           ;
           Let
           these
           things
           suffice
           ,
           till
           the
           gouernement
           of
           the
           State
           in
           generall
           shall
           offer
           it selfe
           to
           be
           handled
           in
           the
           fift
           part
           ,
           to
           which
           we
           do
           referre
           Trauailers
           that
           make
           doubt
           of
           any
           thing
           considerable
           in
           Townes
           or
           Cities
           .
           The
           seuenth
           and
           last
           consideration
           then
           of
           Cities
           is
           of
           the
           priuiledges
           ,
           immunities
           ,
           liberties
           ,
           and
           freedomes
           of
           them
           :
           whether
           Colonies
           ,
           Municipials
           ,
           Prefectures
           ,
           Cities
           confederate
           ,
           assemblies
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
           Now
           the
           other
           part
           of
           Artificiall
           buildings
           resteth
           to
           our
           Trauailer
           ,
           
           namely
           ,
           of
           fortifications
           .
           Of
           which
           ,
           forasmuch
           as
           the
           true
           suruey
           of
           them
           is
           in
           many
           States
           very
           daungerous
           ,
           we
           haue
           obserued
           ,
           for
           the
           better
           ease
           and
           securitie
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           three
           safe
           wayes
           to
           prie
           into
           the
           secrets
           of
           them
           if
           accesse
           bee
           inhibited
           :
           First
           ,
           to
           learne
           what
           are
           fortified
           holdes
           within
           the
           land
           ,
           and
           what
           front
           and
           coast
           the
           sea
           ,
           and
           where
           seated
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           within
           the
           land
           ,
           whether
           they
           stand
           vpon
           riuers
           ,
           or
           waters
           ,
           or
           were
           built
           for
           other
           purposes
           than
           for
           the
           warres
           ,
           and
           naturall
           defence
           of
           the
           land
           :
           whereof
           in
           most
           States
           there
           haue
           been
           diuerserected
           ,
           as
           by
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           England
           and
           Ireland
           for
           their
           priuate
           vses
           ,
           and
           for
           ciuill
           warres
           fortified
           ,
           &
           singularly
           in
           France
           ,
           where
           the
           Noblesses
           for
           their
           priuate
           safegard
           ,
           haue
           many
           strong
           holdes
           :
           as
           other
           Nations
           that
           a
           long
           season
           haue
           either
           feared
           enemies
           ,
           
           or
           sought
           freedome
           from
           subiection
           .
           Whereof
           wee
           haue
           of
           late
           time
           experience
           ,
           by
           the
           fortifications
           of
           the
           Lowe
           Countrey
           people
           .
           The
           second
           considereth
           the
           naturall
           and
           artificiall
           strength
           
           of
           them
           :
           The
           naturall
           attribute
           defence
           vnto
           a
           place
           in
           regard
           of
           situation
           :
           which
           may
           be
           cōsidered
           in
           hils
           ,
           rockes
           ,
           or
           waters
           that
           make
           the
           same
           vnaccessable
           or
           defenceable
           ,
           wherof
           we
           haue
           a
           wonderful
           example
           in
           the
           Isle
           of
           Sarke
           in
           our
           Brutish
           sea
           ,
           which
           is
           by
           nature
           so
           fortified
           ,
           as
           one
           man
           may
           defend
           the
           same
           Isle
           against
           the
           greatest
           Army
           that
           is
           able
           to
           come
           against
           it
           .
           Of
           like
           defence
           is
           in
           some
           respect
           the
           castle
           of
           Garnsey
           ,
           &
           for
           a
           land
           Army
           the
           city
           of
           Venice
           ,
           and
           of
           Mexico
           in
           West
           India
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           considered
           ,
           whether
           equally
           in
           all
           places
           as
           the
           aforenamed
           ,
           or
           but
           on
           some
           sides
           that
           defence
           groweth
           ,
           as
           that
           of
           Douer
           ,
           castle
           to
           the
           sea-ward
           ,
           and
           towards
           the
           towne
           .
           Likewise
           what
           other
           naturall
           strengths
           be
           within
           ,
           as
           plenty
           of
           ground
           to
           preserue
           victuall
           ,
           good
           springs
           that
           cannot
           be
           withdrawen
           or
           corrupted
           ,
           &
           such
           like
           ,
           which
           naturally
           doe
           fortifie
           places
           greatly
           in
           times
           of
           besiegings
           .
           Now
           th'
           artificial
           strēgths
           of
           Forts
           cōsisteth
           in
           y
           e
           Matter
           or
           Forme
           and
           figure
           ,
           whether
           without
           or
           within
           .
           Touching
           the
           matter
           &
           substāce
           of
           euery
           particular
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           questioned
           whether
           they
           be
           of
           old
           or
           new
           erectiō
           :
           for
           the
           olde
           in
           times
           past
           were
           made
           of
           stone
           ,
           bricke
           ,
           or
           such
           like
           hard
           stuffe
           ,
           which
           now
           in
           the
           perfectiō
           of
           artillery
           are
           more
           easie
           to
           be
           battered
           thā
           Forts
           of
           earth
           ,
           &
           are
           foūd
           more
           hurtful
           to
           the
           friend
           within
           ,
           &
           fauorable
           to
           the
           enemy
           ;
           yet
           in
           speciall
           cases
           where
           Artillery
           cannot
           come
           to
           batter
           ,
           are
           notwithstanding
           momentable
           :
           the
           which
           if
           it
           be
           well
           considered
           ,
           seldome
           shall
           men
           find
           old
           fortifications
           ,
           but
           they
           were
           euen
           seated
           so
           ,
           as
           Artillery
           could
           not
           play
           vpon
           them
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           are
           those
           new
           fortifications
           to
           be
           considered
           ,
           of
           what
           matter
           (
           for
           of
           earth
           ther
           is
           diuers
           sorts
           to
           
           make
           good
           fortifications
           )
           of
           what
           greatnes
           ,
           largenes
           ,
           thicknes
           ,
           depth
           ,
           and
           height
           are
           the
           members
           of
           them
           :
           as
           wals
           ,
           vammures
           ,
           ramparts
           ,
           curtins
           ,
           cauallirs
           ,
           parapets
           ,
           counterscarfes
           ,
           mounts
           ,
           platforms
           ,
           trenches
           ,
           ditches
           ,
           &c
           ,
           and
           how
           replenished
           with
           water
           ,
           what
           sluces
           ,
           what
           Saleis
           ,
           what
           droit
           and
           oblique
           passages
           are
           to
           the
           same
           :
           the
           which
           ,
           discreet
           questioning
           ,
           &
           good
           indgement
           of
           the
           eye
           ,
           shall
           enforme
           a
           Trauailer
           of
           .
           Touching
           the
           formes
           and
           figures
           of
           Forts
           ,
           that
           is
           either
           regular
           or
           irregular
           .
           The
           regular
           be
           either
           
             Rotunds
             ,
             Quadrats
             ,
             Pentagonons
             ,
             Hexagonons
             ,
          
           &c.
           according
           to
           the
           quantity
           of
           the
           Fort
           ,
           euery
           part
           answering
           in
           correspondencie
           .
           The
           irregular
           retain
           those
           formes
           which
           most
           naturally
           may
           helpe
           the
           weaknes
           of
           the
           place
           ,
           yet
           answerable
           one
           to
           another
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           rules
           of
           fortifications
           :
           wherof
           we
           had
           a
           notable
           piece
           of
           work
           for
           example
           ,
           in
           that
           in
           Ostend
           in
           Flanders
           .
           And
           for
           better
           iudgement
           herein
           ,
           let
           it
           not
           be
           grieuous
           to
           any
           Trauailer
           ,
           if
           so
           he
           happen
           into
           the
           warres
           ,
           to
           obserue
           the
           notable
           means
           is
           taken
           in
           the
           field
           by
           good
           Souldiers
           for
           the
           fortifying
           of
           their
           Campes
           daily
           after
           this
           irregular
           distribution
           .
           Now
           the
           last
           of
           these
           3
           ,
           that
           prie
           into
           the
           fortifications
           of
           Countries
           ,
           is
           to
           vnderstād
           what
           Captains
           &
           souldiers
           ordinarily
           belong
           to
           them
           ;
           their
           munitions
           ,
           their
           paies
           ,
           &
           finally
           their
           ordinances
           &
           priuiledges
           .
           Let
           these
           things
           suffice
           for
           the
           first
           of
           the
           artifical
           commodities
           of
           the
           Country
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           is
           that
           of
           Trades
           ,
           
           and
           Mechanical
           Sciences
           ;
           the
           which
           are
           fashioners
           and
           finishers
           of
           handicraft
           works
           made
           through
           mans
           inuention
           ,
           &
           are
           in
           number
           sixe
           ,
           for
           a
           Trauailer
           to
           consider
           of
           ;
           thorow
           which
           al
           commodities
           passe
           and
           repasse
           ,
           namely
           ,
           
             Husbandry
             ,
             
             Clothing
             ,
             Masonry
             ,
             Carpentry
             ,
             Smithery
             ,
             &
             Engining
             :
          
           these
           are
           generall
           heads
           ,
           whereunto
           all
           other
           trades
           of
           necessary
           obseruation
           may
           be
           referred
           ,
           that
           accommodate
           a
           Land.
           Let
           vs
           take
           Husbandry
           for
           an
           example
           ,
           vnder
           which
           is
           comprised
           the
           sciences
           of
           gardening
           ,
           of
           planting
           and
           grafting
           ,
           of
           manuring
           ,
           of
           grasing
           ,
           of
           breeding
           and
           cherishing
           of
           Vegetables
           ,
           Plants
           ,
           beasts
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           fostering
           sciences
           ,
           for
           the
           nourishment
           of
           the
           creatures
           ,
           but
           singularly
           of
           man
           :
           Vpon
           which
           also
           other
           infinite
           trades
           depend
           ,
           wherof
           we
           will
           omit
           to
           speake
           .
           
           But
           to
           our
           point
           in
           hand
           ;
           a
           Trauailer
           shal
           discerne
           the
           husbandry
           of
           each
           countrey
           in
           three
           points
           :
           first
           ,
           by
           obseruing
           what
           corne
           and
           graine
           the
           countrey
           yeeldeth
           generally
           ,
           and
           that
           with
           what
           paines
           and
           meanes
           the
           land
           is
           tilled
           and
           manured
           ,
           what
           vsuall
           increase
           the
           land
           yeeldeth
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           :
           whereof
           there
           is
           such
           difference
           as
           is
           almost
           incredible
           ,
           yea
           ,
           between
           setting
           and
           sowing
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           what
           cattell
           are
           vsually
           bred
           there
           for
           the
           state
           aswell
           of
           the
           Land
           as
           of
           other
           Countries
           .
           As
           in
           Muscouie
           and
           Poland
           ,
           Bees
           ;
           in
           the
           Lowe
           Countries
           ,
           Kine
           ;
           in
           England
           ,
           Sheepe
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           fruits
           the
           countrie
           yeeldeth
           :
           as
           Grapes
           ,
           Wine
           ,
           Oile
           ,
           Apples
           ,
           Peares
           ,
           Plummes
           ,
           Orenges
           ,
           Limons
           ,
           Nuts
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           :
           and
           lastly
           ,
           with
           what
           fuell
           the
           Land
           most
           aboundeth
           .
        
         
           Touching
           the
           second
           Mechanicall
           trade
           ,
           
           namely
           ,
           Clothing
           ,
           a
           Trauailer
           must
           note
           what
           speciall
           stuffe
           that
           Countrey
           yeeldeth
           for
           the
           same
           :
           whether
           of
           Lether
           ,
           Furres
           ,
           beasts
           skins
           ,
           haire
           ,
           flaxe
           ,
           wooll
           ,
           barks
           of
           trees
           ,
           bombasie
           ,
           silke
           ,
           gold
           ,
           siluer
           ,
           or
           such
           like
           :
           and
           also
           how
           the
           same
           is
           imployed
           ,
           for
           garmēts
           or
           otherwise
           .
        
         
         
           So
           the
           third
           ,
           
           which
           is
           Masonry
           ,
           requireth
           the
           knowledge
           of
           such
           as
           are
           workers
           of
           stone
           ,
           brick
           ,
           or
           morter
           &
           their
           artificiall
           compositions
           and
           symmetries
           .
           The
           fourth
           ,
           
           which
           is
           Carpentrie
           is
           displayed
           in
           wood
           Caruers
           ,
           Ioyners
           ,
           Carpenters
           ,
           or
           builders
           of
           houses
           ,
           shipwrights
           ,
           and
           in
           all
           other
           dependances
           .
           The
           fift
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           Smitherie
           ,
           
           is
           as
           variable
           as
           any
           of
           the
           former
           to
           bee
           sought
           into
           :
           whether
           for
           varietie
           of
           metals
           to
           bee
           wrought
           vpon
           ,
           as
           Gold
           and
           Siluer-smithes
           ,
           Copper-smiths
           ,
           Brasiers
           ,
           Tinkers
           ,
           Pewterers
           ,
           Founders
           ,
           blacke
           and
           white
           smithes
           ,
           &
           all
           such
           like
           :
           or
           for
           infinite
           kind
           of
           tooles
           and
           Vtensils
           ,
           for
           the
           necessaries
           of
           man
           ,
           the
           which
           are
           more
           excellent
           in
           some
           places
           than
           other
           ,
           euen
           by
           so
           much
           as
           the
           matter
           and
           the
           Arts-men
           tend
           to
           perfection
           .
           
           The
           sixt
           and
           last
           is
           Engining
           ,
           which
           being
           an
           extract
           from
           the
           grounds
           of
           Mathematicall
           knowledge
           ,
           is
           also
           much
           the
           more
           to
           bee
           considered
           well
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           in
           how
           much
           there
           may
           arise
           many
           singular
           commodities
           to
           ones
           Countrey
           ,
           both
           in
           times
           of
           peace
           &
           warre
           .
           Wherin
           let
           Trauailers
           make
           obseruatiō
           who
           be
           the
           most
           famous
           workers
           ,
           &
           what
           admirable
           things
           they
           worke
           &
           bring
           to
           passe
           ,
           either
           by
           conueyance
           of
           water
           by
           scrues
           ,
           by
           pullies
           ,
           by
           weights
           ,
           by
           causing
           vacuums
           or
           reinforcing
           of
           spirits
           together
           in
           narrowe
           straights
           and
           Cylinders
           ,
           and
           by
           such
           other
           draughts
           of
           nature
           ,
           kept
           secret
           from
           the
           vulgar
           sort
           :
           the
           which
           in
           the
           warres
           are
           so
           necessary
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           citie
           for
           ciuill
           and
           necessarie
           vses
           .
           Insomuch
           as
           if
           any
           man
           trauailing
           shal
           grow
           therby
           excellent
           ,
           he
           is
           worthy
           the
           name
           of
           honor
           &
           estimation
           ,
           though
           in
           other
           points
           he
           be
           found
           a
           weake
           obseruer
           .
           This
           thing
           being
           of
           such
           singular
           proofe
           and
           vse
           
           euerie
           where
           ,
           may
           seeme
           to
           priuiledge
           Trauailers
           aboue
           any
           one
           point
           of
           knowledge
           besides
           .
           About
           the
           consideration
           of
           which
           although
           wee
           could
           not
           dwell
           too
           long
           (
           for
           of
           it selfe
           it
           requireth
           a
           volume
           )
           yet
           other
           manifould
           points
           vntouched
           doe
           craue
           our
           discourse
           now
           .
        
         
           Only
           for
           discouerie
           let
           this
           be
           added
           ,
           that
           whatsoeuer
           by
           naturall
           conclusions
           and
           (
           as
           wee
           say
           )
           by
           sleight
           ,
           with
           small
           adoe
           effecteth
           great
           things
           (
           as
           to
           moue
           bodies
           contrarie
           to
           nature
           violently
           ,
           and
           swiftly
           ;
           to
           make
           powerfull
           any
           weake
           thing
           ,
           and
           to
           discouer
           things
           vnto
           the
           senses
           afar
           off
           out
           of
           their
           kēning
           ,
           or
           to
           penetrate
           any
           thing
           resistable
           )
           may
           be
           contained
           vnder
           the
           arte
           or
           science
           of
           Engining
           .
           Hitherto
           concerning
           the
           commodities
           of
           the
           Countrie
           :
        
         
           The
           Discommodities
           now
           may
           easily
           be
           
             ex
             opposito
          
           collected
           from
           the
           former
           ,
           
           to
           enlighten
           the
           sixt
           and
           last
           point
           ,
           concerning
           the
           Countrie
           .
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           we
           wil
           for
           better
           vnderstanding
           to
           some
           as
           it
           were
           make
           repetition
           .
           The
           discommodities
           then
           of
           Countries
           are
           either
           imperfectious
           ,
           or
           wants
           .
           The
           imperfections
           naturall
           ,
           are
           either
           intemperatenesse
           and
           vnholesome
           aire
           or
           extream
           barennesse
           of
           the
           Soile
           yeelding
           little
           or
           no
           commodities
           ,
           or
           aboundance
           of
           cruel
           beastes
           :
           of
           which
           our
           Trauailer
           must
           haue
           a
           care
           ,
           to
           vnderstand
           whether
           the
           same
           be
           not
           for
           want
           of
           good
           husbandrie
           in
           the
           people
           of
           the
           Countrie
           .
           The
           artificiall
           discommodities
           are
           likewise
           two
           ,
           Buildings
           ,
           and
           trades
           .
           The
           defect
           of
           the
           one
           hindereth
           a
           Countrie
           from
           well
           peopling
           ,
           of
           the
           other
           from
           well
           and
           orderly
           liuing
           .
           For
           it
           is
           a
           maxime
           in
           policie
           ,
           that
           no
           Countrie
           can
           be
           euer
           ciuile
           and
           orderly
           where
           there
           be
           not
           good
           trades
           planted
           for
           setting
           
           the
           Commons
           to
           worke
           ,
           for
           the
           husbanding
           all
           such
           commodities
           as
           their
           Countrie
           yeelds
           ,
           and
           of
           such
           as
           are
           brought
           vnto
           the
           same
           frō
           forrain
           parts
           :
           the
           which
           to
           a
           Countrie
           much
           peopled
           is
           most
           needfull
           also
           .
           Thus
           much
           concerning
           imperfections
           .
           The
           wants
           are
           of
           those
           things
           properly
           ,
           that
           other
           Countries
           abound
           with
           :
           which
           necessarily
           ciuill
           Estates
           doe
           want
           daiely
           ,
           &
           must
           expect
           them
           from
           other
           places
           to
           furnish
           them
           .
           For
           though
           there
           bee
           many
           Ilands
           in
           the
           World
           ,
           that
           content
           themselues
           and
           liue
           without
           the
           commodities
           of
           other
           places
           ;
           neither
           haue
           they
           other
           then
           a
           certaine
           naturall
           kinde
           of
           prouision
           ,
           distributed
           well
           and
           orderly
           alike
           to
           all
           Nations
           for
           the
           naturall
           support
           thereof
           :
           Yet
           being
           once
           brought
           vnto
           ciuilitie
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           taste
           of
           the
           World
           ,
           either
           to
           be
           equall
           with
           others
           ,
           or
           to
           be
           engreatned
           ;
           there
           is
           no
           Natiō
           or
           Countrie
           ,
           but
           standeth
           in
           necessarie
           neede
           and
           want
           of
           forraine
           things
           :
           the
           which
           being
           once
           tasted
           of
           generally
           ,
           it
           is
           almost
           impossible
           to
           be
           left
           and
           forgotten
           .
           The
           conclusion
           then
           of
           this
           point
           ,
           for
           our
           Trauailer
           may
           be
           ,
           That
           he
           obserue
           what
           speciall
           thing
           the
           Countrie
           standeth
           in
           neede
           of
           ,
           the
           which
           is
           either
           of
           clothing
           or
           of
           victuall
           :
           For
           ,
           these
           two
           a
           Nation
           that
           is
           ciuile
           and
           well
           ordered
           cannot
           long
           want
           .
           As
           concerning
           clothing
           let
           it
           be
           sufficient
           which
           we
           haue
           touched
           alreadie
           ,
           in
           the
           Commodities
           :
           for
           out
           of
           the
           same
           may
           be
           gathered
           the
           discommodities
           
             è
             conuerso
          
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           may
           it
           be
           saide
           forvictuals
           :
           Only
           let
           a
           Trauailer
           make
           obseruation
           what
           liuing
           Creatures
           hee
           shall
           finde
           that
           cannot
           liue
           or
           bee
           found
           in
           the
           Countrie
           :
           As
           our
           
             Theodore
             Zuingerus
          
           reporteth
           of
           Africk
           that
           neuer
           Hart
           or
           wilde
           Boare
           was
           found
           there
           .
           And
           Plinie
           mentioneth
           
           that
           in
           Arabia
           no
           Swine
           liueth
           .
           So
           in
           the
           Ilands
           of
           Nea
           there
           are
           bred
           no
           Patridges
           ,
           nor
           being
           thither
           brought
           will
           liue
           .
           So
           some
           report
           of
           Ireland
           ,
           that
           in
           it
           liueth
           no
           venemous
           beast
           ;
           for
           the
           Climate
           worketh
           all
           vpon
           the
           people
           ;
           a
           strange
           Constellation
           ,
           for
           want
           of
           of
           good
           Religion
           .
        
         
           Let
           these
           things
           suffice
           touching
           the
           3
           generall
           points
           of
           knowledge
           respecting
           the
           Countrie
           .
           
           The
           fourth
           now
           offereth
           it selfe
           to
           our
           consideration
           :
           which
           is
           of
           the
           Lawes
           and
           Customes
           that
           be
           vsed
           in
           the
           Countrey
           :
           
           the
           knowledge
           whereof
           may
           well
           reforme
           the
           weedy
           affections
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           and
           redresse
           distemperatures
           growen
           in
           their
           Countrie
           ,
           and
           lastly
           ,
           open
           the
           doore
           of
           many
           policies
           ,
           into
           which
           a
           Politician
           wil
           soone
           enter
           .
           But
           first
           concerning
           the
           word
           Law
           ,
           in
           the
           intendiment
           there
           is
           a
           double
           respect
           to
           be
           had
           thereof
           .
           For
           ,
           
           all
           honest
           lawes
           haue
           their
           deriuation
           and
           spring-head
           from
           the
           eternall
           fountaine
           of
           reason
           of
           the
           will
           of
           God
           :
           in
           which
           respect
           they
           in
           substance
           are
           all
           diuine
           .
           Notwithstanding
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           diuersitie
           of
           people
           ,
           as
           of
           sundrie
           causes
           for
           which
           they
           haue
           beene
           reuealed
           and
           promulgated
           ,
           they
           are
           also
           humane
           and
           multiplex
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           in
           the
           first
           respect
           ,
           the
           Lawe
           is
           an
           opening
           of
           the
           Diuine
           and
           eternall
           will
           ,
           whereby
           GOD
           teacheth
           and
           commaundeth
           what
           shall
           bee
           done
           and
           left
           vndone
           ,
           of
           men
           ,
           ordained
           for
           his
           owne
           glorie
           ,
           chiefly
           then
           for
           the
           publike
           &
           priuate
           vse
           of
           men
           .
           Now
           ,
           since
           the
           reuelation
           of
           that
           diuine
           will
           of
           God
           hath
           not
           beene
           manifested
           in
           one
           and
           the
           same
           manner
           alwaies
           to
           all
           people
           ,
           therefore
           in
           this
           respect
           the
           lawe
           is
           distributed
           into
           three
           kinds
           properly
           :
           Into
           the
           
             Law
             of
             GOD
          
           ,
           
           into
           the
           
             Law
             of
             NATVRE
          
           ,
           and
           into
           the
           
           Humane
           or
           
             Lawe
             of
             Men.
          
           Touching
           the
           law
           of
           God
           ,
           wee
           obserue
           the
           same
           either
           written
           or
           not
           written
           .
           
           The
           not
           written
           the
           learned
           call
           that
           which
           before
           the
           fall
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           ,
           
           was
           exercised
           till
           the
           Law
           by
           Moses
           was
           deliuered
           to
           the
           people
           of
           Israell
           inscribed
           in
           Tables
           of
           stone
           ,
           and
           since
           of
           Christ
           himselfe
           ,
           the
           Prophets
           ,
           &
           Apostles
           ,
           enlarged
           ,
           expounded
           ,
           confirmed
           ,
           &
           set
           forth
           :
           the
           which
           was
           either
           Morall
           and
           perpetuall
           ,
           or
           Iudicial
           and
           politicall
           .
           But
           as
           concerning
           the
           written
           Law
           ,
           cōmitted
           wholly
           to
           the
           Israelites
           ,
           lette
           it
           bee
           obserued
           first
           that
           there
           were
           Lawes
           Morall
           contained
           vnder
           the
           Decalogue
           or
           ten
           Commandements
           ,
           perpetuall
           to
           all
           people
           and
           Nations
           :
           though
           for
           a
           season
           the
           Gentiles
           were
           gouerned
           by
           another
           consenting
           Law
           therewith
           ,
           namely
           ,
           the
           Law
           of
           Nature
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           that
           there
           were
           Lawes
           Politicall
           and
           Iudiciall
           peculiar
           to
           the
           Common-weale
           of
           Israell
           ;
           and
           lastly
           Lawes
           Ceremoniall
           ,
           which
           being
           meerely
           politicall
           also
           were
           temporall
           and
           to
           be
           abrogated
           by
           the
           perfecter
           ,
           namely
           ,
           by
           Christ
           by
           whom
           all
           the
           Ceremoniall
           and
           infantiue
           Lawes
           were
           disannuled
           and
           vtterly
           cancelled
           .
           Moreouer
           it
           may
           not
           be
           forgotten
           ,
           that
           vnder
           that
           vnwritten
           Law
           of
           God
           is
           contained
           the
           Law
           of
           the
           spirit
           and
           of
           life
           ,
           which
           is
           peculiar
           to
           the
           Church
           of
           Christ
           ,
           that
           quickeneth
           the
           vnsanctified
           and
           weake
           Law
           of
           Nature
           inscribed
           in
           the
           hearts
           of
           men
           ,
           imprinting
           the
           will
           of
           God
           in
           their
           hearts
           :
           whereby
           men
           by
           many
           degrees
           steppe
           forwarde
           in
           the
           true
           knowledge
           of
           God
           &
           seruing
           of
           him
           ,
           at
           an
           instant
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           through
           the
           efficacie
           thereof
           ,
           more
           then
           euer
           by
           the
           Law
           of
           nature
           they
           are
           able
           to
           do
           .
           These
           things
           thus
           briefly
           exposed
           vnto
           Trauailers
           ,
           let
           it
           not
           seeme
           tedious
           to
           any
           to
           consider
           
           well
           thereof
           .
           For
           without
           an
           exact
           knowledge
           of
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           ,
           there
           can
           be
           no
           sound
           iudgement
           of
           the
           rest
           .
           And
           as
           our
           Sauiour
           Christ
           soundly
           reproued
           Nicodemus
           the
           Pharisie
           ,
           for
           that
           he
           was
           a
           iudge
           in
           Israel
           and
           knewe
           not
           things
           of
           such
           excellencie
           and
           of
           so
           great
           importance
           :
           
           so
           might
           a
           Trauailer
           bee
           censured
           for
           a
           shallow
           and
           ignorant
           person
           ,
           that
           trauiling
           into
           the
           lawes
           of
           Nations
           and
           peoples
           ,
           is
           neuerthelesse
           to
           be
           found
           ignorant
           in
           the
           Lawes
           of
           God
           ,
           &
           of
           their
           deriuations
           ,
           which
           properly
           be
           the
           fountaines
           of
           all
           naturall
           and
           humane
           lawes
           that
           be
           good
           &
           honest
           through
           the
           world
           .
        
         
           But
           touching
           the
           Law
           of
           Nature
           ,
           
           there
           is
           some
           controuersie
           amongst
           the
           learned
           .
           For
           the
           Lawyers
           define
           the
           Law
           of
           Nature
           to
           be
           that
           which
           teacheth
           all
           Animall
           liuing
           things
           .
           But
           the
           Scholist
           Diuines
           say
           the
           law
           of
           Nature
           ,
           that
           to
           be
           ,
           which
           is
           common
           to
           all
           people
           ,
           and
           that
           by
           instinct
           not
           by
           constitution
           ,
           restraining
           the
           same
           only
           to
           men
           .
           Wherefore
           ,
           to
           make
           the
           same
           more
           euident
           ,
           by
           fauourable
           interpretation
           of
           both
           ,
           wee
           distribute
           the
           Lawe
           of
           Nature
           into
           Common
           and
           Proper
           .
           The
           Common
           is
           that
           which
           equally
           is
           common
           to
           other
           liuing
           Creatures
           aswell
           as
           vnto
           men
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           to
           defend
           themselues
           against
           violēce
           ,
           to
           preserue
           and
           maintain
           their
           liues
           and
           States
           ,
           to
           propagate
           ,
           procreate
           ,
           nourish
           &
           instruct
           their
           owne
           ,
           to
           eate
           ,
           drinke
           ,
           sleepe
           ,
           rest
           ,
           mooue
           and
           such
           like
           things
           ,
           euerie
           species
           according
           to
           his
           being
           and
           kinde
           .
           The
           Proper
           is
           that
           lawe
           which
           is
           only
           peculiar
           vnto
           men
           ,
           being
           the
           will
           of
           God
           and
           diuine
           reason
           inscribed
           immediately
           by
           God
           in
           the
           hearts
           of
           all
           men
           ;
           wherby
           generally
           they
           know
           what
           is
           good
           and
           euill
           ,
           and
           consequently
           
           what
           is
           to
           be
           followed
           and
           auoyded
           :
           the
           law
           of
           conscience
           ,
           by
           which
           the
           heathen
           and
           such
           as
           haue
           not
           the
           law
           of
           God
           written
           shall
           be
           iudged
           .
           The
           effect
           of
           which
           law
           is
           displaied
           in
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           and
           in
           the
           worshippe
           of
           him
           ;
           and
           also
           in
           the
           conseruation
           of
           mutuall
           loue
           and
           societie
           betwixt
           mankinde
           :
           From
           which
           not
           only
           the
           law
           of
           Nations
           hath
           a
           name
           of
           substance
           ,
           but
           the
           humane
           and
           positiue
           lawes
           their
           descent
           and
           speciall
           deriuation
           ,
           as
           from
           the
           spring
           of
           right
           and
           reason
           .
        
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           this
           law
           is
           not
           equally
           or
           so
           effectually
           planted
           in
           the
           hearts
           of
           all
           men
           alike
           ,
           but
           in
           some
           more
           plentifully
           then
           in
           others
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           secret
           and
           wonderfull
           dispensation
           of
           the
           good
           pleasure
           of
           God
           in
           the
           gouernement
           of
           the
           world
           :
           From
           whence
           there
           ariseth
           such
           strange
           worshipping
           of
           God
           amongst
           the
           Heathen
           ,
           almost
           euerie
           Nation
           in
           a
           variable
           sorte
           .
           Thus
           wee
           may
           see
           furthermore
           ,
           that
           the
           law
           of
           Nature
           and
           of
           Nations
           strictly
           and
           in
           the
           proper
           sense
           taken
           may
           well
           bee
           confounded
           ,
           for
           one
           and
           the
           same
           ,
           concerning
           actions
           :
           though
           after
           the
           common
           sense
           they
           are
           distinguishable
           .
           
           For
           ,
           the
           law
           of
           Nations
           is
           a
           certaine
           right
           and
           equall
           reason
           that
           naturally
           bursteth
           out
           of
           men
           and
           Nations
           ,
           for
           the
           necessarie
           vse
           and
           conseruation
           of
           mankinde
           and
           for
           societie
           ;
           the
           which
           is
           also
           perpetuall
           ,
           and
           arguing
           the
           conscience
           ,
           if
           it
           dissent
           from
           the
           same
           .
           From
           whence
           the
           Lawes
           of
           Armes
           concerning
           prisoners
           taken
           in
           the
           warres
           ;
           the
           entertainement
           of
           messengers
           and
           forraine
           Ambassadors
           ,
           as
           all
           manner
           of
           contractes
           twixt
           person
           and
           person
           ,
           State
           and
           State
           ,
           haue
           their
           authoritie
           and
           reason
           ,
           and
           doe
           in
           speciall
           manner
           
           giue
           a
           name
           to
           the
           law
           of
           Nations
           ,
           to
           the
           lawe
           of
           Nature
           :
           which
           offereth
           to
           our
           Trauailer
           these
           three
           cōsiderations
           .
           First
           ,
           
           that
           in
           the
           Courts
           of
           Princes
           as
           otherwhere
           hee
           obserue
           ,
           what
           order
           and
           manner
           of
           entertainement
           and
           respect
           is
           giuen
           to
           Ambassadors
           ,
           and
           Messengers
           of
           forraine
           States
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           if
           such
           an
           one
           chance
           to
           arriue
           in
           the
           warres
           of
           other
           Princes
           and
           States
           ,
           to
           note
           the
           carriage
           of
           one
           aduersarie
           to
           another
           in
           matters
           of
           right
           ,
           and
           of
           Prisoners
           and
           Captiues
           especially
           as
           of
           Combattes
           ,
           In
           a
           word
           to
           get
           their
           discipline
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           to
           note
           amongst
           heathen
           people
           ,
           what
           order
           in
           buying
           ,
           and
           selling
           ,
           exchanging
           ,
           lending
           ,
           borrowing
           ,
           mortgaging
           ,
           pawning
           and
           keeping
           of
           societie
           .
           For
           ,
           happily
           from
           thence
           hee
           shall
           descrie
           a
           more
           equall
           carriage
           and
           behauiour
           in
           them
           by
           the
           law
           of
           Nature
           only
           guided
           ,
           then
           many
           of
           our
           Ciuile
           States
           do
           by
           all
           their
           meanes
           of
           knowledge
           in
           the
           laws
           of
           God
           ,
           
           of
           Nature
           ,
           and
           of
           men
           :
           the
           which
           we
           might
           easily
           prooue
           .
           But
           to
           our
           Point
           now
           concerning
           the
           
             Lawes
             Humane
          
           .
        
         
           Those
           are
           called
           the
           
             Lawes
             Humane
          
           ,
           which
           frō
           the
           capacities
           of
           men
           are
           conceited
           &
           by
           men
           are
           promulgated
           and
           authorised
           :
           whether
           they
           depend
           vppon
           the
           Law
           of
           God
           and
           of
           Nature
           ,
           
           or
           vpon
           their
           owne
           fancies
           :
           Wherof
           ,
           there
           are
           two
           rankes
           ,
           Honest
           and
           Iust
           ,
           or
           Tyrannicall
           and
           vniust
           .
           The
           honest
           and
           iust
           do
           flow
           frō
           the
           general
           springs
           and
           Maximes
           of
           the
           diuine
           and
           naturall
           law
           ordained
           for
           the
           publike
           good
           of
           the
           Church
           and
           Cōmō-weale
           ;
           Wheras
           the
           Tyrānical
           &
           vniust
           ,
           issue
           out
           either
           of
           the
           vsurping
           breasts
           of
           vnlawfull
           authoritie
           that
           haue
           no
           power
           to
           make
           lawes
           :
           or
           from
           such
           as
           
           hauing
           power
           do
           after
           their
           own
           carnall
           mindes
           ,
           make
           ordinances
           for
           their
           owne
           proper
           commoditie
           and
           behoofe
           :
           whereunto
           the
           traditions
           of
           men
           ,
           yea
           and
           euery
           superstitious
           ordinance
           and
           euill
           custome
           may
           be
           referred
           .
           Wherefore
           whensoeuer
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           looke
           into
           the
           body
           of
           the
           lawes
           of
           any
           Countrie
           or
           people
           ,
           let
           his
           iudgement
           be
           neither
           partiall
           nor
           weake
           ,
           
           but
           grounded
           vpon
           the
           sound
           rules
           and
           eternall
           reason
           of
           the
           diuine
           and
           Naturall
           Law.
           Moreouer
           by
           the
           word
           
             Lawes
             humane
          
           ,
           is
           meant
           in
           this
           place
           the
           written
           positiue
           and
           politicall
           Lawes
           :
           For
           in
           substance
           they
           are
           all
           one
           and
           conuertible
           ,
           yea
           and
           for
           the
           profitte
           of
           each
           Nation
           commutable
           ,
           so
           as
           they
           neuer
           contrarie
           the
           lawes
           diuine
           or
           naturall
           .
           By
           reason
           whereof
           we
           finde
           that
           some
           honest
           lawes
           in
           qualitie
           differ
           ,
           either
           in
           punishing
           ,
           or
           rewarding
           ,
           or
           in
           inciting
           to
           that
           which
           is
           good
           ,
           or
           restraining
           from
           that
           which
           is
           euill
           :
           the
           which
           is
           meerely
           a
           politicall
           promulgation
           consonant
           to
           some
           States
           for
           a
           season
           ,
           and
           verie
           needefull
           in
           speciall
           cases
           .
        
         
           Neuerthelesse
           there
           bee
           many
           verie
           pertinax
           in
           this
           opinion
           ,
           that
           Though
           a
           State
           shall
           inflict
           for
           good
           causes
           a
           greater
           punishment
           on
           malefactors
           for
           such
           and
           such
           crimes
           ,
           then
           the
           lawes
           of
           God
           or
           of
           Nature
           doo
           ,
           yet
           they
           are
           ignorāt
           by
           what
           warrāt
           of
           like
           policie
           ,
           any
           State
           may
           abbridge
           the
           rigor
           of
           the
           law
           of
           God
           in
           capitall
           offenses
           .
           For
           such
           lawes
           say
           they
           are
           both
           iudiciall
           and
           eternal
           ,
           by
           which
           policie
           no
           doubt
           States
           may
           bee
           best
           gouerned
           :
           for
           proofe
           whereof
           the
           abbridgers
           (
           say
           they
           )
           of
           such
           laws
           are
           ,
           by
           the
           heathē
           people
           that
           haue
           not
           the
           written
           law
           of
           God
           ,
           conuinced
           &
           taught
           how
           to
           rule
           in
           like
           cases
           .
        
         
         
           Of
           humane
           and
           positiue
           lawes
           there
           is
           a
           variable
           consideration
           ,
           
           according
           to
           the
           vse
           and
           titles
           that
           euery
           Countrie
           and
           State
           holdeth
           peculiarly
           almost
           .
           As
           generally
           heere
           in
           England
           wee
           tearme
           our
           law
           by
           the
           name
           of
           Common
           law
           ,
           it
           being
           a
           peculiar
           law
           to
           this
           State
           and
           members
           .
           So
           the
           Romans
           in
           times
           past
           called
           their
           law
           the
           Ciuile
           law
           .
           Though
           indeed
           all
           good
           lawes
           (
           as
           Iustinian
           himselfe
           confesseth
           )
           may
           wel
           enough
           be
           tearmed
           Ciuile
           lawes
           ;
           yet
           for
           distinction
           sake
           ,
           let
           it
           bee
           taken
           heere
           whensoeuer
           wee
           shal
           name
           Ciuile
           lawes
           ,
           for
           those
           that
           were
           refined
           by
           the
           Emperor
           Iustinian
           ,
           and
           set
           foorth
           by
           him
           :
           the
           which
           at
           this
           day
           are
           vsed
           in
           most
           of
           the
           ciuile
           States
           and
           Nations
           of
           Europe
           ,
           either
           in
           part
           or
           altogether
           .
           From
           whence
           let
           Trauailers
           make
           this
           obseruation
           ,
           Whether
           the
           lawes
           of
           the
           Countrie
           wherein
           they
           trauaile
           ,
           be
           lawes
           prerogatiue
           or
           positiue
           .
           For
           there
           are
           some
           Countries
           gouerned
           by
           lawes
           meerely
           prerogatiue
           :
           
           of
           which
           wee
           will
           first
           expound
           ,
           to
           such
           as
           intende
           for
           to
           trauaile
           .
        
         
           These
           kinde
           of
           Lawes
           be
           for
           the
           most
           part
           vnwritten
           ;
           and
           therefore
           require
           the
           more
           care
           to
           be
           searched
           out
           and
           into
           ,
           for
           their
           vncertaintie
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           obserue
           how
           farre
           the
           prerogatiue
           of
           Princes
           and
           States
           doth
           stretch
           ouer
           their
           Subiects
           .
           For
           ,
           there
           are
           some
           so
           absolute
           and
           sole
           tyrannous
           ,
           that
           all
           things
           are
           gouerned
           according
           to
           the
           will
           of
           the
           Prince
           :
           and
           euerie
           commoditie
           of
           the
           Countrie
           stands
           at
           the
           Princes
           pleasure
           .
           Such
           is
           the
           Tartarian
           and
           great
           Cam.
           Others
           there
           are
           halfe
           tyrannous
           ,
           whose
           displeasure
           and
           will
           hath
           no
           law
           to
           curbe
           the
           vnrulinesse
           thereof
           :
           such
           is
           the
           Turke
           ,
           the
           Muscouian
           ,
           and
           the
           Pope
           .
        
         
         
           Others
           there
           are
           ,
           according
           as
           they
           are
           ,
           religious
           and
           fearers
           of
           the
           true
           God
           ,
           and
           Princes
           of
           ciuile
           and
           religious
           States
           ,
           whose
           prerogatiue
           is
           much
           ,
           but
           yet
           in
           ciuile
           and
           honest
           actions
           :
           being
           free
           themselues
           from
           punishment
           of
           their
           lawes
           in
           some
           sorte
           ;
           and
           may
           from
           time
           to
           time
           dispense
           with
           and
           chaunge
           their
           lawes
           ,
           constituting
           new
           as
           is
           expedient
           for
           the
           good
           of
           the
           Common-weale
           .
        
         
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           some
           there
           are
           that
           haue
           ,
           of
           these
           also
           ,
           greater
           prerogatiue
           then
           others
           ,
           according
           to
           their
           gouernment
           and
           state
           of
           policie
           .
           For
           better
           discouerie
           ,
           the
           law
           prerogatiue
           is
           to
           be
           searched
           either
           in
           the
           person
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           
           or
           in
           the
           Magistracie
           which
           hath
           his
           power
           from
           the
           Prince
           on
           State.
           The
           Prince
           (
           or
           State
           if
           it
           bee
           an
           Aristocracie
           )
           hath
           absolute
           power
           ,
           &
           not
           controulable
           ,
           to
           command
           anything
           ,
           action
           ,
           or
           person
           ,
           whatsoeuer
           carrieth
           semblance
           of
           good
           to
           the
           State
           ,
           or
           that
           cōtrarieth
           not
           the
           law
           of
           God
           &
           of
           Nature
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           to
           forbid
           &
           controule
           anything
           ,
           persō
           ,
           or
           actiō
           whatsoeuer
           of
           like
           nature
           ,
           whether
           by
           word
           of
           mouth
           ,
           whether
           by
           letters
           ,
           proclamatiōs
           ,
           edictes
           or
           such
           like
           means
           as
           Princes
           or
           States
           vse
           .
           And
           lastly
           by
           cōmission
           to
           authorize
           other
           to
           reward
           and
           punish
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           offence
           done
           ,
           euerie
           fault
           that
           is
           not
           encountred
           by
           the
           Law
           positiue
           alreadie
           ;
           perseruing
           the
           life
           ,
           members
           ,
           and
           speciall
           liuelyhood
           of
           the
           delinquents
           .
        
         
           The
           prerogatiue
           of
           the
           Magistracie
           may
           be
           discerned
           as
           in
           our
           Countrie
           ,
           in
           the
           high
           Court
           of
           Parliament
           ,
           in
           the
           authoritie
           of
           the
           Councell
           ,
           in
           that
           of
           the
           Starre
           Chamber
           ,
           in
           the
           Lord
           Chancellor
           ,
           Lorde
           Treasurer
           ,
           Lord
           high
           Counstable
           ,
           Lord
           Mareschall
           ,
           Lord
           Admirall
           ▪
           in
           the
           principal
           Secretarie
           ,
           in
           the
           chiefe
           
           Iustices
           and
           iudges
           of
           the
           Land
           ,
           in
           each
           Maior
           and
           Towne
           Corporate
           ,
           and
           lastly
           in
           euerie
           high
           Commissioner
           and
           speciall
           Officer
           that
           the
           Prince
           of
           this
           Land
           deputeth
           to
           vndergoe
           any
           charge
           at
           home
           or
           abroad
           .
           So
           is
           it
           in
           all
           other
           States
           and
           Countries
           .
           The
           which
           being
           cōsidered
           by
           Trauailers
           ,
           they
           shal
           be
           able
           to
           discerne
           the
           authoritie
           royall
           of
           the
           Prince
           and
           State
           ,
           as
           well
           in
           Politicall
           as
           in
           Ecclesiasticall
           giuing
           &
           making
           of
           Lawes
           .
           Touching
           the
           lawes
           Positiue
           ,
           they
           bee
           either
           Political
           or
           Ecclesiastical
           .
           
           The
           Political
           are
           either
           ancient
           &
           Maximes
           of
           perpetuall
           obseruāce
           ,
           or
           Modern
           &
           mutable
           .
           The
           ancient
           are
           such
           as
           the
           Romanes
           called
           the
           Ciuile
           lawes
           in
           speciall
           ;
           such
           as
           the
           French
           their
           law
           Salique
           ,
           &
           such
           as
           we
           the
           Common
           law
           .
           The
           Moderne
           are
           all
           those
           lawes
           which
           goe
           vnder
           the
           name
           of
           Statutes
           ,
           Decrees
           ,
           Ordinances
           ,
           Edicts
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           being
           in
           all
           Ciuile
           States
           put
           into
           print
           :
           the
           which
           are
           by
           so
           much
           the
           easier
           to
           bee
           attained
           vnto
           by
           Trauailers
           ,
           wherin
           they
           may
           at
           leasure
           discouer
           euerie
           thing
           as
           in
           a
           glasse
           ,
           either
           cōcerning
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           or
           the
           State
           of
           the
           Countrie
           ,
           The
           Politicall
           lawes
           are
           changeable
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           standing
           of
           things
           ;
           that
           the
           State
           may
           grow
           to
           perfection
           .
           The
           Ecclesiasticall
           are
           tradicions
           lawfull
           or
           vnlawfull
           .
           
           The
           vnlawfull
           bee
           such
           as
           are
           contrarie
           to
           the
           lawe
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           tha●
           in
           no
           sort
           tend
           vnto
           edification
           :
           of
           which
           crue
           a
           Trauailer
           shall
           meete
           ,
           within
           most
           States
           .
           But
           let
           him
           bee
           carefull
           to
           collect
           the
           best
           wheresoeuer
           :
           the
           which
           hee
           shall
           discerne
           by
           their
           coates
           ;
           namely
           ▪
           if
           they
           crosse
           not
           Gods
           word
           or
           destroy
           not
           more
           then
           they
           edifie
           .
           The
           lawfull
           tradicions
           be
           rules
           or
           Canons
           of
           doctrine
           ,
           of
           manners
           ,
           of
           rites
           and
           Ceremonies
           
           pertaining
           to
           godlines
           ,
           that
           consent
           with
           the
           holy
           word
           of
           God
           and
           tend
           to
           edification
           .
           Touching
           the
           rules
           of
           doctrin
           ,
           the
           Apostles
           inspired
           with
           the
           holy
           Ghost
           haue
           left
           many
           :
           the
           generall
           and
           prouinciall
           Synodes
           of
           godly
           and
           honest
           minded
           men
           haue
           set
           foorth
           others
           ,
           the
           which
           are
           for
           the
           vnderstanding
           of
           the
           holy
           Scriptures
           verie
           profitable
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           euerie
           lawfull
           State
           and
           Church
           hath
           absolute
           power
           ,
           without
           the
           consent
           of
           the
           Pope
           or
           any
           other
           forraine
           approbation
           ,
           to
           doe
           the
           like
           ;
           gathering
           euermore
           their
           constitutions
           &
           rules
           form
           the
           word
           of
           God.
           Touching
           those
           of
           manners
           and
           of
           Ceremonies
           ,
           euerie
           lawfull
           State
           and
           Church
           hath
           absolute
           power
           to
           decree
           that
           which
           shall
           be
           most
           agreeable
           with
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           State
           :
           yet
           so
           as
           all
           those
           Constitutions
           tend
           to
           edification
           ,
           and
           bee
           so
           neerely
           drawen
           from
           the
           holy
           Scriptures
           and
           the
           best
           discipline
           of
           other
           Churches
           ,
           as
           neere
           may
           be
           .
           These
           bee
           the
           exacte
           rules
           for
           to
           make
           discouerie
           ;
           wherby
           three
           commodities
           shall
           redound
           to
           Trauailers
           .
           First
           ,
           they
           shall
           be
           able
           to
           iudge
           whether
           the
           Countries
           leane
           by
           their
           lawes
           to
           this
           or
           that
           religion
           :
           Secondly
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           be
           nourished
           in
           the
           right
           or
           wrong
           :
           and
           lastly
           ,
           they
           may
           gather
           thereby
           the
           most
           sincere
           and
           vpright
           orders
           for
           the
           perfecting
           of
           their
           owne
           Countrie
           and
           informing
           themselues
           .
           For
           when
           such
           are
           well
           seene
           into
           the
           lawes
           of
           other
           Countries
           and
           expert
           in
           those
           of
           their
           owne
           Nation
           ,
           they
           haue
           well
           purchased
           a
           goodly
           Mannor
           and
           trench
           of
           Land
           to
           build
           policies
           vpon
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           it
           is
           verie
           expedient
           for
           Trauailers
           to
           marke
           not
           only
           how
           many
           distinct
           kinds
           of
           Lawes
           the
           Countrie
           vseth
           to
           gouerne
           their
           people
           by
           ;
           but
           in
           speciall
           ,
           what
           are
           ge●●●●ll
           ,
           what
           particular
           lawes
           pertaining
           to
           
           seuerall
           diuisions
           of
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           as
           those
           of
           shires
           and
           Seigniories
           of
           townes
           ,
           places
           and
           persons
           ,
           &c.
           
           And
           lastly
           ,
           if
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           time
           of
           trauailing
           ,
           such
           be
           able
           to
           take
           degrees
           for
           the
           approbation
           of
           their
           knowledge
           in
           the
           Vniuersities
           ,
           no
           doubt
           the
           honour
           and
           the
           commodity
           wil
           be
           very
           great
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           title
           of
           a
           degree
           so
           atchieued
           ,
           wil
           celebrate
           more
           their
           worth
           than
           any
           other
           meanes
           ,
           by
           getting
           credite
           to
           their
           learning
           and
           iudgement
           ,
           and
           making
           them
           capable
           of
           preferment
           ,
           hauing
           authoritie
           to
           be
           imployed
           in
           the
           seruice
           of
           the
           Common-weale
           .
           Thus
           much
           concerning
           the
           lawes
           :
           the
           which
           a
           Trauailer
           may
           referre
           vnto
           three
           heads
           ,
           if
           he
           please
           ;
           To
           Things
           ,
           to
           Persons
           ,
           to
           Actions
           .
           The
           Customes
           now
           follow
           .
        
         
           Customes
           ,
           they
           are
           certaine
           vses
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           State
           ,
           
           or
           people
           of
           the
           countrie
           ,
           vnwrittē
           for
           the
           most
           part
           ,
           that
           doe
           prescribe
           ,
           or
           stand
           in
           force
           as
           lawes
           ,
           chiefly
           if
           they
           bee
           good
           and
           profitable
           for
           the
           Common-weale
           ;
           whereof
           there
           are
           three
           ●●nkes
           ,
           that
           Trauailers
           must
           consider
           them
           in
           :
           Generall
           ,
           Particular
           ,
           
           and
           Regall
           .
           By
           the
           Generall
           Customes
           are
           meant
           the
           ancient
           vse
           and
           ordering
           of
           all
           things
           according
           to
           the
           ancient
           nature
           thereof
           .
           Of
           which
           let
           Trauailers
           first
           note
           their
           alterations
           .
           These
           may
           be
           discerned
           in
           the
           giuing
           of
           Lawes
           :
           in
           ensample
           whereof
           ,
           wee
           haue
           ,
           at
           this
           day
           ,
           a
           more
           exact
           and
           ful
           order
           of
           the
           three
           states
           ,
           concerning
           forme
           ,
           than
           in
           former
           times
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           in
           the
           Princes
           priuate
           State
           and
           houshold
           :
           Lastly
           ,
           in
           Religion
           ,
           in
           diet
           ,
           in
           apparell
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           externall
           order
           of
           things
           and
           persons
           .
           In
           all
           which
           Customes
           ,
           most
           Common-weales
           differ
           .
           Whereof
           we
           will
           ensample
           onely
           ,
           to
           our
           Trauailer
           ,
           the
           Princes
           priuate
           
           estate
           and
           houshold
           which
           we
           cal
           the
           Court.
           Wherein
           what
           ordinary
           attendants
           and
           dependants
           ,
           and
           what
           ceremonies
           ,
           orders
           ,
           and
           customes
           are
           appertaining
           to
           the
           person
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           or
           to
           the
           place
           it selfe
           wheresoeuer
           the
           Court
           shal
           be
           ,
           or
           to
           the
           Nobility
           ,
           are
           the
           rather
           to
           be
           learned
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           not
           be
           ignorāt
           of
           the
           proper
           cariage
           of
           euery
           Court
           ,
           to
           enforme
           themselues
           of
           behauiour
           .
           In
           Tartarie
           this
           custome
           is
           vsed
           ,
           that
           no
           stranger
           of
           what
           quality
           or
           degree
           soeuer
           ,
           dare
           put
           himselfe
           in
           the
           Kings
           presence
           ,
           to
           negotiate
           with
           him
           ,
           before
           hee
           hath
           beene
           purged
           with
           their
           fire
           .
           Neither
           is
           it
           permitted
           to
           any
           stranger
           ,
           to
           set
           his
           foote
           on
           the
           threshold
           of
           the
           Cams
           lodging
           ,
           or
           where
           any
           of
           his
           Princes
           or
           Lieutenants
           dwell
           ,
           on
           paine
           of
           death
           .
           And
           in
           our
           ciuill
           States
           we
           see
           ,
           no
           forreiner
           dare
           present
           himselfe
           to
           the
           presence
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           but
           by
           permission
           ,
           or
           in
           speciall
           cases
           ,
           and
           at
           special
           times
           .
           Hence
           moreouer
           ariseth
           our
           great
           respect
           to
           our
           Princes
           ,
           in
           honouring
           and
           saluting
           them
           ;
           whereas
           the
           French
           are
           little
           vncouered
           ,
           and
           nothing
           so
           respectiue
           .
           Some
           countrey
           people
           do
           kneele
           in
           the
           presence
           of
           their
           Prince
           ,
           others
           gaze
           in
           their
           faces
           onely
           :
           others
           cast
           downe
           their
           heads
           and
           lookes
           ;
           and
           some
           (
           as
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           Baccalaos
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           new
           Land
           fish
           )
           haue
           a
           custome
           when
           they
           reuerence
           their
           King
           ,
           in
           his
           presence
           to
           rub
           their
           noses
           ,
           and
           stroking
           their
           forehead
           with
           their
           hand
           vnto
           the
           necke
           ;
           the
           which
           the
           King
           accepteth
           as
           an
           honest
           and
           due
           office
           and
           seruice
           ,
           turning
           his
           head
           eftsoones
           ,
           to
           his
           left
           shoulder
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           note
           of
           singular
           fauour
           ,
           and
           gratefulnesse
           of
           the
           King
           to
           honour
           his
           Subiect
           .
           The
           which
           customes
           ,
           or
           the
           like
           ,
           
           though
           they
           be
           strange
           and
           not
           regular
           ,
           yet
           doe
           they
           become
           well
           enough
           the
           bounds
           of
           euery
           nation
           .
           In
           like
           sort
           ,
           the
           customary
           phrase
           of
           writing
           and
           speaking
           ,
           of
           action
           ,
           of
           body
           ,
           of
           reuerencing
           ,
           and
           such
           such
           like
           ,
           are
           so
           to
           be
           pondered
           of
           Trauailers
           that
           they
           introduce
           not
           them
           into
           their
           owne
           Country
           ,
           vnlesse
           those
           customes
           be
           of
           a
           more
           ciuill
           carriage
           ,
           then
           such
           as
           their
           Countrey
           vseth
           .
           For
           ,
           that
           is
           a
           fowle
           and
           irregular
           tricke
           of
           common
           Trauailers
           ,
           to
           innouate
           new
           fangles
           of
           fashions
           in
           their
           Countrey
           ,
           when
           they
           returne
           ,
           though
           they
           iudge
           thē
           to
           be
           of
           better
           esteem
           .
           This
           is
           a
           common
           staine
           ,
           and
           delight
           of
           Ilands
           .
           But
           as
           it
           is
           a
           shame
           for
           ciuill
           States
           to
           be
           variable
           in
           the
           custome
           of
           diuersitie
           of
           fashions
           ,
           wondring
           at
           the
           customes
           of
           other
           lesse
           ciuill
           graces
           and
           behauiours
           ,
           so
           as
           needes
           those
           must
           bee
           put
           in
           practise
           by
           them
           ;
           so
           a
           Trauailer
           that
           innouateth
           forreine
           peculiar
           customs
           of
           other
           Courts
           in
           his
           Countrey
           ,
           where
           either
           more
           ciuill
           ,
           or
           as
           good
           are
           vsed
           ,
           swarueth
           from
           the
           guise
           of
           completenesse
           in
           Trauailers
           requirable
           .
        
         
           The
           
             Particular
             Customes
          
           concerne
           the
           members
           of
           the
           State
           ,
           
           as
           Countreys
           ,
           Dukedomes
           ,
           Principalities
           ,
           Counties
           ,
           Seigniories
           ,
           Domaines
           ,
           Cities
           ,
           Towns
           ,
           Corporations
           ,
           Castles
           ,
           Cittadels
           ,
           Fortes
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           :
           which
           require
           also
           in
           regard
           of
           their
           excellencie
           to
           bee
           looked
           into
           ,
           so
           farre
           foorth
           as
           by
           discourse
           and
           discreete
           wayes
           may
           bee
           of
           Trauailers
           followed
           after
           .
           The
           third
           and
           last
           Customes
           are
           Regall
           ,
           which
           properly
           are
           the
           maiesticke
           prerogatiue
           of
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           and
           Nobilitie
           ,
           aswell
           within
           their
           precinct
           as
           in
           and
           vnder
           the
           iurisdiction
           of
           another
           power
           .
           Whereof
           first
           let
           it
           
           bee
           regarded
           ,
           what
           preeminence
           the
           Countrey
           claimes
           to
           haue
           ,
           in
           and
           ouer
           other
           Countreys
           not
           tributary
           or
           subiect
           to
           the
           same
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           as
           concerning
           the
           Prince
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           noted
           what
           titles
           ,
           of
           Custome
           ,
           he
           is
           inuested
           with
           :
           as
           the
           French
           King
           to
           be
           the
           most
           Christian
           King
           ,
           which
           in
           those
           dayes
           was
           well
           arrogated
           from
           other
           nations
           :
           As
           the
           King
           of
           Spaine
           to
           bee
           called
           ,
           the
           most
           Catholike
           King
           ;
           which
           title
           in
           those
           dayes
           was
           proper
           to
           him
           (
           I
           speake
           as
           a
           Romist
           )
           for
           he
           was
           
             Maximus
             bellator
             &
             professor
             Romanae
             Catholicae
             ecclesiae
             :
          
           And
           as
           our
           Souereigne
           King
           of
           
             Great
             Britaine
          
           ,
           by
           like
           custome
           now
           ,
           and
           with
           better
           title
           ,
           may
           most
           rightfully
           challenge
           to
           be
           the
           greatest
           and
           sincerest
           Defender
           of
           the
           faith
           of
           Christ
           thorow
           the
           world
           ;
           euen
           so
           was
           it
           a
           title
           in
           those
           dayes
           when
           it
           was
           reassumed
           and
           acknowledged
           of
           his
           Ancestor
           of
           proper
           attribution
           (
           though
           the
           Pope
           had
           another
           slie
           and
           slouenly
           meaning
           and
           fetch
           of
           policie
           ,
           
           in
           the
           bequest
           )
           .
           For
           ,
           within
           a
           little
           after
           ,
           that
           most
           vndanted
           King
           Henry
           the
           eight
           (
           whom
           for
           perpetuall
           honor
           sake
           I
           thought
           good
           to
           name
           )
           by
           the
           good
           pleasure
           of
           God
           ,
           became
           the
           onely
           stout
           Defender
           of
           the
           faith
           of
           Christ
           singularly
           ,
           in
           shaking
           off
           the
           Popes
           supremacie
           ,
           and
           withstanding
           his
           displeasure
           .
           Whereunto
           also
           let
           a
           Trauailer
           learne
           ,
           what
           place
           ,
           of
           Custome
           ,
           the
           Prince
           hath
           amongst
           other
           Princes
           :
           and
           how
           farre
           the
           souereigntie
           of
           Princes
           stretcheth
           ,
           and
           of
           States
           .
           The
           which
           souereignty
           is
           discernable
           in
           foure
           points
           :
           The
           first
           is
           to
           haue
           power
           absolute
           to
           giue
           lawes
           to
           al
           in
           generall
           and
           in
           particular
           ,
           without
           controlment
           ;
           as
           Priuiledges
           ,
           Liberties
           ,
           Franchisedomes
           ,
           
           Honors
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           regalities
           to
           places
           or
           persons
           .
           The
           second
           
           note
           of
           Souereigntie
           is
           to
           decree
           warre
           or
           peace
           ,
           or
           to
           enter
           into
           treaties
           concerning
           them
           .
           The
           third
           is
           to
           institute
           and
           ordaine
           principal
           officers
           .
           The
           fourth
           is
           to
           haue
           the
           last
           Appeale
           ,
           which
           is
           one
           of
           the
           true
           markes
           of
           Souereigntie
           ,
           vnder
           which
           dependeth
           the
           power
           to
           grant
           pardon
           to
           the
           condemned
           by
           course
           of
           law
           in
           fauour
           to
           redresse
           the
           rigor
           of
           the
           lawe
           ,
           and
           formall
           proceedings
           of
           Magistrates
           ,
           whether
           concerning
           life
           ,
           goods
           ,
           honor
           ,
           banishment
           or
           libertie
           .
           In
           all
           which
           ,
           Trauailers
           shal
           find
           in
           most
           States
           great
           defect
           ;
           in
           fewe
           ,
           all
           absolutely
           .
           For
           concerning
           the
           first
           ,
           what
           honourable
           Prince
           (
           not
           naming
           the
           Pope
           ,
           the
           Turke
           ,
           the
           Tartarian
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           tyrants
           )
           of
           himself
           ,
           without
           associates
           ,
           decreeth
           lawes
           ?
           And
           not
           without
           good
           cause
           :
           for
           it
           noteth
           iustice
           ,
           and
           desire
           to
           gouerne
           aright
           ,
           knitting
           the
           Subiects
           to
           their
           Prince
           .
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           we
           see
           that
           in
           former
           times
           the
           Princes
           of
           this
           Land
           ,
           and
           of
           France
           ,
           as
           of
           òther
           States
           ,
           did
           constitute
           of
           themselues
           many
           good
           lawes
           in
           force
           at
           this
           day
           .
           So
           touching
           the
           second
           ,
           there
           be
           some
           States
           that
           by
           custome
           and
           willingnes
           to
           complease
           their
           subiects
           ,
           will
           seldome
           make
           warre
           ,
           or
           entertain
           peace
           ,
           without
           priuate
           consent
           of
           their
           Councell
           ,
           or
           general
           debating
           of
           the
           Parliament
           .
           Likewise
           of
           the
           third
           there
           is
           amongst
           States
           and
           gouernements
           ,
           a
           great
           diuersitie
           ,
           in
           the
           instituting
           and
           ratifying
           of
           principall
           officers
           :
           which
           custome
           hath
           been
           brought
           from
           the
           Prince
           or
           State
           no
           doubt
           ,
           for
           the
           shew
           of
           the
           Common-weales
           good
           ;
           so
           the
           same
           be
           not
           transported
           to
           forraine
           States
           ,
           as
           the
           Pope
           arrogateth
           in
           Ecclesiasticall
           promotions
           .
           And
           touching
           the
           last
           point
           we
           see
           also
           how
           great
           Princes
           are
           stripped
           of
           their
           Souereignty
           ,
           
           reigntie
           ,
           by
           the
           Pope
           in
           matters
           of
           appeale
           ,
           of
           giuing
           pardons
           and
           such
           like
           regalities
           to
           subiects
           ,
           and
           great
           offenders
           against
           their
           Prince
           and
           countrey
           .
           Thus
           in
           these
           let
           Trauailers
           euerie
           where
           make
           obseruation
           how
           of
           custome
           either
           the
           States
           doe
           hold
           their
           Souereigntie
           ,
           or
           howe
           by
           like
           Custome
           they
           haue
           abbridged
           or
           lost
           their
           marks
           of
           absolutenesse
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           considered
           of
           the
           customes
           and
           prerogatiues
           of
           the
           Nobilitie
           of
           a
           nation
           ;
           the
           chiefe
           whereof
           resteth
           in
           their
           superioritie
           and
           preheminence
           in
           sitting
           ,
           
           going
           ,
           talking
           ,
           eating
           ,
           washing
           ,
           subscribing
           ,
           arrogating
           peculiar
           phrases
           ,
           and
           order
           of
           stile
           in
           writing
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           .
           All
           which
           are
           to
           be
           considered
           by
           times
           ,
           places
           ,
           and
           persons
           ,
           that
           thus
           and
           by
           a
           customarie
           dutie
           and
           respect
           honour
           each
           other
           .
           Wherein
           if
           Trauailers
           wil
           be
           verie
           iudiciall
           ,
           they
           had
           neede
           to
           be
           good
           heralds
           and
           studious
           in
           the
           customarie
           lawe
           and
           discipline
           of
           Armes
           of
           that
           nation
           .
           Hitherto
           concerning
           the
           lawes
           and
           customes
           of
           a
           nation
           ,
           so
           briefly
           as
           we
           could
           ,
           to
           the
           vnexpert
           in
           the
           affaires
           of
           the
           countrey
           .
           The
           fift
           point
           of
           knowledge
           now
           offereth
           it selfe
           ,
           which
           is
           concerning
           the
           gouernment
           of
           the
           countrey
           .
        
         
           5
           The
           Gouernment
           hath
           a
           twofold
           managing
           therof
           :
           
           the
           one
           exterior
           and
           discernable
           ,
           the
           other
           interior
           ,
           secret
           and
           priuate
           onely
           ,
           in
           a
           wise
           State
           ,
           to
           the
           Counsel
           thereof
           ,
           or
           onely
           lodged
           in
           the
           breast
           of
           the
           Prince
           ,
           which
           to
           a
           wise
           Prince
           is
           a
           high
           pointe
           of
           politicke
           gouernment
           .
           Of
           this
           interior
           we
           will
           giue
           Trauailers
           a
           secret
           taste
           in
           the
           last
           part
           ,
           namely
           ,
           in
           the
           Secrets
           .
           For
           ,
           the
           obiect
           of
           a
           Trauailer
           is
           properly
           the
           publike
           and
           reuealed
           gouernment
           .
           In
           this
           Gouernment
           
           three
           things
           concurre
           .
           First
           ,
           
           the
           persons
           gouerning
           ;
           secondly
           ,
           the
           people
           gouerned
           ;
           lastly
           ,
           the
           common
           and
           speciall
           policie
           ,
           or
           instruments
           ,
           that
           subsist
           for
           the
           establishing
           of
           a
           cōmon
           good
           towards
           all
           men
           ;
           by
           the
           vertue
           wherof
           ,
           life
           ,
           health
           ,
           peace
           ,
           prosperitie
           and
           happinesse
           without
           interruption
           is
           conueyed
           vnto
           the
           bodie
           politick
           :
           Wheras
           the
           defect
           and
           vicious
           ordering
           of
           things
           ,
           soon
           corrodeth
           ,
           or
           putteth
           the
           same
           into
           a
           consumptiō
           irreuocable
           .
           
           Concerning
           the
           persons
           gouerning
           ,
           we
           obiect
           to
           Trauailers
           a
           triple
           consideration
           according
           to
           the
           three-fold
           diuersitie
           of
           Cōmon-weales
           .
           For
           ,
           by
           the
           persons
           gouerning
           we
           meane
           also
           those
           simple
           variable
           three
           formes
           of
           gouernment
           ,
           
           namely
           ,
           the
           Monarchial
           :
           which
           is
           when
           the
           Soueraignty
           and
           supreme
           authority
           ,
           without
           controlment
           ,
           resteth
           in
           one
           person
           or
           Prince
           ,
           as
           in
           our
           King
           of
           
             Great
             Britaine
          
           .
           The
           Aristocraticall
           is
           when
           as
           the
           lesser
           part
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           Nobilitie
           haue
           the
           Souereigntie
           in
           body
           ,
           giuing
           lawes
           to
           the
           rest
           of
           people
           in
           generall
           and
           particular
           ,
           as
           the
           Seigniorie
           of
           Venice
           ,
           and
           the
           State
           of
           the
           vnited
           Prouinces
           in
           the
           Lowe
           Countreys
           .
           And
           the
           Democraticall
           or
           popular
           Estate
           :
           which
           is
           when
           as
           the
           whole
           people
           ,
           or
           greater
           part
           thereof
           in
           bodie
           ,
           hath
           the
           Souereigne
           authoritie
           .
           Which
           had
           neede
           to
           bee
           well
           considered
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           by
           so
           much
           the
           more
           as
           they
           see
           great
           learned
           men
           confounded
           or
           deceiued
           in
           the
           iudgements
           of
           them
           .
           For
           ,
           neither
           the
           qualities
           of
           persons
           can
           change
           the
           nature
           or
           number
           of
           them
           ;
           nor
           can
           there
           bee
           any
           mixt
           State
           of
           forme
           and
           continuance
           ,
           but
           either
           by
           Graunt
           ,
           Permission
           ,
           Communication
           ,
           Association
           ,
           or
           Assignation
           
           of
           the
           Souereigne
           power
           ,
           to
           the
           members
           subiect
           .
           But
           lest
           Trauailers
           might
           be
           misseled
           by
           the
           opinions
           of
           others
           ,
           let
           them
           obserue
           diligently
           ,
           in
           what
           persons
           and
           in
           which
           of
           these
           ,
           those
           foure
           markes
           of
           Souereigntie
           (
           before
           spoken
           of
           in
           the
           Customes
           of
           the
           Countrey
           )
           doe
           reigne
           ;
           which
           here
           for
           breuitie
           I
           omit
           ,
           especially
           the
           ordering
           of
           officers
           ,
           the
           decreeing
           of
           peace
           and
           warre
           ,
           and
           taking
           of
           Appeales
           .
           But
           for
           the
           publishing
           of
           lawes
           ,
           the
           most
           ciuill
           States
           for
           the
           better
           securitie
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           content
           of
           the
           people
           are
           euer
           assisted
           in
           Monarchies
           with
           the
           three
           Estates
           .
           And
           in
           some
           States
           also
           for
           the
           better
           dispatch
           of
           things
           ,
           many
           of
           the
           other
           three
           markes
           are
           committed
           ,
           but
           yet
           restrictiuely
           ,
           and
           vnder
           controulement
           .
           Wherefore
           let
           Trauailers
           consider
           now
           these
           things
           aright
           ,
           and
           proue
           the
           censures
           of
           other
           men
           ,
           by
           those
           markes
           of
           Souereigntie
           which
           inuest
           the
           formes
           with
           supreme
           power
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           in
           the
           second
           place
           let
           Trauailers
           note
           ,
           what
           principall
           officers
           are
           in
           the
           commitment
           ordained
           to
           helpe
           the
           motion
           and
           gouernment
           of
           the
           helme
           of
           the
           State.
           And
           lastly
           ,
           how
           farre
           their
           seuerall
           offices
           doe
           extend
           .
           For
           the
           better
           insight
           into
           which
           ,
           there
           may
           bee
           gathered
           a
           triple
           consideration
           of
           officers
           ,
           namely
           ;
           first
           ,
           such
           as
           stand
           by
           ancient
           right
           and
           Custome
           ,
           as
           those
           which
           we
           cal
           Officers
           at
           the
           Common
           Lawe
           :
           Secondly
           ,
           such
           as
           haue
           their
           authoritie
           by
           Commission
           ,
           and
           that
           from
           the
           prerogatiues
           of
           the
           Prince
           or
           State
           Souereigne
           :
           Lastly
           ,
           such
           as
           are
           ordained
           by
           the
           positiue
           lawes
           of
           the
           land
           to
           vndergo
           any
           businesse
           for
           the
           good
           of
           the
           Common-weale
           .
           Finally
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           be
           carefull
           to
           obserue
           the
           maner
           and
           order
           of
           making
           &
           publishing
           
           of
           lawes
           there
           vsed
           ;
           the
           course
           of
           entertaining
           warres
           ;
           the
           ordinarie
           policie
           vsed
           in
           time
           of
           peace
           ,
           concerning
           preparation
           for
           warres
           defensiue
           and
           offensiue
           ;
           the
           common
           course
           of
           proceeding
           in
           iustice
           and
           iudgement
           ,
           the
           places
           ,
           and
           times
           ,
           and
           ministers
           ;
           the
           fashion
           of
           punishing
           &
           rewarding
           of
           all
           sorts
           of
           people
           acording
           to
           their
           deserts
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           appurtenances
           &
           appendices
           of
           the
           gouernment
           .
           Let
           these
           suffice
           for
           the
           persons
           gouerning
           .
        
         
           The
           
             People
             gouerned
          
           ,
           wee
           cast
           into
           sixe
           moulds
           ,
           
           namely
           into
           that
           of
           Husbandmen
           ,
           of
           Handicrafts
           men
           ,
           and
           Labourers
           ;
           of
           Marchants
           ,
           of
           the
           Nobilitie
           and
           Gentrie
           ,
           of
           stipendarie
           Souldiers
           ,
           and
           of
           Ecclesiasticall
           persons
           .
           As
           touching
           the
           three
           first
           of
           these
           ,
           the
           lawes
           of
           most
           States
           will
           discouer
           howe
           they
           bee
           gouerned
           .
           But
           as
           concerning
           the
           Nobilitie
           and
           Ecclesiasticall
           persons
           ,
           they
           assume
           in
           most
           States
           much
           libertie
           :
           Of
           whome
           let
           it
           be
           sufficient
           for
           our
           Trauailer
           to
           note
           ,
           how
           they
           liue
           and
           what
           they
           are
           enclined
           vnto
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           concerning
           Stipendarie
           Souldiers
           (
           if
           the
           State
           afford
           any
           )
           let
           it
           be
           considered
           ,
           how
           they
           are
           disciplined
           ,
           and
           by
           whom
           ,
           their
           number
           ,
           their
           priuiledges
           ,
           and
           lastly
           their
           entertainment
           .
        
         
           Now
           ,
           
           the
           last
           point
           to
           be
           considered
           in
           the
           gouernment
           concerneth
           the
           common
           and
           speciall
           policie
           or
           instruments
           ,
           whereby
           the
           gouernors
           conuey
           nourishment
           vnto
           the
           gouerned
           to
           vphold
           the
           cōmon
           health
           of
           the
           State
           ,
           
           or
           to
           plucke
           the
           same
           vpon
           the
           knees
           .
           These
           speciall
           policies
           or
           instruments
           may
           be
           surueyed
           of
           Trauailers
           in
           three
           things
           .
        
         
           First
           ,
           in
           the
           goodnesse
           or
           illnesse
           of
           the
           Coūtries
           laws
           ,
           
           and
           customes
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           in
           the
           accidents
           that
           moue
           the
           soueraigne
           Power
           ,
           for
           the
           presēt
           standing
           of
           things
           ,
           to
           cōstitute
           and
           decree
           timely
           ,
           and
           broche
           such
           policies
           as
           may
           encounter
           cure
           and
           remoue
           any
           disease
           ,
           surfaite
           or
           distemperature
           growen
           ,
           or
           growing
           in
           the
           bodie
           politick
           ,
           till
           by
           a
           law
           those
           inconueniences
           may
           be
           preuented
           .
           The
           contrarie
           will
           chaunce
           where
           such
           defect
           reigneth
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           in
           the
           due
           execution
           of
           such
           lawes
           as
           are
           enacted
           and
           in
           force
           :
           the
           which
           vnite
           or
           disioyne
           the
           bodie
           ,
           most
           firmely
           ,
           or
           in
           piecemeales
           ;
           so
           as
           there
           cannot
           but
           arise
           from
           the
           one
           a
           sweet
           and
           tuneable
           harmonie
           of
           gouernment
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           other
           all
           iarres
           and
           discordes
           :
           the
           which
           shall
           minister
           to
           Trauailers
           plentie
           of
           matter
           to
           plot
           policies
           vpon
           .
           Thus
           much
           of
           the
           policies
           .
        
         
           The
           sixt
           and
           last
           point
           of
           knowledge
           now
           remaineth
           :
           
           which
           is
           of
           the
           Secretes
           of
           the
           State
           where
           men
           trauaile
           ;
           The
           singular
           point
           that
           ennobleth
           a
           Trauailer
           aboue
           the
           home-politician
           &
           the
           foundatiōs
           of
           momentall
           policies
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Secrets
          
           are
           those
           things
           which
           are
           neither
           noted
           nor
           learned
           of
           the
           vulgar
           sort
           of
           people
           :
           they
           are
           notwithstanding
           common
           and
           accidentall
           ,
           the
           which
           doe
           oft
           change
           one
           into
           another
           .
           The
           
             Common
             Secretes
          
           
           rest
           in
           two
           points
           in
           the
           intelligence
           of
           such
           as
           are
           forreine
           friends
           ,
           newters
           or
           enimies
           to
           the
           Countrie
           wherin
           one
           trauaileth
           :
           And
           in
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           ordinarie
           strength
           of
           the
           State
           of
           the
           Countrie
           in
           which
           men
           trauaile
           .
           The
           first
           of
           these
           considereth
           friends
           ,
           
           newters
           ,
           and
           enimies
           :
           Out
           of
           which
           though
           there
           be
           seuerall
           secrets
           to
           be
           extracted
           ,
           yet
           we
           will
           for
           breuitie
           giue
           our
           Trauailer
           a
           release
           of
           them
           in
           the
           discouerie
           of
           friends
           ;
           since
           
           the
           rest
           may
           either
           
             è
             diuerso
          
           or
           
             conuer
             so
          
           be
           displaied
           .
           
           Of
           friends
           therefore
           in
           this
           kind
           ,
           namely
           political
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           triple
           regard
           .
           First
           ,
           by
           bloud
           and
           neerenesse
           of
           kinne
           :
           Secondly
           ,
           by
           religion
           and
           profession
           of
           one
           and
           the
           same
           faith
           ;
           Lastly
           ,
           by
           meere
           politicall
           coniunction
           of
           friendship
           ,
           confedracie
           ,
           alliance
           and
           league
           ,
           to
           settle
           &
           secure
           &c.
           each
           others
           State
           in
           peace
           ,
           &
           safetie
           .
           Now
           ,
           since
           all
           these
           friends
           in
           matters
           of
           State
           are
           euer
           neerest
           to
           themselues
           ,
           running
           the
           straightest
           course
           for
           the
           good
           of
           their
           owne
           estates
           ,
           few
           can
           be
           found
           so
           honest
           &
           firme
           as
           their
           friendships
           are
           neuer
           disioynable
           .
           Howbeit
           we
           might
           see
           a
           rare
           example
           twixt
           France
           and
           Scotland
           ,
           in
           times
           past
           .
           And
           thoughe
           Religion
           bee
           the
           streightest
           conioyner
           of
           States
           :
           yet
           when
           Ambition
           or
           couetousnesse
           or
           selfe-loue
           inuade
           a
           body
           politicke
           ,
           sildome
           the
           friendshippe
           of
           such
           continue
           longer
           then
           they
           will
           aide
           and
           cherish
           those
           greedie
           appetites
           ;
           Enuy
           and
           feare
           of
           ouermuch
           greatnesse
           making
           the
           one
           an
           hypocrite
           to
           hunt
           with
           the
           hounde
           ,
           and
           runne
           with
           the
           hare
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           prouerbe
           .
           From
           the
           politicall
           cōiunction
           of
           friendship
           ,
           
           we
           gather
           two
           sorts
           of
           friends
           to
           euerie
           State
           :
           namely
           the
           pleasurable
           ,
           who
           for
           commodities
           &
           marchandise
           are
           chiefly
           retained
           for
           friends
           ,
           to
           enrich
           their
           States
           in
           times
           of
           peace
           &
           accommodate
           them
           with
           things
           needefull
           mutually
           .
           Hence
           we
           behold
           the
           lawfulnesse
           of
           Christian
           States
           to
           traffick
           with
           Pagans
           and
           Infidels
           .
        
         
           For
           ,
           contractes
           of
           peace
           and
           entercourse
           of
           commodities
           may
           be
           betweene
           any
           Nations
           ,
           since
           the
           partition
           wall
           is
           broken
           down
           ;
           it
           being
           a
           rule
           of
           charity
           for
           one
           State
           now
           to
           entertain
           &
           relieue
           another
           ,
           with
           such
           commodities
           as
           the
           one
           either
           standeth
           in
           neede
           of
           ,
           or
           
           excelleth
           the
           other
           in
           .
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           in
           leagues
           ,
           alliances
           and
           confederacies
           ,
           for
           war
           ,
           it
           standeth
           otherwise
           twixt
           Christian
           and
           Pagan
           Princes
           .
           That
           other
           sort
           of
           friends
           are
           the
           profitable
           ,
           who
           for
           the
           politicall
           defence
           and
           offence
           are
           collegued
           and
           allianced
           or
           cōfederated
           with
           ,
           either
           to
           be
           relieued
           for
           iniurie
           and
           wrong
           receiued
           ,
           or
           to
           be
           defended
           against
           oppression
           and
           violence
           ,
           or
           in
           policie
           only
           for
           feare
           of
           sensiblenesse
           and
           feare
           of
           the
           worst
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           sufficient
           for
           a
           Trauailer
           to
           note
           thus
           ,
           who
           be
           pleasurable
           &
           profitable
           friends
           to
           that
           Countrie
           wherein
           he
           trauaileth
           ,
           but
           to
           weighe
           also
           by
           all
           meanes
           the
           power
           and
           strength
           or
           weakenesse
           of
           those
           friends
           ,
           
           Newters
           or
           enimies
           ,
           to
           that
           Countrie
           .
           The
           which
           may
           be
           discouered
           to
           our
           Trauailer
           in
           foure
           points
           .
           As
           first
           in
           the
           populousnesse
           of
           them
           ,
           or
           defect
           of
           people
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           well
           disciplining
           of
           them
           ;
           or
           sufferance
           to
           liue
           
             ad
             libitum
          
           ,
           and
           without
           any
           Martiall
           gouernment
           .
           For
           ,
           from
           hence
           ariseth
           one
           maine
           secreat
           to
           our
           Trauailer
           ,
           That
           those
           Coūtries
           so
           strengthened
           may
           be
           presumed
           vpon
           for
           great
           friends
           :
           and
           contrariwise
           .
           So
           the
           second
           resteth
           in
           the
           neere
           neighbourhood
           or
           fitnesse
           of
           such
           friends
           to
           impeach
           an
           enimie
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           may
           bee
           noted
           in
           the
           commodities
           of
           those
           friends
           to
           aide
           and
           succour
           that
           State
           in
           cases
           of
           necessitie
           ,
           with
           victuall
           ,
           munition
           ,
           Armes
           ,
           horses
           ,
           shipping
           and
           money
           ;
           which
           are
           the
           arteries
           ,
           veines
           ,
           sinews
           and
           muscles
           of
           bodies
           politicke
           ,
           in
           forreine
           troubles
           .
           Of
           which
           this
           secret
           riseth
           ;
           That
           such
           friendes
           so
           well
           furnished
           must
           euermore
           bee
           well
           and
           euenly
           dealt
           with
           :
           considering
           they
           are
           daungerous
           enemies
           or
           neuters
           ;
           the
           rather
           in
           regard
           ,
           before
           a
           State
           can
           be
           sensible
           of
           their
           enimitie
           ,
           they
           can
           suddainly
           
           offend
           .
           Neuerthelesse
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           in
           this
           point
           consider
           what
           care
           those
           States
           take
           ,
           to
           reteine
           from
           trafficke
           ,
           munition
           offensiue
           :
           For
           it
           is
           a
           weaknesse
           and
           danger
           to
           tolerate
           the
           trafficke
           of
           munition
           offensiue
           ,
           to
           friend
           or
           neurer
           ,
           the
           which
           in
           time
           may
           beard
           ones
           selfe
           ,
           and
           speake
           terrour
           in
           the
           eares
           of
           the
           first
           owners
           .
           The
           fourth
           and
           last
           concerning
           the
           strength
           of
           friendes
           remaineth
           :
           that
           Trauailers
           prie
           into
           the
           reuolution
           of
           those
           States
           in
           three
           things
           :
           as
           ,
           in
           the
           Religion
           of
           those
           States
           ;
           in
           their
           Warlikenesse
           ;
           and
           in
           their
           Freedome
           .
           
           Of
           these
           briefly
           .
           And
           first
           let
           vs
           treate
           of
           their
           religion
           ;
           whether
           those
           friends
           hold
           the
           same
           religiō
           that
           the
           State
           whereof
           they
           are
           friends
           doth
           ,
           or
           whether
           of
           a
           contrarie
           profession
           ;
           the
           one
           yeelding
           euer
           a
           more
           steady
           loue
           ,
           than
           the
           other
           .
           And
           in
           case
           of
           contrary
           religion
           ,
           such
           friends
           are
           soone
           lost
           ,
           and
           soone
           presse
           a
           people
           to
           be
           mortall
           enemies
           .
           From
           whence
           flowe
           infinite
           secrets
           of
           this
           kinde
           ,
           familiar
           to
           good
           States-men
           .
        
         
           Touching
           the
           warlikenesse
           of
           friends
           ,
           that
           may
           be
           considered
           either
           in
           their
           good
           discipline
           at
           home
           ,
           
           or
           the
           employment
           of
           their
           people
           abroad
           in
           forraine
           warres
           .
           Out
           of
           which
           let
           a
           Trauailer
           note
           this
           secret
           ,
           that
           such
           are
           strong
           friends
           and
           to
           bee
           put
           in
           trust
           :
           whereas
           those
           States
           that
           bee
           so
           exceedingly
           desirous
           of
           peace
           ,
           that
           they
           neglect
           the
           ordinary
           discipline
           of
           warre
           ,
           are
           either
           weake
           and
           impotent
           friends
           ,
           or
           vnsteady
           and
           wauering
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           from
           whence
           an
           other
           maine
           secret
           ariseth
           :
           that
           populous
           and
           rich
           States
           ,
           which
           chuse
           rather
           to
           yeeld
           to
           seruitude
           ,
           by
           paying
           tribute
           ,
           taxes
           and
           other
           intolerable
           burdens
           ,
           then
           to
           defend
           their
           liberties
           (
           vnlesse
           in
           special
           cases
           )
           
           are
           neither
           trustie
           friends
           ,
           nor
           great
           enimies
           ,
           to
           bee
           feared
           .
           For
           ,
           that
           State
           which
           preferreth
           not
           his
           owne
           libertie
           ,
           cannot
           be
           sensible
           of
           anothers
           ,
           in
           such
           sort
           as
           is
           requireable
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           concerning
           the
           freedome
           of
           friends
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           diuers
           standing
           :
           namely
           ,
           
           from
           miserie
           ,
           and
           from
           subiection
           .
           Of
           freedom
           from
           misery
           we
           see
           most
           States
           of
           Europe
           at
           this
           day
           ,
           vnlesse
           where
           vsurpers
           or
           tyrants
           rule
           ,
           and
           dominiere
           .
           Of
           freedom
           from
           subiection
           there
           is
           a
           proper
           &
           improper
           constitutiō
           .
           Those
           States
           are
           properly
           free
           ,
           whose
           policie
           hangeth
           not
           vpon
           any
           forrain
           power
           ,
           acknowledging
           no
           other
           superiour
           than
           God
           ,
           either
           in
           Temporal
           or
           Ecclesiasticall
           matters
           ;
           nor
           that
           are
           tributary
           ,
           or
           homagial
           to
           any
           forreine
           State.
           Such
           at
           this
           day
           is
           
             England
             ,
             Moscouy
             ,
             Turkie
             ,
             Persia
             ,
          
           &
           Tartaria
           ,
           and
           that
           of
           
             Prester
             Iean
          
           ,
           who
           of
           the
           rest
           vanteth
           ,
           that
           his
           Nation
           was
           neuer
           conquered
           ;
           or
           acknowledged
           any
           other
           forreine
           Prince
           .
           Those
           that
           improperly
           are
           free
           ,
           are
           such
           States
           as
           either
           acknowledge
           other
           superiour
           ,
           or
           equall
           Lord
           or
           Lords
           ,
           in
           Ecclesiasticall
           or
           Temporall
           matters
           ,
           than
           God
           ,
           &
           their
           politicall
           Lord
           or
           Lords
           ,
           or
           are
           tributary
           or
           homagiall
           in
           any
           respect
           to
           forreine
           powers
           .
           Such
           in
           the
           first
           sense
           at
           this
           day
           are
           
             France
             ,
             Spaine
          
           ,
           the
           Empire
           ,
           
             Italy
             ,
             Denmarke
          
           ,
           and
           all
           those
           States
           that
           hold
           of
           the
           Pope
           or
           Emperour
           .
           So
           ,
           such
           of
           the
           second
           clause
           are
           those
           States
           thorow
           the
           world
           ,
           that
           pay
           and
           yeeld
           a
           certain
           taxe
           ,
           homage
           ,
           or
           tribute
           ,
           for
           acknowledging
           and
           respecting
           their
           subiection
           .
           Hence
           it
           may
           bee
           inferred
           ,
           that
           those
           friends
           can
           doe
           a
           State
           little
           profit
           ,
           that
           are
           in
           distresse
           themselues
           ,
           as
           ingaged
           with
           intestine
           ,
           &
           ciuil
           distemperatures
           ;
           or
           afflicted
           by
           an
           equal
           
           or
           greater
           enemie
           ,
           as
           iealous
           of
           some
           great
           and
           imminent
           danger
           themselues
           :
           or
           that
           be
           not
           well
           disciplined
           ,
           or
           not
           at
           libertie
           to
           dispose
           of
           themselues
           without
           those
           States
           to
           whom
           they
           are
           subiect
           :
           or
           in
           case
           any
           of
           their
           possessions
           bee
           in
           question
           ,
           as
           belonging
           to
           an
           other
           equall
           or
           greater
           Power
           .
           All
           which
           ,
           in
           a
           word
           ,
           may
           Trauailers
           cōfirme
           to
           themselues
           ,
           in
           those
           States
           ouer
           which
           the
           Pope
           hath
           any
           stroke
           ;
           who
           arrogating
           a
           power
           to
           disioyne
           the
           members
           from
           the
           head
           ,
           and
           to
           set
           the
           Subiects
           against
           their
           Prince
           ,
           can
           also
           make
           debate
           twixt
           Prince
           and
           Prince
           ,
           State
           and
           State.
           Thus
           much
           of
           the
           first
           poynt
           of
           forreine
           friends
           ,
           &c.
           to
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           into
           which
           men
           trauaile
           .
        
         
           Now
           touching
           the
           second
           ,
           
           which
           we
           named
           ,
           to
           consist
           in
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           ordinarie
           strength
           of
           the
           State
           of
           the
           Country
           in
           which
           men
           trauaile
           ,
           
           there
           are
           4
           things
           cōsiderable
           ;
           the
           Sufficiēcie
           of
           the
           people
           ;
           Store
           of
           commodities
           ,
           
           not
           only
           to
           nourish
           the
           people
           within
           the
           land
           ,
           but
           to
           make
           &
           procure
           friendship
           in
           speciall
           cases
           ;
           plenty
           of
           Munition
           ,
           either
           offensiue
           or
           defensiue
           ;
           and
           the
           fulnesse
           of
           Treasure
           ,
           
           Reuenue
           ,
           and
           Domaine
           .
           
           Of
           these
           foure
           we
           haue
           handled
           the
           three
           former
           thorowout
           our
           Treatise
           ,
           sufficiently
           for
           a
           Trauailer
           .
           But
           the
           fourth
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Domaine
           or
           Treasure
           ,
           wee
           had
           neede
           to
           touch
           a
           little
           .
           First
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           considered
           therefore
           ,
           that
           in
           Monarchies
           there
           is
           a
           priuate
           and
           a
           publike
           reuenue
           and
           treasure
           :
           the
           publike
           
           being
           dispended
           for
           the
           good
           of
           the
           Common-weale
           ;
           whereas
           the
           priuate
           patrimonie
           of
           Princes
           are
           dispendable
           on
           their
           necessities
           priuate
           :
           yet
           these
           are
           oft
           confounded
           .
           But
           the
           first
           that
           chaunceth
           to
           
           the
           consideratiō
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           is
           to
           note
           what
           summe
           those
           ioyntly
           or
           seuerally
           doe
           amount
           vnto
           .
           Whereby
           they
           shall
           be
           able
           to
           discerne
           the
           riches
           and
           pouertie
           of
           States
           ,
           
             computatis
             computandis
          
           .
           This
           maine
           secret
           brocheth
           three
           considerations
           ;
           First
           ,
           how
           and
           on
           what
           the
           summe
           is
           gathered
           :
           secondly
           ,
           how
           that
           is
           disposed
           :
           thirdly
           whether
           there
           be
           not
           alwayes
           a
           reseruation
           of
           treasure
           ,
           for
           the
           suddaine
           and
           needfull
           vse
           of
           those
           States
           .
        
         
           Touching
           the
           first
           of
           these
           ,
           
           we
           obserue
           from
           politicians
           seuen
           wayes
           that
           amasse
           publike
           treasure
           and
           reuenew
           ,
           honourably
           .
           First
           ,
           by
           reuenue
           which
           wee
           tearm
           here
           in
           Englād
           the
           profits
           of
           the
           Crown-lands
           ,
           of
           Wards
           ,
           Mariages
           ,
           of
           Reliefs
           ,
           of
           Eschetes
           ,
           of
           Fines
           ,
           of
           Forfeitures
           ,
           of
           Amercemēts
           ,
           of
           Iurisdictions
           ordinary
           as
           extraordinarie
           ,
           
           and
           such
           like
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           by
           conquest
           vpō
           the
           enemie
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           by
           gifts
           of
           friends
           and
           wel
           wishers
           to
           the
           State
           and
           Crowne
           .
           
           Fourthly
           by
           pension
           and
           tribute
           of
           subiected
           States
           and
           Allies
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           
           by
           trafficke
           :
           the
           which
           to
           some
           States
           is
           very
           gainefull
           .
           Sixtly
           ,
           
           by
           Merchandise
           and
           trade
           of
           strangers
           or
           subiects
           ,
           frō
           whence
           ariseth
           the
           Impostes
           &
           Customs
           vpon
           euery
           commoditie
           brought
           in
           or
           caried
           out
           of
           States
           .
           
           Lastly
           ,
           in
           case
           of
           necessity
           the
           seuēth
           may
           be
           added
           :
           wherof
           in
           some
           driuē
           States
           there
           is
           ordinarie
           and
           extraordinarie
           (
           as
           for
           casuall
           they
           be
           included
           in
           the
           former
           )
           .
           
           The
           ordinarie
           are
           such
           as
           we
           call
           Subsides
           ,
           Lones
           ,
           Tenths
           ,
           Fifteenths
           ,
           stipends
           ,
           and
           asseasments
           for
           Souldiers
           prest
           .
           The
           extraordinarie
           ,
           are
           taxes
           ,
           tallages
           ,
           gabels
           ,
           and
           beneuolences
           ,
           either
           imposed
           vpon
           particulars
           ,
           or
           in
           speciall
           cases
           vpon
           the
           most
           in
           generall
           .
           Out
           of
           all
           which
           let
           Trauailers
           
           note
           ,
           what
           and
           how
           much
           of
           either
           and
           in
           what
           order
           the
           same
           are
           rated
           ,
           leauied
           and
           assembled
           into
           the
           treasurie
           .
           From
           whence
           they
           may
           collect
           this
           and
           such
           like
           secrets
           ,
           That
           vnlawfull
           and
           great
           impositions
           and
           taxes
           in
           a
           free
           State
           do
           oft
           cause
           a
           heart-burning
           of
           the
           Commons
           ,
           and
           openeth
           the
           passage
           of
           sedition
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           especiall
           cases
           ,
           in
           which
           there
           ought
           to
           bee
           a
           publike
           ouerture
           for
           the
           same
           as
           for
           the
           expense
           .
        
         
           Moreouer
           ,
           that
           may
           not
           be
           ouerslipped
           ,
           Whether
           the
           the
           Princes
           or
           States
           where
           men
           trauaile
           ,
           are
           enforced
           vppon
           important
           accidentes
           to
           take
           vp
           money
           by
           imprestes
           and
           borrowinges
           ,
           or
           by
           mortgages
           or
           at
           interest
           .
           For
           ,
           as
           amongst
           priuate
           persons
           ,
           so
           in
           publike
           States
           more
           sodainely
           there
           groweth
           a
           great
           defect
           ,
           and
           bankeruptnesse
           ,
           which
           is
           subiect
           to
           daungers
           .
        
         
           Now
           ,
           as
           touching
           the
           maine
           secret
           of
           employing
           the
           treasure
           and
           reuenewe
           of
           the
           State
           in
           the
           second
           place
           wee
           finde
           sixe
           honorable
           causes
           to
           dispend
           the
           same
           (
           out
           of
           which
           a
           Trauailer
           may
           cull
           seuerall
           secrets
           :
           as
           the
           good
           and
           orderly
           gouernement
           ,
           
           or
           contrariwise
           ,
           of
           the
           Prince
           or
           State
           ,
           his
           or
           their
           vertues
           or
           vices
           &c.
           )
           namely
           Almeshouses
           and
           publike
           reliefe
           and
           prouision
           for
           the
           poore
           of
           the
           Realme
           ;
           
           whereby
           is
           discouered
           a
           religious
           and
           charitable
           care
           of
           such
           as
           stand
           in
           neede
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           
           vpon
           the
           honorable
           and
           necessarie
           support
           of
           the
           house-hold
           and
           publike
           Court
           of
           the
           Prince
           or
           State
           :
           which
           ,
           being
           well
           husbanded
           ,
           argueth
           maiestie
           ,
           bountie
           and
           wisedome
           .
        
         
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           vpon
           reparations
           and
           edifications
           of
           fortifications
           and
           buildings
           ;
           of
           building
           ships
           and
           shipping
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           publike
           matters
           of
           the
           State
           ,
           which
           deserueth
           a
           publike
           and
           peculiar
           regard
           of
           subiects
           &
           State
           ,
           and
           taketh
           away
           the
           hatred
           of
           taxes
           and
           impositions
           by
           rendering
           the
           same
           back
           againe
           to
           the
           hands
           of
           particulars
           and
           States
           good
           ,
           wherby
           profit
           ,
           honour
           and
           securitie
           ariseth
           .
        
         
           Fourthly
           ,
           
           vpon
           the
           due
           payment
           of
           Souldiers
           and
           men
           of
           Martiall
           affaires
           ;
           the
           which
           argueth
           discretion
           and
           high
           care
           to
           encounter
           infinite
           occasions
           of
           euills
           ,
           both
           growing
           in
           the
           Commanders
           as
           common
           souldiers
           ,
           whereof
           a
           prying
           care
           must
           be
           had
           .
        
         
           Fiftly
           ,
           
           vppon
           strangers
           ,
           as
           Embassadors
           and
           such
           of
           forraine
           Nobilitie
           as
           are
           therby
           retained
           in
           loue
           and
           office
           to
           bee
           tenderers
           of
           the
           honour
           and
           weale
           of
           those
           States
           ,
           of
           visiting
           Princes
           ,
           and
           also
           vpon
           Officers
           and
           men
           of
           good
           deserte
           within
           the
           State.
           Lastly
           ,
           
           vpon
           the
           policie
           of
           the
           State
           it self
           ,
           for
           retaining
           of
           friends
           or
           procuring
           thē
           by
           donatiues
           politicke
           ,
           &
           lendinges
           :
           out
           of
           which
           arise
           many
           secreates
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           seuerall
           motions
           or
           actions
           of
           a
           Prince
           or
           State
           in
           vertuous
           or
           vitious
           dispending
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           point
           of
           this
           common
           secreat
           ,
           is
           to
           note
           what
           ordinarie
           and
           extraordinarie
           treasure
           is
           euermore
           reserued
           in
           the
           State.
           And
           as
           it
           is
           a
           daungerous
           thing
           in
           times
           of
           warre
           and
           troubles
           to
           vndertake
           businesse
           vppon
           borrowings
           or
           vsurie
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           speciall
           cases
           ;
           so
           also
           it
           is
           perilous
           to
           assemble
           a
           greater
           treasure
           ,
           then
           is
           meete
           :
           for
           that
           causeth
           subiectes
           oft
           to
           murmur
           if
           the
           same
           come
           from
           them
           ,
           or
           inuiteth
           other
           States
           
           to
           picke
           quarrelles
           to
           be
           nibbling
           therewith
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           whether
           there
           be
           such
           niggardlinesse
           of
           the
           Prince
           seeking
           to
           spare
           treasure
           ,
           as
           hee
           diminish
           much
           the
           dignitie
           of
           his
           household
           and
           also
           the
           Maiestie
           of
           his
           person
           .
        
         
           Whereof
           wee
           read
           ,
           that
           King
           Lewis
           the
           Eleuenth
           of
           France
           (
           whome
           
             Philip
             de
             Comines
          
           so
           much
           extolleth
           )
           so
           farre
           diminished
           his
           houshold
           as
           hee
           forbad
           his
           Nobles
           to
           followe
           him
           in
           Court
           (
           at
           the
           least
           at
           their
           owne
           charges
           )
           as
           that
           hee
           was
           faine
           to
           employ
           his
           Taylor
           for
           his
           Heralde
           at
           Armes
           ,
           his
           Barbar
           for
           an
           Ambassadour
           ,
           and
           his
           Physician
           for
           Chauncellor
           .
           And
           for
           his
           person
           ,
           hee
           was
           so
           respectlesse
           ,
           as
           hee
           continually
           ware
           an
           olde
           course
           cloth
           Cappe
           ,
           and
           leauing
           a
           recorde
           for
           buying
           a
           paire
           of
           meane
           sleeues
           to
           an
           olde
           plaine
           doublet
           of
           his
           .
           And
           also
           in
           his
           accomptes
           was
           obserued
           to
           pay
           xv
           .
           pence
           for
           so
           much
           dripping
           to
           grease
           his
           bootes
           .
           Thus
           much
           concerning
           the
           common
           Secreats
           .
           
             Quaere
             tamen
             si
             sit
             frugalitatis
             causa
             ,
             &
             propter
             Reip.
             bonum
             .
          
        
         
           The
           Accidentall
           follow
           ;
           which
           are
           such
           as
           chance
           daiely
           in
           or
           without
           a
           State
           ,
           
           and
           that
           so
           diuersely
           as
           that
           we
           can
           but
           giue
           an
           assaie
           or
           taste
           of
           thē
           to
           Trauailers
           in
           this
           treatise
           .
           For
           ,
           euerie
           action
           of
           the
           State
           wherin
           one
           trauaileth
           ,
           or
           of
           other
           forraine
           States
           vnfould
           secreates
           and
           are
           meete
           materialles
           to
           diuine
           of
           future
           things
           ▪
           which
           now
           in
           the
           interim
           is
           to
           be
           required
           of
           Trauailers
           .
           
           Those
           accidentall
           secrets
           are
           to
           bee
           sought
           in
           three
           thinges
           :
           namely
           ,
           in
           the
           persons
           gouerning
           ;
           in
           the
           persons
           gouerned
           :
           and
           in
           the
           instrumēts
           .
           From
           the
           persons
           gouerning
           I
           obserue
           these
           points
           ;
           First
           ,
           
           what
           be
           the
           negotiations
           and
           contractes
           
           the
           State
           or
           Prince
           offereth
           and
           maketh
           with
           other
           States
           frō
           time
           to
           time
           :
           the
           which
           although
           they
           seeme
           hard
           to
           come
           by
           ,
           yet
           discreet
           carriage
           and
           liberalitie
           will
           purchase
           them
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           
           what
           order
           euerie
           principalitie
           hath
           in
           the
           succession
           of
           their
           gouernour
           ,
           whether
           by
           election
           or
           by
           inheritance
           .
           The
           first
           ordaining
           of
           a
           Prince
           by
           election
           was
           good
           ,
           to
           auoyde
           all
           such
           wants
           and
           imperfections
           ,
           as
           raigne
           ordinarily
           in
           Princes
           hereditarie
           :
           yet
           such
           corruption
           inuadeth
           this
           age
           ,
           that
           sildome
           soueraigne
           Princes
           will
           constitute
           their
           vicegerent
           ,
           or
           elect
           Prince
           of
           an
           other
           State
           ,
           a
           man
           popular
           ,
           or
           that
           is
           wiser
           then
           themselues
           .
           And
           sildome
           wil
           subiects
           ,
           that
           are
           few
           in
           number
           to
           make
           election
           ,
           elect
           men
           of
           more
           spirit
           ,
           wisedome
           &
           worthinesse
           then
           thēselues
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           special
           cases
           :
           wherof
           the
           Colledge
           of
           the
           Cardinalls
           and
           the
           Electors
           of
           the
           Emperor
           find
           ease
           and
           profitte
           .
           Those
           Countries
           that
           are
           by
           succession
           of
           inheritance
           ,
           are
           likewise
           of
           two
           sorts
           ,
           generall
           and
           speciall
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           vnder
           this
           maine
           secret
           ,
           dependeth
           the
           insight
           into
           the
           Lawes
           concerning
           the
           disposing
           of
           the
           Crowne
           ;
           and
           the
           Wils
           ,
           testaments
           and
           deuises
           that
           are
           made
           by
           Princes
           ,
           to
           bequeath
           the
           same
           ,
           so
           farre
           forth
           as
           they
           in
           right
           may
           be
           stretched
           .
        
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           concerning
           States
           that
           go
           by
           inheritance
           ,
           let
           it
           be
           considered
           who
           be
           the
           next
           apparant
           heires
           to
           the
           State
           ,
           either
           by
           the
           law
           of
           the
           Countrie
           ,
           or
           the
           law
           of
           Nature
           ,
           or
           other
           pretences
           .
           Vnder
           which
           also
           let
           it
           be
           noted
           ,
           how
           ,
           where
           ,
           and
           after
           what
           order
           those
           infants
           are
           brought
           vp
           ,
           and
           what
           hope
           there
           is
           of
           them
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           
           what
           wisedome
           and
           discretion
           the
           Prince
           is
           of
           :
           whether
           hee
           be
           wise
           enough
           to
           discerne
           the
           aduise
           of
           his
           Councell
           ,
           subtile
           enough
           to
           perceiue
           whether
           his
           
           Councell
           plot
           more
           for
           their
           owne
           particulars
           then
           for
           the
           publike
           good
           and
           honour
           of
           their
           Soueraigne
           :
           or
           whether
           he
           rule
           not
           all
           things
           at
           his
           wil
           without
           consult
           of
           his
           Councell
           :
           what
           spirit
           he
           is
           of
           ,
           how
           studious
           to
           warre
           and
           peace
           :
           what
           care
           and
           order
           the
           Prince
           taketh
           to
           see
           good
           iustice
           done
           to
           euerie
           one
           ;
           and
           so
           of
           all
           other
           vertues
           that
           crowne
           Princes
           with
           honor
           ,
           and
           establish
           their
           gouernment
           :
           the
           like
           arise
           of
           the
           Magistrates
           .
           But
           the
           contrarie
           must
           bee
           gathered
           from
           the
           imperfections
           &
           vices
           of
           the
           Prince
           and
           Magistrates
           ,
           
             mutatis
             mutandis
          
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           what
           choise
           of
           persons
           the
           Prince
           hath
           about
           him
           for
           fauourites
           ,
           and
           whether
           hee
           carrieth
           an
           euen
           hand
           amongst
           them
           .
           By
           which
           secrette
           the
           inclination
           of
           the
           PRINCE
           and
           his
           abilitie
           and
           weakenesse
           maye
           bee
           concluded
           .
        
         
           Concerning
           the
           persons
           gouerned
           ,
           
           our
           assaie
           resteth
           in
           sixe
           Considerations
           ;
           First
           ,
           whether
           the
           people
           bee
           giuen
           to
           much
           libertie
           and
           so
           suffered
           to
           continue
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           State
           of
           Venice
           and
           through
           Italie
           :
           Secondly
           ,
           howe
           they
           stand
           affected
           to
           their
           Prince
           and
           gouernment
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           whether
           the
           Commons
           suppose
           not
           they
           see
           much
           into
           gouernment
           ,
           and
           think
           themselues
           wiser
           then
           the
           Councell
           of
           State
           :
           the
           which
           is
           dangerous
           ,
           whether
           the
           same
           be
           deriued
           from
           presumptiō
           of
           Nature
           ,
           or
           frō
           the
           inspectiō
           the
           people
           haue
           into
           the
           gouernours
           cariage
           conuerting
           all
           things
           to
           priuate
           commoditie
           .
        
         
           Fourthly
           ,
           how
           the
           people
           stand
           affected
           in
           rumors
           of
           warre
           ,
           &
           like
           accidents
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           who
           are
           the
           persons
           in
           greatest
           fauor
           and
           estimation
           amongst
           the
           people
           ,
           besides
           the
           Prince
           .
        
         
         
           Lastly
           ,
           whether
           the
           Nobilitie
           contemne
           not
           the
           Commons
           and
           Citizens
           ,
           and
           whether
           the
           Commons
           hate
           and
           enuie
           not
           the
           Nobles
           in
           outward
           shew
           ;
           the
           which
           breedeth
           a
           great
           thirst
           after
           alteration
           ,
           either
           of
           religion
           or
           of
           policie
           :
           the
           one
           springing
           from
           zeale
           ,
           the
           other
           from
           malcontednesse
           and
           factiousnesse
           .
        
         
           The
           Instruments
           follow
           ,
           
           which
           likewise
           be
           the
           subiects
           of
           many
           secrets
           and
           may
           be
           included
           vnder
           eight
           heads
           ,
           namely
           ,
           vnder
           Dearth
           of
           the
           commodities
           of
           the
           land
           ▪
           Secondly
           ,
           
           vnder
           Mortalitie
           of
           men
           ,
           and
           the
           heauie
           hand
           of
           God
           on
           the
           people
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           
           vnder
           the
           Losse
           of
           shipping
           ,
           
           of
           Munition
           and
           Dominions
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           
           vnder
           the
           Want
           of
           Iustice
           and
           good
           discipline
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           
           vnder
           the
           extraordinarie
           cause
           of
           Expense
           ,
           or
           the
           lauishe
           spending
           of
           the
           treasure
           .
           Sixtly
           ,
           
           vnder
           the
           strange
           Impositions
           and
           exactions
           on
           subiectes
           .
           Seauenthly
           ,
           
           vnder
           the
           apprehension
           of
           that
           which
           most
           impouerisheth
           or
           enricheth
           a
           State
           :
           Lastly
           ,
           
           vnder
           the
           knowledge
           of
           such
           Weake
           places
           vpon
           the
           borders
           &
           confines
           and
           costes
           of
           the
           Countrie
           ,
           as
           also
           within
           the
           Land
           ;
           wherein
           I
           would
           aduise
           Trauailers
           to
           bee
           verie
           studious
           :
           for
           so
           much
           as
           this
           point
           only
           is
           of
           great
           moment
           to
           bee
           well
           sought
           into
           .
           Out
           of
           which
           there
           arise
           contrarie
           secreates
           ,
           
             mutatis
             mutandis
          
           :
           Whereof
           ,
           Trauailers
           cannot
           be
           ignorant
           ,
           being
           so
           common
           and
           familiar
           .
           Finally
           ,
           about
           these
           or
           any
           other
           ,
           let
           not
           Trauailers
           omitte
           ,
           to
           procure
           with
           their
           purse
           ,
           what
           by
           discretion
           ,
           obseruation
           ,
           and
           friends
           ,
           cannot
           be
           attained
           vnto
           .
           Thus
           much
           concerning
           those
           sixe
           pointes
           of
           generall
           knowledge
           ,
           that
           accomplish
           the
           peregrination
           of
           men
           ,
           and
           make
           them
           
           compleate
           in
           knowledge
           of
           thinges
           .
        
         
           It
           now
           remaineth
           to
           handle
           briefly
           ,
           the
           behauiour
           of
           our
           Trauailer
           when
           he
           shall
           returne
           home
           ,
           to
           liue
           afterwards
           wel
           cōtented
           &
           happily
           :
           the
           which
           we
           see
           fewe
           do
           .
           But
           afore
           wee
           can
           obserue
           the
           offices
           he
           must
           vnder
           goe
           ,
           when
           he
           commeth
           home
           ;
           there
           are
           certain
           points
           ,
           of
           him
           to
           be
           performed
           before
           ,
           to
           fit
           himself
           against
           his
           returne
           ,
           if
           so
           be
           he
           expect
           speciall
           grace
           and
           prefermēt
           afterwards
           :
           which
           ,
           being
           an
           honorable
           colour
           &
           spurre
           of
           vertue
           ,
           may
           neither
           bee
           neglected
           of
           Trauailers
           nor
           indecided
           of
           vs.
           These
           rest
           chiefly
           in
           two
           points
           .
           First
           ,
           
           in
           aduertising
           ,
           frō
           time
           to
           time
           by
           Letters
           during
           their
           trauaile
           ,
           some
           one
           of
           the
           priuie
           Councell
           ,
           and
           none
           other
           of
           the
           Countrie
           to
           which
           they
           belong
           ,
           of
           such
           occurrences
           and
           things
           as
           chance
           worthie
           to
           be
           sent
           and
           committed
           to
           consultation
           and
           viewe
           .
        
         
           Wherein
           ,
           let
           Trauailers
           bee
           prouident
           to
           whom
           they
           giue
           aduertisement
           :
           For
           ,
           otherwise
           their
           labour
           may
           bee
           lost
           ,
           or
           crost
           with
           ingratitude
           and
           vnthankefulnesse
           .
           Neither
           ,
           is
           it
           necessarie
           that
           such
           a
           Councellor
           should
           take
           knowledge
           of
           them
           before
           their
           Trauaile
           :
           for
           this
           action
           will
           be
           get
           acquaintance
           ,
           and
           tie
           that
           Councellor
           afterwards
           to
           yeelde
           such
           an
           one
           due
           respect
           .
           Neither
           is
           it
           conuenient
           for
           Trauailers
           to
           aduertise
           any
           other
           whatsoeuer
           of
           those
           matters
           they
           send
           to
           a
           Councellor
           ,
           nor
           to
           aduertise
           many
           Councellors
           of
           things
           :
           the
           one
           arguing
           lightnesse
           ,
           the
           other
           hazardeth
           the
           respect
           of
           those
           Councellors
           :
           vnlesse
           it
           be
           apparant
           ,
           that
           the
           Trauailer
           is
           many
           wayes
           tied
           to
           those
           Councellors
           ,
           in
           their
           owne
           knowledge
           .
           Wherein
           also
           ,
           hauing
           occasion
           to
           write
           of
           diuerse
           matters
           ,
           let
           him
           diuide
           those
           matters
           amongst
           them
           with
           discretion
           .
           
           Moreouer
           ,
           let
           our
           Trauailer
           take
           heede
           to
           aduertise
           an
           vntruth
           for
           certaintie
           :
           but
           as
           touching
           reportes
           and
           rumors
           ,
           let
           him
           handle
           them
           discreetly
           ;
           and
           touching
           diuinings
           ,
           probabilities
           and
           consequences
           ,
           let
           thē
           be
           sparingly
           or
           not
           at
           all
           set
           downe
           to
           Councellers
           whose
           wisedome
           ought
           to
           haue
           the
           reference
           and
           collection
           of
           them
           .
           But
           vnto
           other
           persons
           and
           friends
           they
           are
           sensible
           and
           plausible
           enough
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           in
           the
           sending
           and
           dispatching
           of
           such
           letters
           to
           Councellers
           ,
           wherein
           are
           supposed
           to
           be
           importances
           ,
           let
           our
           Trauailer
           bee
           verie
           circumspect
           :
           for
           it
           were
           better
           for
           him
           not
           to
           write
           at
           all
           ,
           then
           by
           writing
           either
           to
           hazard
           himselfe
           or
           bewraie
           imperfections
           .
           And
           therfore
           let
           him
           take
           heede
           to
           aduertise
           any
           thing
           that
           is
           treasonable
           ,
           or
           offensiue
           to
           the
           State
           in
           which
           he
           remaineth
           :
           Vnlesse
           such
           light
           vpon
           good
           and
           sound
           Messengers
           ,
           
           or
           vnlesse
           it
           concerne
           the
           life
           and
           safetie
           of
           his
           Prince
           and
           Countrie
           :
           wherein
           only
           hee
           ought
           to
           hazard
           his
           life
           :
           especially
           if
           his
           Prince
           haue
           no
           Ambassadour
           in
           that
           State
           at
           the
           present
           .
        
         
           Hence
           springeth
           that
           second
           office
           to
           bee
           perfourmed
           of
           our
           Trauailer
           ,
           That
           hee
           make
           oft
           repaire
           to
           the
           Ambassadour
           of
           his
           Prince
           (
           in
           case
           there
           remaine
           any
           there
           )
           aduertising
           him
           of
           such
           importances
           as
           shall
           chaunce
           vnto
           him
           in
           that
           Countrey
           ,
           where
           hee
           abideth
           with
           the
           Ambassadour
           ,
           before
           hee
           committe
           the
           same
           in
           writing
           to
           any
           Counceller
           at
           home
           :
           For
           that
           seemes
           to
           derogate
           from
           the
           Ambassador
           (
           from
           whom
           all
           importances
           are
           expected
           besides
           negotiations
           )
           and
           argueth
           no
           good
           carriage
           of
           such
           a
           Trauailer
           ,
           vnlesse
           in
           speciall
           cases
           ;
           namely
           ,
           where
           the
           cause
           vrgeth
           haste
           to
           giue
           aduertisement
           ,
           which
           by
           distance
           from
           the
           Ambassador
           
           can
           not
           so
           competently
           bee
           dispatched
           ,
           if
           the
           same
           should
           be
           first
           giuen
           vnto
           him
           ;
           and
           where
           the
           Ambassadour
           is
           no
           friend
           of
           that
           Trauailer
           .
           For
           it
           is
           the
           office
           of
           euery
           Subiect
           thus
           trauailing
           ,
           whether
           hee
           goe
           out
           of
           the
           Land
           ,
           with
           his
           Princes
           Ambassadour
           ,
           or
           be
           in
           trauaile
           before
           ,
           or
           trauaile
           afterwards
           ,
           to
           giue
           attendance
           on
           his
           Princes
           Ambassador
           ,
           especially
           going
           to
           the
           Court.
           For
           that
           is
           an
           honour
           to
           his
           Nation
           and
           Prince
           ,
           and
           a
           point
           of
           ciuilitie
           belonging
           to
           the
           person
           of
           an
           Ambassador
           ;
           that
           equalleth
           ,
           during
           his
           legation
           ,
           any
           Subiect
           in
           the
           worlde
           ,
           if
           so
           such
           an
           one
           be
           resident
           ,
           or
           neere
           his
           person
           .
           Of
           which
           humanitie
           an
           Ambassadour
           cannot
           be
           vnsensible
           ,
           no
           more
           than
           the
           Councellor
           written
           vnto
           ,
           but
           is
           tied
           to
           haue
           his
           discretion
           and
           wisedome
           in
           recommendation
           :
           which
           oft
           turneth
           to
           the
           good
           of
           Trauailers
           ,
           when
           they
           returne
           home
           to
           their
           Countrey
           .
        
         
           Thus
           hauing
           brought
           home
           our
           Trauailer
           ,
           
           there
           rest
           onely
           sixe
           offices
           to
           be
           vnder
           gone
           of
           him
           ,
           whereby
           he
           shall
           reape
           contentment
           ,
           honour
           ,
           and
           estimation
           .
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           manifest
           vnto
           all
           men
           his
           vncorrupt
           and
           vnspotted
           Religion
           ,
           
           and
           zeale
           therein
           ;
           Not
           onely
           in
           the
           due
           and
           orderly
           going
           to
           Church
           ,
           and
           seruing
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           making
           expression
           therof
           by
           the
           fruits
           of
           all
           vertues
           ,
           demeanours
           ,
           and
           actions
           ,
           and
           that
           singularly
           in
           sixe
           habilities
           and
           vertues
           :
           namely
           ,
           Silence
           ;
           which
           vseth
           few
           words
           ,
           but
           fitly
           ,
           and
           to
           purpose
           .
           Incuriositie
           ;
           which
           banisheth
           all
           affectations
           ,
           and
           apish
           trickes
           ,
           and
           fashions
           of
           other
           nations
           ,
           that
           are
           not
           more
           estimable
           then
           those
           of
           ones
           owne
           Countreys
           Customs
           and
           vses
           .
           Spirit
           ;
           which
           shall
           free
           them
           from
           reproche
           ,
           quarrels
           ,
           and
           putting
           vp
           of
           dishonourable
           
           iniuries
           ;
           making
           him
           equally
           sensible
           with
           the
           Italianated
           Duellist
           ,
           but
           farre
           more
           iudiciall
           to
           take
           iust
           acception
           ,
           and
           make
           risentiment
           .
           Prudence
           ,
           which
           being
           a
           discreet
           Councellor
           ,
           shal
           direct
           all
           his
           words
           and
           actions
           according
           to
           reason
           ,
           and
           to
           their
           proper
           ends
           .
           Bounty
           ,
           which
           strippeth
           him
           of
           couetousnesse
           :
           which
           in
           Trauailers
           is
           hateful
           ,
           and
           rellisheth
           of
           dishonesty
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           Faithfulnesse
           ,
           and
           sociablenesse
           ;
           which
           shall
           enable
           him
           for
           all
           companies
           ,
           to
           be
           both
           honestly
           thought
           of
           and
           regarded
           :
           the
           which
           is
           free
           from
           offering
           wrong
           ,
           from
           Lust
           and
           Sensualitie
           ,
           that
           dissolue
           loue
           and
           societie
           .
           
           The
           second
           office
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           preferre
           not
           policie
           before
           honestie
           ,
           or
           equall
           with
           it
           ,
           either
           in
           matters
           affecting
           Honour
           ,
           Wealth
           ,
           or
           Reuenge
           ;
           whereof
           the
           Conscience
           must
           be
           a
           director
           and
           a
           Counsellor
           .
           
           The
           third
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           make
           himselfe
           knowen
           to
           the
           Prince
           and
           Councell
           ,
           by
           commendable
           means
           onely
           ,
           in
           whose
           hands
           rest
           preferment
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           supposed
           to
           esteeme
           men
           according
           to
           their
           worth
           and
           merit
           .
           
           The
           fourth
           is
           in
           the
           choice
           such
           an
           one
           must
           make
           ,
           to
           procure
           him
           an
           honorable
           friend
           ,
           as
           is
           able
           to
           haue
           him
           in
           recōmendation
           to
           his
           Prince
           :
           such
           an
           one
           as
           is
           not
           of
           a
           couetous
           minde
           ,
           but
           loueth
           vertue
           ,
           and
           that
           hath
           credence
           with
           the
           Prince
           ,
           &
           that
           is
           magnanimous
           ,
           and
           more
           feared
           for
           his
           vprightnes
           ,
           thā
           hated
           for
           his
           policie
           according
           to
           Machiauel
           .
           Fiftly
           ,
           
           being
           thus
           known
           vnto
           the
           Councel
           ,
           that
           he
           couet
           not
           special
           fauor
           ,
           after
           the
           guise
           of
           a
           sycophāt
           ,
           or
           after
           an
           ambitious
           maner
           of
           any
           other
           persons
           ;
           but
           that
           he
           make
           shew
           of
           a
           constant
           and
           an
           vnderstanding
           Gentlemen
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           though
           it
           be
           requisite
           ,
           to
           be
           thus
           generally
           knowen
           of
           all
           :
           yet
           let
           such
           take
           heede
           ,
           to
           intrude
           
           into
           the
           friendship
           of
           any
           ,
           but
           with
           great
           respect
           ,
           and
           for
           good
           cause
           :
           vsing
           modestie
           and
           sparingnesse
           euermore
           in
           reuealing
           of
           any
           thing
           obserued
           in
           trauaile
           ,
           vnlesse
           vpon
           demands
           ,
           and
           in
           vrgent
           causes
           ;
           and
           seldome
           any
           thing
           of
           a
           strange
           and
           incredible
           nature
           ,
           but
           to
           familiars
           ,
           and
           in
           priuate
           .
           Lastly
           ,
           in
           our
           sixt
           point
           ,
           let
           our
           Trauailer
           from
           time
           to
           time
           procure
           of
           other
           Trauailers
           ,
           Merchants
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           
           such
           things
           as
           they
           haue
           obserued
           (
           for
           it
           is
           a
           thing
           impossible
           for
           one
           man
           to
           obserue
           all
           things
           fully
           in
           a
           small
           time
           ,
           required
           in
           trauailing
           to
           be
           knowen
           ,
           as
           we
           haue
           considered
           in
           the
           sixe
           generall
           points
           of
           knowledge
           )
           comparing
           them
           with
           his
           owne
           ;
           as
           with
           such
           bookes
           as
           happily
           haue
           discoursed
           of
           them
           .
           Finally
           ,
           let
           him
           plot
           to
           haue
           dayly
           intelligence
           (
           if
           so
           be
           hee
           liue
           from
           the
           Court
           retired
           )
           of
           euery
           accident
           forreine
           and
           domesticke
           in
           the
           Court
           ,
           Land
           ,
           and
           Citie
           :
           by
           the
           which
           the
           obseruations
           made
           in
           trauaile
           ,
           shal
           be
           kept
           in
           continuall
           tilthe
           ;
           and
           being
           well
           husbanded
           ,
           shall
           occasion
           ,
           at
           the
           least
           ,
           sweete
           contentment
           (
           the
           onely
           pleasure
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           which
           no
           worldling
           can
           obtaine
           )
           if
           not
           aduancement
           in
           the
           State
           to
           doe
           more
           good
           than
           priuate
           persons
           in
           the
           Church
           and
           Common-weale
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           godly
           and
           proper
           ende
           of
           our
           trauaile
           and
           pilgrimage
           here
           on
           earth
           ,
           that
           thereby
           God
           may
           be
           singularly
           glorified
           ,
           the
           Prince
           serued
           ,
           the
           Common-weale
           and
           Church
           benefited
           ,
           and
           our selues
           prepared
           for
           a
           greater
           happinesse
           ,
           then
           can
           bee
           represented
           in
           any
           contentment
           in
           this
           life
           .
           The
           which
           I
           hartily
           wish
           to
           be
           respected
           of
           all
           that
           intend
           trauaile
           ,
           and
           to
           all
           ,
           in
           all
           perfection
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A08874-e2580
           
             Trauayling
             duple
             .
          
           
             Regular
             trauailing
             .
          
           
             Two
             orders
             of
             Trauaylers
             .
             Regular
             Trauailers
             triple
             .
             Foure
             things
             of
             Trauailers
             obserued
             .
          
           
             Two
             moouing
             causes
             :
             efficiēt
             and
             finall
             .
          
           
             Three
             efficiēts
             secondary
             of
             Trauailers
             .
          
           
             The
             princes
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             The
             maintenance
             of
             Religion
             .
          
           
             The
             hope
             to
             do
             good
             in
             the
             Church
             and
             Common-weale
             .
          
           
             
               Non
               Voluntaries
            
             duple
             .
          
           
             Honorable
             
               Non
               Voluntaries
               .
               Non
               Voluntaries
            
             not
             honorable
             .
          
           
             Fiue
             circumstāces
             required
             of
             the
             honorable
             
               Non
               Voluntaries
            
             .
          
           
             Vertues
             and
             faculties
             ,
             required
             in
             Ambassadours
             .
          
           
             Postes
             .
          
           
             Intelligencers
             .
          
           
             Pointes
             required
             in
             Intelligencers
             .
          
           
             Base
             Intelligencers
             .
          
           
             Men
             of
             warre
             .
          
           
             Three
             generall
             offices
             of
             men
             of
             warre
             .
             To
             be
             prouident
             and
             faithfull
             .
          
           
             Not
             to
             exceed
             Commission
             .
          
           
             To
             make
             true
             and
             diligent
             relation
             .
          
           
             Inuoluntaries
             vpon
             displeasure
             !
          
           
             Banished
             persons
             of
             two
             sorts
             .
          
           
             Their
             offices
             in
             trauaile
             .
          
           
             Such
             as
             trauaile
             for
             Religion
             and
             conscience
             sake
             .
          
           
             In
             what
             cases
             their
             trauaile
             is
             warrantable
             .
          
           
             Their
             duties
             before
             trauell
             .
          
           
             No
             licentious
             humor
             may
             presse
             these
             forth
             .
          
           
             Right
             Religiō
             ▪
             
          
           
             Toleration
             of
             Religion
             .
          
           
             To
             sue
             for
             licence
             of
             the
             Magistrate
             .
          
           
             What
             Countries
             are
             best
             for
             these
             to
             trauaile
             in
             .
             Of
             three
             ,
             one
             free
             from
             danger
             .
          
           
             Their
             offices
             in
             trauaile
             .
          
           
             To
             serue
             God
             sincerely
             .
          
           
             To
             obey
             the
             lawes
             and
             discipline
             .
          
           
             Not
             to
             change
             the
             discipline
             ,
             being
             once
             Regular
             .
          
           
             In
             discipline
             the
             doctrine
             not
             the
             policy
             is
             to
             be
             sought
             after
             .
          
           
             Not
             to
             refuse
             any
             honest
             trad
             to
             liue
             by
             .
          
           
             No
             excesse
             to
             be
             discouered
             .
          
           
             No
             Diuers
             into
             the
             politicke
             gouernement
             or
             secrets
             .
          
           
             Neuer
             to
             bee
             noted
             for
             idle
             persons
             .
          
           
             Not
             trecherous
             to
             their
             owne
             Prince
             or
             Countrie
             .
          
           
             Their
             offices
             when
             they
             returne
             .
          
           
             Noe
             busie
             bodies
             or
             moouers
             of
             sedition
             .
          
           
             To
             vse
             a
             godly
             and
             quiet
             conuersation
             .
          
           
             Of
             Volūtaries
             ▪
             
          
           
             The
             moouers
             of
             Voluntaries
             .
             The
             pleasure
             of
             parents
             .
          
           
             The
             finall
             and
             efficient
             moouing
             causes
             considered
             .
          
           
             Two
             lawfull
             final
             moouers
             .
          
           
             The
             prime
             .
          
           
             The
             secondarie
             is
             duple
             .
          
           
             What
             times
             are
             fit
             to
             trauaile
             in
             .
          
           
             What
             age
             is
             meetest
             to
             trauaile
             in
             .
          
           
             These
             voluntaries
             are
             Nobles
             or
             Commons
             .
             The
             nobles
             either
             make
             profession
             or
             not
             .
          
           
             Foure
             notable
             professions
             .
          
           
             Two
             rankes
             of
             Marchants
             .
          
           
             Men
             of
             warre
             &
             their
             offices
             .
          
           
             The
             duties
             of
             marchants
             .
          
           
             To
             accommodate
             their
             country
             with
             good
             and
             most
             needfull
             thinges
             .
          
           
             Neuer
             to
             transport
             thinges
             prohibited
             .
          
           
             To
             conceale
             the
             secrets
             of
             their
             Princes
             states
             .
          
           
             Mechanicke
             trauailers
             .
          
           
             The
             offices
             of
             Mechanickes
             in
             iourneying
             .
          
           
             The
             consideration
             of
             the
             foure
             notable
             professions
             in
             noble
             trauelers
             
          
           
             Diuines
             ,
             inhibited
             trauaile
             but
             in
             speciall
             cases
             .
          
           
             The
             person
             of
             a
             subiect
             belongs
             cheifely
             to
             the
             Princes
             disposition
             .
          
           
             Foure
             lawfull
             pretenses
             of
             Diuines
             to
             trauaile
             .
          
           
             The
             generall
             Counsaile
             .
          
           
             A
             famous
             Librarie
             .
          
           
             Ciuilians
             .
          
           
             The
             offices
             of
             Diuines
             and
             Ciuilians
             .
          
           
             To
             be
             settled
             and
             stable
             in
             Religion
             .
          
           
             To
             be
             studious
             
          
           
             To
             take
             degrees
             ,
          
           
             Souldiers
             .
          
           
             Two
             sorts
             of
             good
             Soldiers
             .
          
           
             A
             Compleat●
             Souldier
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             point
             of
             learning
             in
             a
             Souldier
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             point
             of
             consideration
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             ,
          
           
             The
             fourth
             .
          
           
             The
             fift
             .
          
           
             What
             maketh
             a
             good
             soldier
             .
          
           
             A
             triple
             kind
             of
             seruice
             ,
             to
             perfect
             souldiers
             .
          
           
             Their
             duties
             in
             seruice
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Physicians
             .
          
           
             Two
             knowledges
             requireable
             in
             Physicians
             .
          
           
             The
             studie
             of
             Physicians
             .
          
           
             Common
             and
             accidentall
             diseases
             ,
          
           
             The
             vertue
             of
             Physicians
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A08874-e7030
           
             These
             Voluntaries
             are
             to
             vndergoe
             sixe
             po●nts
             before
             trauaile
             .
             The
             first
             point
             .
          
           
             Fiue
             principall
             euil
             mouers
             of
             men
             to
             trauaile
             to
             be
             shunned
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             point
             ,
          
           
             Knowledge
             &
             Iudgement
             the
             enhablers
             of
             trauailers
             .
          
           
             Without
             learning
             or
             experience
             ,
             no
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             Iudgement
             the
             collector
             of
             profitable
             things
             .
          
           
             The
             defect
             of
             learning
             or
             iudgement
             what
             it
             breedeth
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             point
             
          
           
             Three
             things
             appertaine
             to
             themselues
             .
          
           
             Qualities
             duple
             .
             The
             necessary
             .
          
           
             For
             Ornation
             .
          
           
             Their
             vertues
             .
          
           
             The
             rules
             of
             Art
             are
             as
             faith
             full
             helpers
             of
             mens
             memories
             .
          
           
             Musicke
             rather
             a
             qualitie
             then
             a
             Science
             in
             trauailers
             of
             this
             kinde
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             point
             .
          
           
             To
             be
             well
             accomodated
             of
             all
             things
             needfull
             .
          
           
             To
             trauell
             in
             a
             priuate
             fashion
             most
             gainefull
             .
          
           
             The
             fift
             point
             .
          
           
             What
             Countries
             men
             must
             resolue
             to
             trauell
             in
             .
          
           
             Two
             enemies
             of
             an
             estate
             vpon
             cause
             .
          
           
             A
             twofold
             cōsideration
             of
             Countries
             friends
             .
          
           
             What
             Countreys
             afford
             most
             gaine
             to
             trauell
             in
             .
          
           
             Why
             men
             trauaile
             into
             Italy
             .
          
           
             Fiue
             specialties
             in
             the
             commēdation
             of
             Italy
             .
          
           
             England
             the
             best
             Court.
             
          
           
             Italy
             a
             corrupter
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             Rome
             the
             Forge
             of
             euil
             .
          
           
             The
             sixt
             point
             .
          
           
             Without
             the
             blessing
             of
             God
             men
             trauaile
             in
             vaine
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             interim
             of
             trauaile
             sixe
             things
             are
             to
             be
             obserued
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             .
          
           
             The
             se●ond
             .
          
           
             Three
             preuenters
             of
             mischiefes
             in
             trauailing
             .
          
           
             Diet.
             
          
           
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             Sixe
             things
             in
             iourneying
             to
             be
             regarded
             .
          
           
             Moderation
             of
             Passion
             .
          
           
             The
             Law
             of
             God
             the
             best
             Counsailer
             and
             Physician
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             .
          
           
             What
             customs
             are
             to
             be
             followed
             in
             other
             countreys
             .
          
           
             No
             Customes
             in
             forraine
             States
             ,
             how
             wicked
             soeuer
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             publikely
             withstood
             .
          
           
             The
             fift
             .
          
           
             What
             things
             are
             chiefly
             to
             be
             exercised
             .
          
           
             The
             sixt
             .
          
           
             Sixe
             principall
             heads
             of
             knowledge
             which
             are
             to
             be
             learned
             in
             trauelling
             .
          
           
             The
             meanes
             whereon
             all
             policie
             is
             grownded
             .
          
           
             The
             Tongue
             the
             first
             point
             to
             be
             learned
             .
          
           
             Three
             perfections
             in
             Languages
             .
          
           
             What
             the
             vnderstanding
             is
             of
             a
             tongue
             .
          
           
             The
             State
             of
             all
             Languages
             at
             this
             day
             .
          
           
             The
             Hebrue
             tongue
             the
             Phoenician
             ,
             or
             Sarmatian
             Character
             .
          
           
             Vnder
             the
             second
             .
          
           
             Vnder
             the
             third
             ,
          
           
             Vnder
             the
             fourth
             .
          
           
             The
             deriuation
             and
             Cōposition
             of
             English
             tongue
             .
          
           
             The
             reason
             why
             one
             tongue
             is
             esteemed
             aboue
             another
             .
          
           
             Why
             men
             treat
             in
             the
             Latine
             tongue
             for
             the
             most
             part
             .
          
           
             The
             cause
             why
             we
             esteem
             the
             Italian
             tongue
             so
             much
             .
          
           
             What
             the
             speaking
             of
             a
             tongue
             is
             .
          
           
             What
             the
             writing
             of
             a
             toung
             is
             .
          
           
             Whether
             euery
             tongue
             be
             of
             equal
             importance
             for
             trauailers
             .
          
           
             Those
             toungs
             are
             best
             ,
             that
             profit
             most
             .
          
           
             Tongues
             most
             needfull
             for
             this
             State.
             
          
           
             The
             nature
             of
             the
             people
             ;
             the
             second
             point
             .
          
           
             Fiue
             discouerers
             of
             the
             nature
             of
             people
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             discouerer
             of
             the
             peoples
             nature
             .
          
           
             Two
             causes
             of
             ciuility
             or
             barbarousnesse
             .
          
           
             Rules
             of
             policy
             touching
             the
             nature
             of
             people
             .
          
           
             The
             priuate
             vse
             that
             Trauailers
             are
             to
             make
             .
          
           
             Meanes
             to
             interpret
             the
             nature
             of
             people
             .
          
           
             The
             difference
             of
             natures
             .
          
           
             No
             nation
             but
             may
             be
             tainted
             with
             barbarous
             fashions
             .
          
           
             The
             consideration
             thereof
             .
          
           
             The
             place
             of
             Ciuilitie
             and
             Barbarousnes
             .
          
           
             Touching
             the
             varietie
             of
             manners
             what
             trauailers
             are
             to
             obserue
             and
             follow
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             discouerer
             of
             the
             peoples
             nature
             .
          
           
             Freedome
             or
             seruilenesse
             politicall
             .
          
           
             Freedome
             frō
             slauery
             and
             misery
             .
          
           
             By
             prescriptiō
             .
          
           
             By
             arrogation
             ▪
             
          
           
             By
             policie
             .
          
           
             Ciuilitie
             the
             meanes
             to
             obedience
             .
          
           
             Seruitude
             ,
             two
             fold
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             By
             oppression
             .
          
           
             By
             depression
             ,
          
           
             The
             markes
             of
             seruitude
             .
          
           
             Rules
             of
             policy
             touching
             the
             same
             ,
          
           
             The
             third
             discouerer
             of
             the
             peoples
             nature
             
          
           
             Religiousnesse
             or
             Profanenesse
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             ment
             by
             these
             words
             
          
           
             Religious
             in
             Idolatrie
             and
             superstition
             .
          
           
             A
             consideratiō
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             discouerer
             of
             the
             peoples
             nature
             .
             A
             triple
             consideration
             of
             warlike
             or
             effeminatenes
             .
          
           
             The
             fift
             discouerer
             of
             the
             peoples
             nature
             ,
          
           
             The
             peoples
             condition
             discernable
             in
             three
             things
             .
          
           
             The
             peoples
             inclination
             discouered
             in
             foure
             points
             .
          
           
             Foure
             bewrayers
             of
             mens
             affections
             to
             vice
             or
             vertue
             .
          
           
             Exercises
             trip●e
             
          
           
             Diet
             triple
             .
          
           
             A
             triple
             consideration
             of
             apparell
             .
          
           
             Conuersation
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             point
             of
             knowledge
             .
             The
             suruay
             of
             the
             Country
             .
          
           
             In
             sixe
             points
             principally
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Name
             .
          
           
             2.
             Populousnes
             
          
           
             3.
             
             Situation
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Q●antity
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Commodities
             ,
          
           
             Naturall
             commodities
             foure
             
          
           
             ●
             .
             Temperate
             ayre
             .
          
           
             2
             Fruitfulnesse
             of
             the
             soyle
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Plenty
             of
             Riuers
             ,
          
           
             4.
             
             Springs
             and
             Baths
             .
          
           
             Artificial
             commodities
             ▪
             two
             ,
          
           
             1.
             
             Buildings
             triply
             considered
             .
          
           
             Seuen
             obseruations
             in
             Cities
             and
             Townes
             .
          
           
             How
             the
             secret
             of
             places
             fortified
             may
             bee
             discouered
             .
          
           
             A
             consideratiō
             of
             the
             naturall
             and
             of
             the
             artificial
             strengths
             of
             fortifications
             .
          
           
             2
             ,
             Trades
             ,
             Mechanick
             sciences
             sixe
             ,
          
           
             Husbandry
             discou●red
             in
             three
             points
             .
          
           
             Clothing
             .
          
           
             Masonrie
             .
          
           
             Carpentrie
             .
          
           
             Smitherie
             .
          
           
             Engining
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Discommodities
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             point
             of
             knowledge
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             Lawes
             .
          
           
             Lawes
             diuine
             and
             humane
             .
          
           
             The
             Law
             is
             triple
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             law
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             Law
             of
             Nature
             .
          
           
             Lawe
             of
             Nations
             .
          
           
             A
             consideratiō
             of
             moment
             .
          
           
             Sed
             hoc
             non
             defectu
             legis
             ,
             sed
             sensus
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             law
             Humaine
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Lawes
             positiue
             variable
             .
          
           
             Lawes
             prerogatiue
             .
          
           
             How
             to
             discern
             lawes
             prerogatiue
             ▪
             
          
           
             Lawes
             positiue
             Politicall
             .
          
           
             Ecclesiasticall
             ,
          
           
             Customes
             .
          
           
             Generall
             Particular
             ,
             Regal
             .
          
           
             Particular
             Customs
             .
          
           
             Regall
             
          
           
             Quia
             scripsit
             contra
             Lutherū
             .
          
           
             The
             foure
             markes
             of
             Souereigntie
             .
          
           
             Customes
             of
             the
             Nobilitie
             ,
          
           
             The
             fift
             point
             of
             knowledge
             ▪
             Concerning
             the
             gouermēt
             .
          
           
             Three
             things
             remarkeable
             in
             the
             gouernmēt
             
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             persons
             gouerning
             .
          
           
             Three
             formes
             of
             gouerment
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             gouerned
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             policie
             or
             Instruments
             
          
           
             The
             meanes
             how
             to
             discern
             the
             policie
             .
          
           
             The
             sixt
             point
             of
             knowledge
             ,
             concerning
             the
             secrets
             .
          
           
             The
             Common
             secrets
             of
             two
             sorts
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Forraine
             .
          
           
             A
             consideratiō
             of
             friends
             to
             an
             estate
             .
          
           
             Two
             sorts
             of
             friends
             politicall
             .
          
           
             The
             strength
             of
             friends
             ,
          
           
             Religious
             friends
             .
          
           
             Warlike
             frends
             ,
          
           
             Freedome
             of
             friends
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             State
             at
             home
             discernable
             in
             foure
             points
             .
          
           
             1
             ,
             Sufficiencie
             of
             people
             .
          
           
             2
             ,
             Store
             of
             cōmodities
             .
          
           
             3
             ,
             Munition
             plenty
             .
          
           
             4
             ,
             The
             Treasurie
             ,
          
           
             Priuate
             and
             publicke
             .
          
           
             Seuen
             meanes
             whereby
             treasures
             are
             gathered
             .
             1.
             
             Reuenue
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Conquest
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Gifts
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Tribute
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Trafficke
             .
          
           
             6.
             Merchandise
             
          
           
             7.
             
             Taxations
             .
          
           
             Ordinarie
             and
             extraordinary
             .
          
           
             6
             ,
             Causes
             to
             exhaust
             treasures
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Almeshouses
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Housekeeping
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Reparations
             and
             buildings
             needfull
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Due
             payments
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Gifts
             to
             strāgers
             and
             offisers
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Donatiues
             politicke
             .
          
           
             Secrets
             Accidentall
             ,
          
           
             Where
             those
             secrets
             may
             be
             discerned
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Negotiatiōs
             and
             Contracts
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Su●cessi●n
             by
             election
             and
             by
             inheritance
             .
          
           
             Heires
             apparant
             ,
             &
             infants
             of
             the
             State.
             
          
           
             A
             due
             consideration
             of
             the
             person
             of
             the
             Prince
             that
             ruleth
             .
          
           
             The
             consideration
             of
             the
             people
             gouerned
             in
             sixe
             points
             .
          
           
             The
             instrumētall
             secrets
             obserued
             in
             eight
             points
             .
          
           
             1
             ,
             Dearth
             .
          
           
             2
             Mortalitie
             .
          
           
             3
             ,
             Lostes
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Defect
             of
             Iustice.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             Riot
             and
             expenses
             .
          
           
             6
             ,
             Impositions
             .
          
           
             7
             ,
             The
             good
             or
             euill
             of
             the
             State.
             
          
           
             8
             ,
             Weaknesse
             of
             the
             State.
             
          
           
             Their
             discretiō
             vpon
             returning
             
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Sixe
             points
             to
             be
             perpended
             of
             Trauailers
             being
             returned
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Manifestation
             of
             sound
             Religion
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Honestie
             before
             policie
             .
          
           
             3
             ,
             To
             be
             known
             by
             vertuous
             indeuours
             .
          
           
             4
             ,
             To
             be
             stored
             of
             a
             worthy
             friend
             .
          
           
             5
             ,
             Constancie
             without
             ambition
             .
          
           
             6
             ,
             Diligence
             &
             trauailing
             at
             home
             for
             aduertisments
             .